Test Bank for Essentials of Abnormal Psychology, 8th Edition by Durand, Hofmann

1. According to the authors of your textbook, the definition of a psychological disorder is associated with a. stress. b. impairment in functioning. c. culturally expected responses. d. psychotic symptoms.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: What is a Psychological Disorder?

OTHER: TYPE: Factual 2. A psychological dysfunction refers to a. a breakdown in cognitive functioning. b. a breakdown in emotional functioning. c. a breakdown in behavioral functioning. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.1a - Identify basic biological, psychological, and social components of behavioral explanations (e.g., inferences, observations, operational definitions, interpretation) OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 3. Regarding the definition of abnormality, it is correct to state that a. it is difficult to define “normal” and “abnormal.” b. abnormality depends solely on subjective distress. c. the definition is universal across cultures. d. the criteria differ depending on whether the individual has a psychological disorder or a psychological dysfunction.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.1a - Identify basic biological, psychological, and social components of behavioral explanations (e.g., inferences, observations, operational definitions, interpretation) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

OTHER:

TYPE: Conceptual

4. The criterion that a particular behavior be atypical or not culturally expected is insufficient to define abnormality because a. behavior that occurs infrequently is considered abnormal in every culture. b. the atypical behavior must also cause harm or impairment to be considered abnormal. c. behaviors vary very little from one individual to another within each culture. d. many people behave in ways that deviate from the average, but this doesn’t mean that they have a disorder.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: What is a Psychological Disorder?

OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 5. A new marine recruit at boot camp begins feeling sad and lonely. Although still able to go to classes and continue the basic training exercises, the recruit is feeling down much of the time and worries about what is happening.. Which part of the definition of abnormality applies to the recruit’s situation? a. Personal distress b. Cultural factors c. Impaired functioning d. Violation of societal norms ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.1a - Identify basic biological, psychological, and social components of behavioral explanations (e.g., inferences, observations, operational definitions, interpretation) TOPICS: What Is a Psychological Disorder?

OTHER: TYPE: Applied 6. Which of the following degrees is earned by a psychiatrist? a. Ph.D. b. Ed.D. c. M.D. d. Psy.D. ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: What is a Psychological Disorder?

OTHER: TYPE: Factual 7. Ozzy Manson is a male rocker who wears outlandish makeup and women’s clothing when performing on stage. This behavior is considered a. more abnormal than that of an accountant who starts to do so because rockstars are supposed to be very masculine. b. less abnormal than that of an accountant who starts to do so because it is consistent with his professional success. c. more abnormal than that of an accountant who starts to do so because its less common to see a rockstar in makeup. d. just as abnormal as that of an accountant who starts to do so because abnormality is defined by the individual himself.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.1a - Identify basic biological, psychological, and social components of behavioral explanations (e.g., inferences, observations, operational definitions, interpretation) TOPICS: What Is a Psychological Disorder?

OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 8. The prototype of a disorder reflects ________ as described in DSM-5. a. its history and prognosis b. its biological underpinnings c. The causes of pathology d. the “typical” profile and diagnostic criteria ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.1a - Identify basic biological, psychological, and social components of behavioral explanations (e.g., inferences, observations, operational definitions, interpretation) TOPICS: What Is a Psychological Disorder?

OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 9. The scientific study of psychological disorders is called Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

a. psychopathology. b. psychoanalysis. c. pseudoscience. d. parapsychology.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.1a - Identify basic biological, psychological, and social components of behavioral explanations (e.g., inferences, observations, operational definitions, interpretation) TOPICS: The Science of Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 10. Dr. Smith is interested in how separation anxiety changes over time from childhood to adolescence in the general population. What is his main field of study? a. Oedipal theory b. Behaviorism c. Child psychopathology d. Developmental psychology ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.1a - Identify basic biological, psychological, and social components of behavioral explanations (e.g., inferences, observations, operational definitions, interpretation) TOPICS: The Science of Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 11. All of the following are ways in which mental health professionals might function as scientist-practitioners EXCEPT a. analyzing their own motivations and reasons for helping people with psychological problems. b. evaluating their own assessments and treatments for effectiveness. c. conducting research leading to new information about mental disorders and their treatments. d. using the most current diagnostic and treatment procedures.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.1a - Identify basic biological, psychological, and social components of behavioral explanations (e.g., inferences, observations, operational definitions, interpretation) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

TOPICS: OTHER:

The Science of Psychopathology TYPE: Factual

12. Tameka, having earned her master’s degree, has begun treating disorders and concentrating on family problems. Tameka is probably a(n) a. psychiatric social worker. b. family therapist. c. psychiatric nurse. d. mental health counselor.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.1a - Identify basic biological, psychological, and social components of behavioral explanations (e.g., inferences, observations, operational definitions, interpretation) TOPICS: The Science of Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 13. Statistical data are often relevant when discussing psychological disorders. For example, a researcher might want to know how many new cases of depression are diagnosed each year, a figure called the ________ of the disorder. a. prevalence b. incidence c. recurrence d. ratio ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.1a - Identify basic biological, psychological, and social components of behavioral explanations (e.g., inferences, observations, operational definitions, interpretation) TOPICS: The Science of Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 14. Psychological disorders can be described as following a typical course or individual pattern. For example, schizophrenia follows a chronic course. On the other hand, mood disorders, including depression, follow a(n) ________ course. a. episodic b. acute c. cyclic d. insidious Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.1a - Identify basic biological, psychological, and social components of behavioral explanations (e.g., inferences, observations, operational definitions, interpretation) TOPICS: The Science of Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 15. If a psychological disorder is said to have an acute onset, it means that the symptoms developed a. suddenly. b. atypically. c. gradually. d. following a period of recovery.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.1a - Identify basic biological, psychological, and social components of behavioral explanations (e.g., inferences, observations, operational definitions, interpretation) TOPICS: The Science of Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 16. When 20-year-old Ariel was first diagnosed with schizophrenia, her family wanted to know if and how the disorder would progress and how it would affect her in the future. In medical terms, the family wanted to know Ariel’s a. diagnosis. b. prognosis. c. pathophysiology. d. disease etiology.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.1a - Identify basic biological, psychological, and social components of behavioral explanations (e.g., inferences, observations, operational definitions, interpretation) TOPICS: The Science of Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Applied 17. Etiology is: a. The study of the biological effects of disorders on society.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

b. The study of the origins of disorders. c. The study of the impact of disorder on language use. d. The study of the prevalence of disorders.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.1a - Identify basic biological, psychological, and social components of behavioral explanations (e.g., inferences, observations, operational definitions, interpretation) TOPICS: The Science of Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Understand.

18. At various times in history, in an attempt to explain problematic, irrational behavior, humans have focused on supernatural causes that include a. witchcraft. b. demons and evil spirits. c. the moon and stars. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Supernatural Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Demons and Witches OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 19. Until the modern era, all of these theoretical models have been used to primarily explain our behavior, thinking and emotions EXCEPT a. psychological b. biological c. supernatural d. physical ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Supernatural Tradition TOPICS: Demons and Witches OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 20. Toward the end of the 14th century and continuing into the 15th, the causes of “madness” were generally attributed to Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

a. toxins in the blood. b. heredity. c. brain disease. d. demons and witches.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Stress and Melancholy OTHER: TYPE: Factual 21. Which of the following accurately describes the attitudes of the Catholic Church toward mentally ill people during the turbulent political and religious events of the 14th and 15th centuries? a. They were considered to be suffering from inherited conditions and were cared for by members of the church communities. b. They were seen as possessed by evil spirits and blamed for all misfortunes. c. They were regarded as basically good individuals who were not responsible for their abnormal behavior. d. They were provided with medical treatments and sometimes hospitalized because mental illness was regarded as equivalent to physical illness.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Stress and Melancholy OTHER: TYPE: Factual 22. During the Middle Ages, as well as at other times, mentally ill people were sometimes forced to undergo the religious ritual called exorcism. This was in order to a. cure the mental illness by making the individual more religious. b. build up muscle strength and make the person healthier. c. rid the individual’s body of evil spirits. d. prove that the person was not a witch.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

TOPICS: OTHER:

perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research Demons and Witches TYPE: Factual

23. Symptoms such as despair and lethargy were often identified by the medieval church with the sin of _________. a. blasphemy or sacrilege. b. envy or covetousness. c. acedia or sloth. d. gluttony or greed.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Stress and Melancholy OTHER: TYPE: Factual 24. During the Middle Ages, large-scale outbreaks of large groups of people simultaneously compelled to run out in the streets while engaged in bizarre behavior was known at that time as: a. a rave. b. tarantism. c. St. Michaels dance. d. Carnival.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Mass Hysteria OTHER: TYPE: Factual 25. According to your textbook, mass hysteria may simply demonstrate the phenomenon of ______________, in which the experience of an emotion spreads to those around us. a. emotion contagion b. viral possession c. generalized panic disorder d. mob mentality ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Modern Mass Hysteria OTHER: TYPE: Understand 26. Sigmund Freud proposed that many physical complaints suffered by young women a. were a form of divine punishment. b. reflected stress placed upon them by society. c. resulted from the “conversion” of sexual fantasies into socially acceptable outlets. d. resulted from the rise in feminism.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The 19th Century OTHER: TYPE: Factual 27. In ancient China, unexplained mental disorders were caused by blockages of a. bodily fluids like blood and perspiration. b. the humors of black and yellow bile. c. “wind” that needed to flow properly. d. hysteria caused by extreme changes in body temperature.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Hippocrates and Galen OTHER: TYPE: Factual 28. In the late 19th century, John P. Grey and his colleagues a. discovered the first cure for schizophrenia b. ironically reduced interest in treating mental patients c. changed the field of psychological research largely into a biological science d. created the first humane treatment facilities for mentally ill patients Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The 19th Century OTHER: TYPE: Factual 29. DSM-5, an updated version of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, was published in a. 1994. b. 2000. c. 2002. d. 2013.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The 19th Century OTHER: TYPE: Factual 30. The authors describe an example of conditioning in which cancer patients develop a negative reaction to a variety of people and things associated with their chemotherapy treatments. The phenomenon is called a. generalized conditioning. b. stimulus generalization. c. variety stimulus. d. stimulus discrimination.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The 19th Century OTHER: TYPE: Factual 31. One hot and humid night, one of your friends suggests doing some really crazy things. You look up at the sky and say, “It must be the full moon.” Your statement reflects the concept from which the word ________ is derived.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

a. lunatic b. idiot c. maniac d. psychopath ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Supernatural Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Moon and the Stars OTHER: TYPE: Applied 32. Seventeenth century treatments for depression included19 a. insulin shock therapy. b. reserpine therapy. c. hydrotherapy. d. induced vomiting.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Hippocrates and Galen OTHER: TYPE: Factual 33. You are listening to old musical tunes, including “My Melancholy Baby.” Your friends are impressed when you tell them that “melancholic,” referring to a depressive personality, derives from a Greek word meaning a. blood. b. phlegm. c. yellow bile. d. black bile.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Hippocrates and Galen Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

OTHER:

TYPE: Applied

34. According to Hippocrates’ humoral theory, the “choleric” personality is a. hot-tempered. b. easygoing. c. kind. d. cheap.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Hippocrates and Galen OTHER: TYPE: Factual 35. Based on Hippocrates’ humoral theory, “sanguine” describes a person who is a. pessimistic. b. pale. c. cheerful. d. humorous.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Hippocrates and Galen OTHER: TYPE: Factual 36. Bloodletting, a treatment devised centuries ago to restore the balance of humors, was accomplished with the use of a. needles. b. leeches. c. tourniquets. d. bacteria.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

TOPICS: OTHER:

research Hippocrates and Galen TYPE: Factual

37. In ancient Greece, a woman suffering from “hysteria” might be told that her condition could be cured by a. marriage. b. pregnancy. c. therapy. d. divorce.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Hippocrates and Galen OTHER: TYPE: Factual 38. In ancient Greece, some “humoral excesses” thought to be causing psychological disorders were treated by a. increasing or decreasing the person’s exposure to heat, dryness, moisture, or cold. b. herbal remedies. c. decreasing both caloric and liquid intake. d. lowering the person’s body temperature for extended periods of time.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Hippocrates and Galen OTHER: TYPE: Factual 39. In keeping with an accepted treatment for mental illness in the 14th century, a physician treating King Charles VI of France had him moved to the countryside in order to a. have him closer to a hospital that treated mental illness. b. keep him away from his family. c. restore the balance in his humors. d. cure him of hysteria.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Hippocrates and Galen OTHER: TYPE: Factual 40. In an attempt to rid the body of the excessive humors thought to be causing psychological disorders, physicians throughout history have used treatments such as a. bloodletting. b. induced seizures. c. exorcism. d. drilling through the skull.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Hippocrates and Galen OTHER: TYPE: Factual 41. The concept of hysteria, which traditionally meant physical symptoms for which no organic pathology could be found, is now associated with which DSM-5 classification? a. Anxiety disorders b. Borderline personality disorder c. Premenstrual symptom disorder d. Somatic symptom disorder ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Hippocrates and Galen OTHER: TYPE: Factual 42. The traditional tendency to stigmatize women as “hysterical” derived from Hippocrates’ concept of a. the “wandering womb.” b. an “incompetent cervix.” c. “penis envy.” d. “pelvic dysfunction.”

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Hippocrates and Galen OTHER: TYPE: Factual 43. The term “hysteria” derives from the Greek hysteron, which means a. vagina. b. uterus. c. penis. d. libido.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Hippocrates and Galen OTHER: TYPE: Factual 44. The first significant supporting evidence for a biological cause of a mental disorder was the 19th century discovery that the psychotic disorder called general paresis was caused by the same bacterial microorganism that causes a. malaria. b. Alzheimer’s disease. c. syphilis. d. The common cold.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The 19th Century OTHER: TYPE: Factual 45. In the 19th century, John Grey, a well-known American psychiatrist, believed that mental illness was due to a. psychological factors.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

b. physical causes. c. social/environmental influences. d. unknown influences.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The 19th Century OTHER: TYPE: Factual 46. In the 1950s, the first effective drugs for severe psychotic disorders were developed in a systematic way.

Before that time, all of the following were used to treat psychosis EXCEPT. a. opium b. neuroleptics c. herbal medicine d. moral therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Development of Biological Treatments OTHER: TYPE: Factual 47. In the 1800s, an important research and clinical publication read by psychiatrists in the United States was titled a. Case Studies in Mental Illness. b. American Journal of Madness. c. American Journal of Insanity. d. Lunatics in America.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The 19th Century Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

OTHER:

TYPE: Factual

48. With the discovery of the major tranquilizers called ________, it became possible to control psychotic symptoms, including hallucinations, delusions, and aggressiveness. a. neuroleptics b. benzodiazepines c. bromides d. opiates ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Development of Biological Treatments OTHER: TYPE: Factual 49. Benzodiazepines, or “minor” tranquilizers such as Valium and Librium, are effective in reducing the symptoms of a. depression. b. anxiety. c. schizophrenia. d. hysteria.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Development of Biological Treatments OTHER: TYPE: Factual 50. In the late 1800s, the emphasis on a biological cause of mental disorder ironically resulted in reduced interest in treatments for mental patients because it was thought that a. physicians should devote more time to the physically ill. b. patients would improve more rapidly if they were not hospitalized. c. the hospital staff was not adequately trained to administer new treatments. d. mental illness due to brain pathology was incurable.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Consequences of the Biological Tradition OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 51. In contrast to the asylums of the early 18th century, the psychosocial approach called “moral therapy” advocated all of the following EXCEPT a. restraint and seclusion. b. normal social interaction. c. individual attention from the hospital staff. d. careful nurturance.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: 1 REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Consequences of the Biological Tradition OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 52. After Philippe Pinel systematically introduced moral therapy as a treatment in mental hospitals in France, a similar type of treatment was first established in a U.S. hospital by a. Benjamin Rush. b. William Tuke. c. Joseph von Medina. d. Manfred Sakel.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Moral Therapy OTHER: TYPE: Factual 53. After the mid-1800s, moral therapy declined as a treatment for the mentally ill in the United States because a. the number of patients in mental institutions also declined. b. immigrants caused an increase in the mental hospital population. c. the number of people available to staff mental hospitals increased. d. new biologically based treatments became available.

ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Moral Therapy OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 54. You have been asked to give a report on the mental hygiene movement and its foremost crusader, Dorothea Dix, who campaigned for more humane treatment of the insane. After mentioning all of her accomplishments, you note the unforeseen consequence of her efforts, namely, a. a decrease in the number of mental patients in institutions, forcing many to close. b. an increase in the number of mental patients, resulting in insufficient staff to care for them. c. a change from custodial care to moral therapy for institutionalized patients. d. more patients receiving psychotherapy and fewer receiving medication.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Asylum Reform and the Decline of Moral Therapy OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 55. Anton Mesmer, an early 18th century physician, purported to be affecting cures in patients by unblocking their flow of a bodily fluid he called “animal magnetism.” In fact, any effectiveness of his methods was actually due to a. undetectable magnetic fields. b. chemically induced humoral balance. c. mental telepathy. d. the power of suggestion.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 56. ________ demonstrated that some techniques of mesmerism were effective with several psychological Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

disorders. a. Philippe Pinel b. Anton Mesmer c. Sigmund Freud d. Jean-Martin Charcot ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Factual 57. Which of the following accurately describes the patients of Freud and Breuer after they received treatment in a highly suggestible state of hypnosis for their psychological disorders? a. Feelings of relief and improvement b. Decreased emotionality while in the hypnotic state c. Accurate posthypnotic recall d. Increased understanding of the causes of their psychological disorder ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 58. Realizing that patients were often unaware of material previously recalled under hypnosis, Breuer and Freud hypothesized the existence of ________, a concept considered one of the most important developments in the history of psychopathology. a. neurosis b. the unconscious mind c. the Electra complex d. catharsis ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

TOPICS: OTHER:

research Psychoanalytic Theory TYPE: Factual

59. In using hypnosis to treat patients with psychological disorders, Breuer and Freud discovered a. that it is therapeutic to recall and relive emotionally traumatic events. b. that patients are unable to process emotionally charged information. c. that hypnosis is less effective than mesmerism. d. the existence of conscious memories.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 60. In the classic case of Anna O. in 1895, neurologist Josef Breuer treated her “hysterical” symptoms by using a. psychoanalysis. b. hypnosis. c. faith healing. d. the placebo effect.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 61. Which of the following is NOT included as part of Freud’s structure of the mind? a. Id b. Psyche c. Superego d. Ego ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Factual 62. In Freudian theory, “libido” and “thanatos” represent the two basic but opposing drives of a. life and death. b. sex and celibacy. c. good and evil. d. pleasure and pain.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Factual 63. You have just read a newspaper article about a savage rape and murder. You wonder how someone could commit such a horrible crime. Then you recall from your study of Freudian theory that according to Freud, anyone could be a killer or rapist if ________ impulses are not well controlled. a. egoistic b. phallic c. id d. mesmeric ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 64. Although Freud conceptualized the libido as the life energy within the id, many people think of it as the a. death instinct. b. sex drive. c. conscience. d. Oedipal conflict.

ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 65. According to psychoanalytic theory, the ________ develops early in life to insure that we can adapt to the demands of the real world while still finding ways to meet our basic needs. a. ego b. superego c. libido d. ideal self ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 66. According to psychoanalytic theory, the id operates on the “pleasure principle,” which means that it a. pays particular attention to social rules and regulations. b. thinks in an unemotional, logical, and rational manner. c. seeks the goal of maximizing pleasure and eliminating tension or conflicts. d. utilizes secondary process thinking.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 67. Chuckie wanted an ice cream bar before dinner and he thought about going and taking one without permission. However, after thinking about it, he decided to get permission from his mom. Chuckie was operating according to the _______ principle. a. pleasure Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

b. reality c. moral d. Oedipal ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.d - Describe the value and limitation of using theories to explain behavioral phenomena TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 68. A beginning introductory psychology student is worried about the selfish and sometimes dangerous drives of his id and wonders if it will make him commit crimes. You, a veteran of introductory psychology, respond confidently by telling him not to worry because, according to Freud, a. each of us also develops an ego to help us behave more realistically. b. id fantasies actually reflect the opposite of what you really want and believe. c. scientists disproved Freud’s theories a long time ago. d. since id impulses are usually part of the unconsciousness, they do not manifest in real behaviors.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Applied 69. According to psychoanalytic theory, the role of the ego involves a. counteracting the aggressive and sexual drives of the id. b. maximizing pleasure and reducing tension. c. mediating conflict between the id and the superego. d. utilizing fantasy and primary process thinking.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

OTHER:

TYPE: Conceptual

70. According to psychoanalytic theory, the conflicts between the id and the superego often lead to feelings of a. anxiety. b. desire. c. depression. d. anger.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 71. According to Freudian theory, anxiety is a signal for the ego to marshal its defense mechanisms, which function as a. reality-based actions. b. unconscious protective processes. c. conscious efforts to maintain control. d. primitive emotional responses.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 72. All of the following are examples of defense mechanisms according to psychoanalytic theory EXCEPT a. adaptation. b. displacement. c. repression. d. projection.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

TOPICS: OTHER:

research Psychoanalytic Theory TYPE: Factual

73. In which of the following defense mechanisms does an individual unconsciously block disturbing wishes, thoughts or experiences from awareness? a. Rationalization b. Reaction formation c. Repression d. Displacement ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 74. In which of the following defense mechanisms does an individual falsely attribute his or her own unacceptable feelings, impulses, or thoughts to another person? a. Denial b. Projection c. Displacement d. Sublimation ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Coneptual 75. Just before leaving work for the day, Theodora received a very poor rating by her supervisor, who had been constantly criticizing her in front of her coworkers. Theodora became very upset with her supervisor, but she needs her job and is powerless to express her feelings. When she got home, her kids ran up to greet her, all talking at once. Theodora responded by yelling, “Leave me alone! Can’t you see I’m tired?” According to psychoanalytic theory, this is an example of the defense mechanism known as a. displacement. b. projection. c. repression.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

d. rationalization.

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Applied 76. Freud hypothesized that if we did not receive ratification during a stage , an individual’s personality would reflect the stage throughout adult life because the person developed a(n) ___________. a. collective unconscious. b. inferiority complex. c. object relationsip. d. fixation.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Factual 77. Freud called the anxiety that resulted from unconscious conflicts a ___________________. a. fixation b. neuroses c. defense mechanism d. primary process ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Factual 78. A four-year-old girl sucks her thumb, a teenager binges on food, and an adult woman bites her fingernails.

According to the Freudian theory of psychosexual development, all three are fixated at the ________ stage.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

a. oral b. anal c. phallic d. genital ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Applied 79. The Oedipus complex, the psychosexual conflict that occurs at the phallic stage of development, is characterized by a three- to five-year-old boy who a. represses his need for genital self-stimulation. b. loves his mother but has feelings of anger and envy toward his father. c. loves his father but has feelings of anger and envy toward his mother. d. fantasizes about tragic Greek heroes.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 80. According to Sigmund Freud, the Electra complex, the psychosexual conflict that occurs at the phallic stage of development in girls, is characterized by a. castration anxiety. b. Oedipal conflicts. c. penis envy. d. latency lust.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

TOPICS: OTHER:

Psychoanalytic Theory TYPE: Conceptual

81. Jung introduced the concept of the ________________________, a wisdom stored deep in individual memories and passed down from generation to generation. a. collective unconscious b. pleasure principle c. psycho-sexual stages d. object relations ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Factual 82. In their theories about human nature, psychoanalysts Carl Jung and Alfred Adler both a. regarded human nature as possessing many negative qualities. b. were completely analogous to Freud’s ideas. c. believed that there were no barriers to the internal and external growth of the individual. d. emphasized a strong drive toward individual self-actualization.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 83. Severe internal conflicts that produce a lot of anxiety or other emotions can trigger self-defeating defensive processes or symptoms such as a. acute and posttraumatic stress symptoms. b. depression or bipolar symptoms. c. phobic or obsessive symptoms. d. suicidal or aggressive symptoms.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory 84. In Erik Erikson’s theory of lifespan development, an individual reaches the mature stage when he or she is about ________ years old. a. 55 b. 65 c. 75 d. 85 ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Factual 85. Which of the following is an accurate statement about “stage” theories of development? a. In Freudian theory, sexual arousal and interest occur during the latency stage. b. In Erikson’s theory, development occurs across the lifespan. c. In Freudian theory, intrapsychic conflicts are resolved in early childhood. d. In Adler’s theory, the basic quality of human nature is negative and needs to be controlled.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 86. In psychoanalytic psychotherapy, it is important for patients to a. keep their thoughts and feelings to themselves. b. make eye contact with the psychoanalyst. c. describe the content of their dreams to the analyst. d. remain in a vertical posture to induce emotional processing.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 87. In Freudian therapy, the process of a patient coming to relate to the therapist as much as they did to important figures in their childhood is called a. the Oedipal complex. b. castration anxiety. c. an oral fixation. d. transference.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Factual 88. Psychodynamic psychotherapy differs from classical (Freudian) psychoanalysis in that it a. emphasizes the goal of personality reconstruction. b. requires a long-term commitment on the part of the person being analyzed. c. focuses on relationships and interpersonal issues. d. considers past experiences unimportant.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 89. The concepts of “self-actualizing” and “the hierarchy of needs” are most closely associated with the theories of a. Abraham Maslow. b. Carl Rogers. c. Carl Jung. d. Melanie Klein.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Humanistic Theory OTHER: TYPE: 90. Which of the following is NOT associated with the humanistic theories of Carl Rogers? a. Unconditional positive regard b. Transference c. Empathy d. Person-centered therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Humanistic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 91. Humanistic therapists regard ________ as the single most positive influence in facilitating human growth. a. therapist interpretation of patient verbalizations b. relationships (including the therapeutic relationship) c. self-esteem d. intellectual and moral development ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Humanistic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 92. The systematic development of a scientific approach to psychopathology is represented by a. humanistic psychology. b. psychoanalysis. c. Jungian psychology.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

d. the behavioral model.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Humanistic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 93. Which scientist felt that that psychology should not use introspection or other unquantifiable methods and is considered the founder of behaviorism? a. Edward Titchener b. B.F. Skinner c. John Watson d. Ivan Pavlov ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Behavioral Model OTHER: TYPE: Factual 94. Someone you know has been having a lot of difficulty because of irrational fears. Knowing that you are studying abnormal psychology, this person asks if you know of an effective and well-established treatment. You advise her that ________, based on the mid-20th century work of Joseph Wolpe, is a successful anxiety reduction procedure. a. systematic desensitization b. person centered therapy c. exorcism d. aversive conditioning ANSWER: a POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Behavioral Model OTHER: TYPE: Applied Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

95. Which well-known behavioral scientist was the author of The Behavior of Organisms (1938)? a. John Watson b. Ivan Pavlov c. B.F. Skinner d. Edward L. Thorndike ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.d - Describe the value and limitation of using theories to explain behavioral phenomena TOPICS: The Behavioral Model OTHER: TYPE: Factual 96. Ivan Pavlov, a Russian physiologist, based his theories of conditioning on the results of experiments he conducted on a. humans. b. pigeons. c. rats. d. dogs.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Behavioral Model OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 97. Timmy was severely bitten by a Collie when he was five years old. Now he is afraid of any dog he sees. His fear of dogs is a(n) a. unconditioned stimulus. b. unconditioned response. c. conditioned stimulus. d. conditioned response.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

TOPICS: OTHER: NOTES:

The Behavioral Model TYPE: Applied NEW

98. Mary Cover Jones thought that if fear could be conditioned, perhaps it could also be a. reinforced. b. self-actualized. c. unlearned or extinguished. d. repressed.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Behavioral Model OTHER: TYPE: Factual 99. In the process of self-actualizing, emphasized in humanistic psychology, individuals a. adopt a conditioned response to a variety of stimuli. b. direct their own course of therapy under the guidance of a counselor. c. strive to achieve their highest potential against life’s obstacles. d. achieve a complete and almost unqualified acceptance of their own dysfunctions.

ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Humanistic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 100. The continual interaction of biological, psychological, and social influences and their effect on behavior is considered a. sociocultural. b. psychobiological/biopsychological. c. systematic. d. multidimensional and integrative.

ANSWER: d POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

REFERENCES: An Integrative Approach LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: An Integrative Approach OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 101. A patient arrives in your office with a severe fear of spiders. You treat this patient by gradually introducing her to snake images, snake toys, and eventually live snakes in order to show her that nothing bad happened in the presence of these objects. You are using the therapeutic technique called a. Cognitive therapy b. Systematic desensitization c. Operant conditioning d. Multidimensional therapy ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Behavioral Model OTHER: TYPE: Applied 102. Skinner coined the term _____________ because behavior operates on the environment and changes it in some way. a. conjunctive conditioning b. objective conditioning c. operant conditioning d. reverse conditioning ANSWER: c POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Behavioral Model OTHER: TYPE: Factual 103. You just adopted a puppy and want to teach it to fetch the newspaper. What approach would B. F. Skinner advise you to take? a. Punish the puppy each time it does not fetch the paper b. Give the puppy a treat each time it gets a little closer to fetching perfectly Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

c. Give the puppy a treat each time it fetches perfectly and not otherwise d. Be patient and understand that behavior shaping occurs naturally over developmental stages ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Behavioral Model OTHER: TYPE: Applied 104. In the 1990s, the idea that no one influence occurs in isolation has led to the ________________. a. focus on the biological approach in psychology. b. growth of an integrative approach to psychology. c. decline of interest in the unconscious mind. d. a movement away from scientific methodology in psychology.

ANSWER: b POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Integrative Approach LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: AN Integrative Approach OTHER: TYPE: Factual 105. Catharsis is a method of “exorcising” demons for religious and psychological purposes. a. True b. False ANSWER: False POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Factual 106. Defense mechanisms are used to reinforce desired behaviors in operant conditioning. a. True b. False ANSWER: False Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 38

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Behavioral Model OTHER: TYPE: Factual 107. Discuss why the following criteria taken individually are not completely satisfactory in defining abnormality, psychological dysfunction, personal distress, and “not typical or culturally expected” behavior.

Sample Answer: Psychological dysfunction is not completely satisfactory because ANSWER: behavior is on a continuum, and a milder version of impairment would not meet the criteria for a disorder. As for personal distress, by itself, this criterion does not define abnormal behavior because distress can be a normal reaction to a traumatic situation. Also, for some of the psychological disorders, by definition, suffering and distress are absent. Not typical or culturally accepted are insufficient when they refer to someone such as a person with an exceptionally high IQ who is not typical but not disordered. Culturally unacceptable is not sufficient because what may be culturally unacceptable in one culture is perfectly acceptable in another.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: What is a Psychological Disorder?

OTHER: TYPE: Comprehension 108. Describe the process of becoming a mental health professional. Include a discussion of the differences among the following: psychologist, psychiatrist, psychiatric social worker, psychiatric nurse. For each profession, list the credentials, the educational background, and the professional responsibilities.

Sample Answer ANSWER: Clinical and counseling psychologists receive a Ph.D. (or sometimes an Ed.D., doctor of education, or Psy.D., doctor of psychology) and follow a course of graduate-level study, lasting approximately five years, that prepares them to conduct research into the causes and treatment of psychological disorders and to diagnose, assess, and treat these disorders.

Counseling psychologists tend to study and treat adjustment and vocational issues encountered by relatively healthy individuals, and clinical psychologists usually concentrate on more severe psychological disorders. Psychologists with other specialty training, such as experimental and social psychologists, investigate the basic determinants of behavior but do not assess or treat psychological disorders.

Psychiatrists first earn an M.D. in medical school and then specialize in psychiatry during residency training that lasts three to four years. Psychiatrists also investigate the nature and causes of psychological disorders, make diagnoses, and offer treatments. Many psychiatrists emphasize drugs or other biological treatments, although most use psychosocial treatments as well.

Psychiatric social workers typically earn a master’s degree in social work as they develop expertise in collecting information about the social and family situation of the individual with a psychological disorder. Social workers also treat disorders, often concentrating on Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 39

family problems.

Psychiatric nurses have advanced degrees and specialize in the care and treatment of patients with psychological disorders, usually in hospitals as part of a treatment team.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Understanding Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Science of Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 109. Compare and contrast humoral theory and ancient Chinese approaches to explaining abnormal behavior.

Humoral theory and Chinese approaches to explaining abnormal behavior compare in that ANSWER:

they focused on an internal, bodily-based source of disorders. Humoral theory focused on blood, black bile, yellow bile, and phlegm. Chinese approaches focused on yin and yang.

They concurred that imbalance in the condition of the body was the contributing factor to the various disorders and both developed methods to reestablish balance in the body.

Bloodletting and vomiting was used in humoral approaches and acupuncture was used to reduce blockage and restore proper “flow” inside the body in Chinese methods. They contrast in that Galen focused on physically present fluids in the body while the Chinese approach focused on the movement of air or “wind” throughout the body.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficulty REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Hippocrates and Galen OTHER: TYPE: Analysis 110. Describe the development of biological treatments.

In the early 1900s electric shock and brain surgery were often used. Electroconvulsive ANSWER:

shock therapy, insulin shock therapy, and drugs like opium were used to treat patients with disorders. Later, reserpine, neuroleptics, bromides, and benzodiazepines were used to treat patients with disorders with mixed results and concerns about the side effects of the drugs.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Development of Biological Treatments OTHER: TYPE: Factual 111. Describe the development of moral therapy.

Moral therapy focused on improving the living circumstances of patients. Institutionalized ANSWER: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 40

patients were treated as normal as possible and social interaction was encouraged.

Relationships were nurtured, individualized attention, and emphasis on positive consequences for appropriate interactions were promoted. Restraint and seclusion were eliminated. Increases in immigration and institutionalization led to a lack of human and economic resources to meet the rising needs of patients. Additionally, the biological model suggested that mental illness was caused by brain pathology and, therefore, was incurable leaving little support for moral therapy focused institutions.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Moral Therapy OTHER: TYPE: Factual 112. Compare and contrast the supernatural model of abnormal behavior and the biological model of abnormal behavior.

Sample Answer: The supernatural model and the biological model both sought to explain ANSWER:

abnormal behavior. In the supernatural tradition, abnormal behavior was attributed to outside agents, such as demons or spirits. In the biological tradition, disorders were attributed to disease or biochemical imbalances. The supernatural model and the biological model both offer treatments and interventions. The supernatural model focused on exorcism, and the biological tradition focused on adjusting the humors of the body by bloodletting, and inducing vomiting. The supernatural model and the biological model both sought to improve the conditions of people suffering from disorders. The supernatural model focused on community support and the biological model focused on physical care.19.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Biological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Development of Biological Treatments OTHER: TYPE: Factual 113. Explain psychoanalytic theory. Refer to concepts such as anxiety, defense mechanisms, and psychosexual development. Use examples to illustrate these concepts.

Sample Answer: The psychoanalytic theory developed by Sigmund Freud is based on three ANSWER: major concepts.

-Structure of the mind. According to Freud, the mind can be divided into three major parts: the id, the source of our strong sexual and aggressive feelings or energies, which operates on the pleasure principle; the ego, or the part of the mind that operates on the reality principle to ensure that we act realistically; and the superego, or conscience, which represents the moral principles of our culture. When these areas are in conflict, it can result in anxiety.

-Defense mechanisms. In order to mediate continuing conflict between the id and the superego, the ego marshals defense mechanisms or unconscious protective processes that keep primitive emotions in check. Examples include denial, displacement, projection, rationalization, reaction formation, repression, and sublimation.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 41

-Psychosexual stages of development. Freud theorized that during infancy and early childhood, we pass through psychosexual stages of development in a specific order that affect our lifetime functioning. These stages include the oral, anal, phallic, latency, and genital stages, and are characterized by distinctive means of gratifying our basic needs and satisfying our drive for physical pleasure.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 114. Compare and contrast the psychoanalytic perspectives of Freud with the perspectives of Jung and Adler.

Freud, Jung, and Adler all focused on intrapsychic conflicts. Freud emphasized sex and ANSWER:

survival drives, while Jung and Adler focused on individual growth. Freud held to the idea of powerful id influences and a negative perspective on human nature. Jung focused on the collective unconscious, Adler focused on power (inferiority versus superiority), and they both held to a positive perspective on human nature.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 115. Describe three criticisms of Freud’s psychoanalytic theory.

Regarding psychoanalysis, treatment is lengthy and expensive, and there is a lack of ANSWER:

evidence to support its methods. Psychoanalytic theory is also criticized for being unscientific, dependent on anecdotal reports by the patients, subject to highly interpretive by the psychoanalyst, and there has been no obvious way to prove or disprove the hypotheses of psychoanalysis.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychoanalytic Theory OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 116. Compare and contrast the research of Watson and Rayner with Little Albert and the research of Mary Cover Jones Little Peter differed.

ANSWER:

Watson and Rayner, as well as Mary Cover Jones, used classical conditioning methods in

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 42

their behaviorist approaches to understand human behavior. Watson used classical conditioning to condition Little Albert to become afraid of furry animals. Mary Cover Jones used classical conditioning to un-condition Little Peter not to be afraid of furry animals.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Psychological Tradition LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: The Behavioral Model OTHER: TYPE: Analysis 117. Explain why the concept of a multidimensional integrative approach to psychopathology appears to be the more logical choice.

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: All of the various approaches had shortcomings when attempting to explain psychopathology. The biological model, while effective in treating some disorders, could not treat others. Since biological causes could not be found for some disorders, biological treatments could not be developed. The psychoanalytic perspective was based on anecdotal evidence and could not be scientifically evaluated. Many of the basic tenets could not be observed. Humanistic theory contributed very little new information to the field of psychopathology. Its principles were not scientifically tested, nor were they very useful in the intervention of severe psychological disorders. The behavioral model failed to account for development of psychopathology across the lifespan. It cannot explain the more complex layers of both conscious and subconscious behaviors. As the use of scientific research techniques has continued to expand our understanding of the biological, behavioral, cognitive, emotional, developmental, and social factors that contribute to behavior, it is increasingly clear that psychopathology is multiply determined. This understanding now influences our understanding of both the causes and treatments of psychological disorders.

POINTS: 1 DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Integrative Approach LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: An Integrative Approach OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 43

1. The multidimensional integrative approach to psychopathology is based on understanding of a. Biological causes. b. Psychological causes. c. Emotional, social and developmental influences. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: One-Dimensional versus Multidimensional Models LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 2. The process known as ______ is when a neurotransmitter is released, then quickly broken down and brought back from the synaptic cleft into the same neuron that originally released it. a. reuptake b. cognitive c. neurobiological d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately 3. The basis of the multidimensional integrative approach to understanding psychopathology is that each dimension (psychological, biological, emotional, etc.) a. operates independently. b. is sufficient to cause pathology. c. builds on the dimension that precedes it. d. is influenced by the other dimensions.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: One-Dimensional versus Multidimensional Models LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 4. Your uncle has been diagnosed with social phobia, and you believe that it is entirely due to lack of socialization during his teen years. Your theory or model of what caused his phobia is a. multidimensional. b. integrative. c. one-dimensional. d. biological.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: One-Dimensional versus Multidimensional Models LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Applied 5. Amanda is 12 years old, and her sister Samantha is five. Their parents are raising them in a traditional family home. While riding in a car with their parents, the girls witness a major automobile accident where a number of people are injured. The girls react very differently to the accident. This is probably due to a. biological differences. b. developmental differences. c. psychological differences. d. sociocultural differences.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: One-Dimensional versus Multidimensional Models LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(4) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 6. The most accurate way to think of genes is that they a. provide some boundaries for our development. b. determine both our physical and psychological characteristics. c. determine physical but not psychological characteristics. d. actually have very little to do with any of the characteristics that we display.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 7. Many factors determine whether genes are “turned on,” including a. Social influences. b. biological influences. c. cultural influences. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

8. Most psychological disorders appear to be influenced by many individual genes rather than caused by one single gene, a type of influence referred to as a. systemic. b. polygenic. c. unigenic. d. morphogenic.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 9. ___________ is an excitatory transmitter that “turns on” many different neurons, leading to action. a. Serotonin b. Gamma-aminobutyric acid c. Glutamate d. Norepinephrine ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately 10. Recent evidence regarding genetic influence on most psychological disorders has shown that a. single culprit genes are usually responsible for psychological disorders. b. genes that influence psychopathology are usually recessive. c. there is no evidence that genes influence psychopathology. d. multiple genes interact, with each gene contributing a small effect.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 11. The study of twins has shown us that a. The influence of genes can be dramatically affected by various environmental factors. b. The influence of genes is almost entirely overridden by biological environmental factors like nutrition. c. The influence of genes is almost entirely overridden by social environmental factors like parenting. d. The influence of genes cannot be changed by environmental factors.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 12. In the diathesis-stress model, “diathesis” refers to a. an inherited disorder. b. conditions in the environment that can trigger a disorder. c. an inherited tendency or condition that makes a person susceptible to developing a disorder. d. the inheritance of a single gene that makes on susceptible to a psychological disorder.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 13. In the diathesis-stress model, “stress” refers to a. life events, in combination with an inherited tendency, that trigger the onset of a disorder. b. Internal conflicts that trigger the onset of a disorder. c. The expression of defective genes. d. exposure to unusual and extreme situations that often lead to psychological disorders.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 14. According to the diathesis-stress model, psychopathology is the result of the a. interaction between normal and defective or damaged genes. b. An individual’s level of daily stress levels. c. An individual’s psychological and medical history. d. interaction of an inherited tendency and events in an individual’s life.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 15. According to the diathesis-stress model, identical twins raised in the same household will a. not necessarily have the same disorders because of potential differences in their diathesis. b. have the same disorders because their diathesis and stress are exactly the same.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

c. not necessarily have the same disorders because of potential differences in their stress. d. have no more likelihood of sharing a disorder than any other two individuals randomly selected from the population.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 16. The model that describes the development of psychopathology as a combination of an inherited predisposition and the events that have occurred in the individual’s life is the ________ model. a. diathesis-stress b. genetic c. bio-behavioral d. psychoanalytic ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 17. The idea that our inherited tendencies influence the probability that we will encounter stressful life events is a characteristic of the a. diathesis-stress model. b. gene-environment correlation model. c. genetic model. d. psycho-social model.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 18. Mary Sue inherited a personality trait that makes her more likely to be aggressive. As a result, she does not have many friends and has not had much success in long-term relationships. If Mary Sue were to develop depression, the model that would probably best explain the cause of her depression is the ________ model. a. diathesis-stress b. biological c. gene-environment correlation d. interpersonal ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 19. Shanlee inherited a physiological trait that makes her more prone to anxiety. When she was 9, she was riding in car that was involved in a serious accident. If Shanlee were to develop a phobia of driving a car, the model that would probably best explain the cause of her phobia is the ________ model a. diathesis-stress b. biological c. gene-environment correlation d. interpersonal ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 20. Some of the most recent research studies regarding genetic versus environmental causes of disorders in animals and humans have suggested a. genetic influences are greater for animals than for humans because humans learn more from their environments. b. genetics and the environment share equal roles in the development of all psychological traits. c. genetic influences may have been understated by previous. d. genetic influences may have been overstated by previous studies.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.d(1) - Articulate criteria for identifying objective sources of psychology information OTHER: TYPE: Factual 21. Epigenetics refers to the process of cellular material influencing traits by a. Creating mutations in the genome. b. Inheriting mutations from an individual’s parents. c. Activating the endocrine system when an individual encounters stressful events. d. Turning on or off genes from outside of the genome itself.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.d(1) - Articulate criteria for identifying objective sources of psychology information OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

22. The central nervous system is made up of the a. brain and spinal cord. b. brain only. c. spinal cord only. d. nerves leading to and from the brain.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 23. The autonomic and somatic nervous systems are segments of the a. peripheral nervous system. b. somatic nervous system. c. parasympathetic nervous system. d. central nervous system.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 24. Which of the following statements is true? a. Glia cells play active roles in neural activity. . b. There are less glia cells than there are neurons. c. There is one type of glia cells and they perform no identified specific function. d. None of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 25. The synaptic cleft is the area between the a. soma of one neuron and the dendrite of another neuron. b. axon of one neuron and the dendrite of another neuron. c. axon of one neuron and the soma of another neuron. d. somas of two neurons.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 26. The same level of a neurochemical substance, acting as a neurotransmitter, having different effects depends Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

on what? a. Physiological history b. Biological history c. Sociological history d. Psychological history ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately 27. The chemicals that allow the transmission of signals between neurons are called a. reuptake inhibitors. b. hormones. c. neurotransmitters. d. genes.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 28. GABA, dopamine, and norepinephrine are all examples of a. electrical brain waves. b. Types of neurons. c. neurotransmitters. d. areas of the brain.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 29. Most automatic functions such as breathing, sleeping, and motor coordination are controlled by the part of the brain called the a. brain stem. b. forebrain. c. cortex. d. midbrain.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

30. The part of the brain that controls motor coordination is the a. reticular activating system (RAS). b. medulla. c. pons. d. cerebellum.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 31. Neurotransmitters that increase the likelihood that the connecting neuron will fire are known as ______. a. action potentials b. terminal button c. inhibitory d. excitatory ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 32. Emotional experiences, expressions, impulse control, and basic drives such as aggression, sex, hunger, and thirst are the function of the a. endocrine system. b. sympathetic system. c. limbic system. d. autonomic system.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 33. More than 80 percent of the neurons contained in the brain are a. located in the cerebral cortex. b. located in the brain stem. c. are glial cells. d. are unused and represent untapped human potential.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

34. The ability to plan, think, reason, and create is located in the part of the brain called the a. thalamus. b. midbrain. c. cerebral cortex. d. brain stem.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 35. What are the parts of the brain that are involved broadly with regulating behavior and emotion? a. Left and right hemisphere b. Midbrain and brain stem c. Medulla and pons d. Thalamus and hypothalamus ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 36. The limbic system includes all of the following except the a. hippocampus. b. thalamus. c. septum. d. amygdala.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 37. For most people, verbal and cognitive processes are usually controlled by the a. left hemisphere of the cerebral cortex. b. right hemisphere of the cerebral cortex. c. entire cortex. d. midbrain.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 38. For most people, perception and the creation of images are usually handled by the a. left hemisphere of the cerebral cortex. b. entire cerebral cortex.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

c. midbrain. d. right hemisphere of the cerebral cortex.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 39. The part of the brain most associated with higher cognitive functions such as thinking and reasoning, planning for the future, and long-term memory is the a. occipital lobe. b. brain stem. c. left parietal lobe. d. frontal lobe.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 40. If Jean suffers severe damage to her somatic nervous system, she is most likely to have impairment in a. moving her muscles. b. thinking conceptually. c. seeing in full colors. d. remembering her past.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Applied 41. The major function of the peripheral nervous system is to a. coordinate with the brain stem. b. process information received from the central nervous system. c. regulate arousal. d. control hormonal activity.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 42. The part of the autonomic nervous system primarily responsible for our “emergency” or “alarm” response to stress is the a. parasympathetic nervous system. b. sympathetic nervous system. c. endocrine system.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

d. cortex.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 43. Balancing the “emergency” or “alarm” response to stress and returning the body to a state of “normal arousal” is a function of the a. sympathetic nervous system. b. parasympathetic nervous system. c. endocrine system. d. cortex.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 44. The conscious subjective aspect of an emotion that accompanies an action at a given time is known as _____. a. mood b. affect c. flight d. emotion ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately 45. Virtually all drugs that are used to treat psychopathology work by influencing a. neurotransmitters. b. the electrical conductivity of neurons. c. brain structure. d. neuronal structure.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 46. Drugs that increase the activity of a neurotransmitter are called a. agonists. b. antagonists. c. enhancers.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

d. inverse agonists.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 47. Drugs that decrease the activity of a neurotransmitter are called a. agonists. b. blockers. c. reuptake inhibitors. d. antagonists.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 48. The Greater the ___________ of the neural representation of a piece of information in the brain, the more likely that the person will be conscious of the information. a. duration b. intensity c. coherence d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately 49. The neurotransmitter associated with the regulation of mood, behavior, and thought processes is a. GABA. b. norepinephrine. c. serotonin. d. dopamine.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 50. The neurotransmitter associated with the inhibition of anxiety is a. norepinephrine. b. dopamine. c. serotonin. d. GABA. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 51. The neurotransmitter thought to regulate or moderate certain behavioral tendencies rather than directly influencing specific patterns of behavior or psychological disorders is a. norepinephrine. b. GABA. c. dopamine. d. serotonin.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 52. The neurotransmitter associated with both schizophrenia and Parkinson’s disease is a. GABA. b. norepinephrine. c. dopamine. d. serotonin.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 53. The alarm reaction that activates during potentially life-threatening emergencies is called the _____. a. bipolar disorder b. emotional disorders c. mood disorders d. fight response ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(1) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 54. An enduring period of emotionality is known to be a _______. a. fight response b. affect c. mood d. emotion Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(1) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 55. Extremely low levels of dopamine activity are associated with a. muscle rigidity, tremors, and impaired judgment. b. schizophrenia. c. pleasure seeking. d. exploratory behaviors.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 56. Recent research and increased understanding about the role of neurotransmitters in psychopathology point out that a. each psychological disorder is caused by a deficit in a specific neurotransmitter. b. only severe psychological disorders like schizophrenia are caused by imbalances of neurotransmitter activity. c. simple cause/effect conclusions that an individual neurotransmitter abnormality causes a disorder are incomplete. d. neurotransmitters have very little to do with psychopathology for most individuals but may be the single cause of disorders for others.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 57. Which model describes different emotions as points in a 2-dimensional space of valence and arousal? a. Circumplex model b. Gene-environment correlation model c. Modeling model d. Diathesis-stress model ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(1) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 58. The most recent research evidence suggests that the relationship between the brain (structure, function, Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

neurotransmitters) and psychosocial factors (socialization, rearing, life events) is best described as a. a system where the brain directly influences behavior and psychosocial factors but not the other way around. b. an interaction where the brain affects psychosocial factors and vice versa. c. a system where behavior and psychosocial factors impact the brain but not the other way around. d. far too complex to ever understand how one system influences the other.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 59. When comparing the brains of rats raised in a rich environment requiring lots of learning and motor behavior with the brains of rats raised as “couch potatoes” (Greenough, et al., 1990), the cerebellums of the more active rats a. contained more neuronal connections and dendrites. b. contained fewer neuronal connections but more dendrites. c. were less likely to possess pathological neurotransmitter circuits. d. were exactly the same as the inactive rats.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Applied 60. The current state of knowledge regarding genetics and life experience effects on brain structure and function concludes that most psychological disorders are a. the result of a complex interaction of genetics and faulty neurotransmitter circuits. b. the result of stressful early life experiences and the negative effects such experiences have on brain structure or function. c. the result of both biological and psychosocial factors. d. beyond our current ability to understand in any meaningful way.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 61. Cognitive-behavior therapy facilitates changes in thinking patterns in the cortex, which in turn affects the emotional brain in the lower brain. This is called a. confabulation. b. consolidation. c. top-down processing. d. bottom-up processing.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

OTHER:

TYPE: Conceptual

62. Drugs often seem to work in a _________ manner, enacting changes in the lower brain first and reaching higher areas of the cortex last. This is called a. consolidating. b. stepwise. c. top-down. d. bottom-up.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(1) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 63. Learned helplessness is demonstrated in laboratory animals by a. creating aversive stimuli (such as electrical shocks to the foot) that the animal can control. b. creating aversive stimuli (such as electrical shocks to the foot) that the animal cannot control. c. creating pleasant stimuli (such as a food pellet) that the animal cannot control. d. creating pleasant stimuli (such as a food pellet) that the animal can control.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 64. A rat is placed in a cage and given electrical shocks over which it has no control. When placed in a shuttle box, the rat does not attempt to escape the shock due to a. social learning. b. learned helplessness. c. unconscious learning. d. one angry rat.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology OTHER: TYPE: Factual 65. It is important to understand the process of how learned helplessness is created in laboratory animals because learned helplessness in animals resembles the human disorder of a. panic disorder. b. depression. c. mania. d. schizophrenia.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(1) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 66. Leia, who has been constantly harassed and bullied by her brother Luke for as long as she can remember, believes that she will never feel happy and free to enjoy life no matter how hard she tries. Her belief is best explained by a. personality disorder. b. faulty neurotransmitter circuits. c. learned helplessness. d. internal conflicts.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology OTHER: TYPE: Applied 67. Learning through observation and imitation of the behavior of other individuals and the consequences of that behavior is known as ______. a. modeling b. prepared learning c. implicit memory d. circumplex model ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(1) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 68. The work of Albert Bandura regarding modeling helps us to understand the development of psychopathology because it demonstrates that animals a. can learn patterns of behavior by observing others. b. must learn through direct experience such as classical or operant conditioning. c. will only learn behavior patterns if they are reinforced by consistent rewards. d. acquire pathological traits by imitating the actions of others.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: 3 REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 69. The major difference between the modern cognitive science idea of the unconscious and Freud’s view of the unconscious is that Freud saw the unconscious as ________, whereas modern cognitive science views the unconscious as ________.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

a. the function of the id; the result of multiple neuronal pathways interacting with the stimuli presented to the individual b. a seething caldron of emotional conflicts; neuronal pathways interacting with the stimuli presented to the individual c. the function of the superego; the ability to process, store, and act upon information without awareness d. a seething caldron of emotional conflicts; the ability to process, store, and act upon information without awareness ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(1) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 70. The information transmitted within each neuron through electrical impulses travelling along the axon of a neuron is known as _______. a. action potentials b. terminal button c. inhibitory d. excitatory ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 71. In the Stroop color-naming paradigm, a patient with a snake phobia would be expected to name the color of the printed word “fangs” a. more quickly than a neutral word. b. in about the same time it takes to name the color of a neutral word. c. more slowly than a neutral word. d. with a great deal of difficulty or not at all.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(1) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 72. Meno is 64 years old. Although continuously faced with considerable stress and difficulty in his life, he always displays an optimistic, upbeat attitude. According to research, Meno should a. probably live longer than those without such positive attitudes.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

b. develop a larger frontal lobe over time than those without such positive attitudes. c. be less likely to have heart disease than those without such positive attitudes d. Be more likely to be involved with positive community activities than those without such positive attitudes.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(1) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 73. According to Seligman, if a person who is faced with considerable stress and difficulty in his or her life displays an optimistic, upbeat attitude, he or she is likely to function better psychologically and physically. He called this a. learned optimism. b. learned helplessness. c. learned awareness. d. learned predictability.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Behavioral and Cognitive Psychology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(1) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 74. The primary function of human capability for strong emotions appears to be a. survival. b. recreation. c. empathy. d. creativity.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Emotions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 75. Emotion is generally thought to be comprised of a. behavior, physiology, and cognition. b. mood and affect. c. Primarily cognition. d. Primarily physiology.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

REFERENCES: Emotions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 76. Best friends Hurley and Sayid are lost on a remote island in the south Pacific. While they are walking, they unexpectedly see a stranger coming toward them. Hurley believes the stranger is about to attack them. Sayid believes the stranger is about to greet them and welcome them to the island. As the stranger approaches, Hurley experiences fear, but Sayid experiences happiness. The friends’ different emotional reactions can be explained by the ________ theory of emotion. a. physiological b. neurological c. affective d. cognitive ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Emotions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(1) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 77. An example of the relationship between emotion and health is demonstrated by the finding that a. panic is related to poor concentration. b. people with chronic diseases are often angry about their care. c. those in poor physical health almost always develop psychological disorders. d. anger increases the risk of heart disease.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Emotions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Factual 78. The “evil eye,” Latin American susto, and the Haitian phenomenon of voodoo death are currently viewed as examples of the a. unsubstantiated myths that people can become ill without physical cause. b. power of the cultural environment on our physical and psychological health. c. power of the supernatural model of psychopathology. d. isolated cultural phenomena with little practical significance.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cultural, Social, and Interpersonal Factors LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

OTHER:

TYPE: Conceptual

79. The fact that women are more likely to suffer from insect phobias than men is most likely due to a. biological differences. b. differences in neurochemical pathways. c. cultural expectations. d. genetic influences.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cultural, Social, and Interpersonal Factors LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 80. The victims of the disorder bulimia nervosa are predominantly young females. One likely explanation for this is that young females are a. more likely to feel an intense cultural pressure to be thin. b. have weaker eating control than older females and males. c. objectified by fashion designers and gay men. d. naturally more likely to suffer from “nervous stomach” disorders than other groups.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cultural, Social, and Interpersonal Factors OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 81. Knowing how the nervous system and brain work is central to any understanding of our behavior, emotions and cognitive processes. This statement best represents the focus of ______. a. sociology b. psychology c. neuroscience d. neuroimaging ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neuroscience and Its Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 82. Research with the elderly has found that depression is more likely in those individuals who a. had poorer physical health. b. live in group settings. c. have fewer social contacts. d. carried a lot of healthcare related debt.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cultural, Social, and Interpersonal Factors LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Factual 83. When we compare the incidence of psychological disorders across countries and cultures, we find that a. there is remarkable similarity in the rates of various disorders in different countries and cultures. b. all Western countries have a similar rate of common disorders, but this is not true for developing countries. c. developing countries have a much higher rate of psychological disorder than Western countries. d. there are enormous differences in the rates of various disorders in different countries and cultures.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cultural, Social, and Interpersonal Factors LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Factual 84. A lifespan psychologist would point out that the only way to understand a patient’s disorder is to understand how the individual a. developed and changed throughout his or her life. b. developed during the psychosexual stages of his or her life. c. resolved conflicts in early life. d. sees himself or herself as part of a family, a community, and a culture.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Lifespan Development LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(4) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 85. Children whose parents had _____________ and who were adopted away as babies showed a tendency to develop psychiatric disorders only if they were adopted into dysfunctional families. a. bipolar disorder b. schizophrenia c. obsessive-compulsive disorder d. depression ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Genetic Contributions to Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

86. In an experiment by Kolb, Gibb, and Gorny (2003), animals of varying ages were placed in complex environments. Their findings suggest that a. the impact of the environment on the brain is different at varying stages of life. b. the impact of the environment on the brain is significant but uniform throughout the lifespan. c. environments that are beneficial to the aged may be harmful to the young. d. the environment has little effect on the brain throughout the lifespan.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Lifespan Development LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(4) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 87. Studies suggest the extent of genetic influence impact all of the following except a. personalities. b. temperaments. c. psychological disorders. d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: One-Dimensional versus Multidimensional Models LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 88. The term equifinality refers to the fact that a. once a process has begun, it will always lead to a final outcome. b. many causes of psychopathology are equal in influence. c. a number of paths can lead to the same outcome. d. all forms of psychopathology have similar causes.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Lifespan Development LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(4) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 89. Huey, Dewey, and Louie are identical triplets. Huey suffers from clinical depression, Dewey suffers from agoraphobia, and Louie is mentally healthy. Explain how the diathesis-stress model applies to the triplets and their different states of mental health.

ANSWER: Sample Answer: This model argues that a diathesis is a vulnerability and that a stress is an unpleasant experience, which together can cause behavioral and emotional disorders. Identical triplets typically share the same genetic vulnerability but may not have the same life experiences.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

90. Psychoactive medications (drugs that impact our thoughts, emotions, and behavior) usually work as either agonists or antagonists for various neurotransmitters. Explain both how an agonist and an antagonist operate on neurotransmitters.

Explain, also, the process of reuptake inhibition and the effect it has on a neurotransmitter.

ANSWER: Sample Answer: Agonists increase the effects of a transmitter, while antagonists decrease their effects.

Reuptake involves the process of neurons reabsorbing their own transmitters from the synapse. When reuptake is inhibited, the neurotransmitter stays in the synapse longer, which tends to prolong its effects in an agonistic way.

91. “Experience can change the mind.” Explain how this quote can be applied to the human brain as it relates to psychosocial influences on the structure of the brain. Cite one piece of research to support your position.

ANSWER: Sample Answer:

-Because of plasticity the brain remains subject to changing in response to changes in need or experience.

-Research that supports this idea includes the effects of CBT on OCD patients’ brains and other top down approaches to treatment.

-Another research that supports the idea is the research on bullying rats and the effects of their aggression on the brains of smaller rats.

92. Describe the basic components of the multidimensional integrative model. What are the dimensions, and what does the term integrative mean in this model?

ANSWER: Sample Answer:

-Behavioral includes causal factors from behavioral and cognitive processes, including learned helplessness, social learning, prepared learning, and even unconscious processes.

-Biological includes causal factors from the fields of genetics and neuroscience.

-Emotional influences contribute in a variety of ways, as do social and interpersonal influences.

-Social influences and cultural factors contribute to biology and behavior.

-Developmental influences figure in any discussion of causes of psychological disorders.

This use of the term “integrative” refers to the model’s premise that many factors interact to cause any given disorder.

93. Describe learned helplessness. How is it developed in laboratory animals, and how does it help us to understand human depression?

ANSWER: Sample Answer: Martin Seligman described the phenomenon of learned helplessness, which occurs when animals encounter conditions over which they have no control. If rats are confronted with a situation in which they receive occasional foot shocks, they can function well if they learn to cope with these shocks by doing something to avoid them (say, pressing a lever). But if the animals learn that their behavior has no effect on their environment—sometimes they get shocked and sometimes they don’t, no matter what they do—they become “helpless”; they give up attempting to cope and seem to develop the animal equivalent of depression.

Seligman theorized that the same phenomenon may happen with people who are faced with uncontrollable stress. People become depressed if they “decide” or “think” they can do little about the stress in their lives, even if it seems to others that there is something they could do. This finding illustrates, again, the necessity of recognizing that different people process information about events in different ways. These cognitive differences are an important component of psychopathology.

94. Describe the concept of prepared learning and give an example of how it can influence human behavior.

ANSWER: Prepared learning explains how we are highly prepared to learn somethings and less prepared to learn others.

Example: According to Rakison’s research women are more prepared to learn fear even a phobia because in their roles as caregivers it would be important for women to develop a tendency to avoid spiders and snakes.

95. Explain how Lawrence Weiskrantz research on blind sight helps support modern Freudian perspectives.

ANSWER: Weiskrantz’ research revealed that even with surgical damage to the visual context, subjects still reported the ability to see. Modern Freudian perspectives see Weiskrantz’s research as a stepping stone to understanding the unconscious, which instead of being filled with socially unacceptable drives is dealing with automatic processing.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

96. Explain how the circumplex model applies to describing emotion.

ANSWER: Emotions often refer to being positive or negative in affect, they also have an arousal dimension from low activation to high activation, and a third dimension relevant to time, as in long or short in duration.

Combining these three aspects of emotion is the basis of the circumplex model.

97. Describe the relationship between anger and your heart.

ANSWER: Chesney and others found that sustained hostility with angry outbursts and repeatedly and continually

suppressing anger contributes more strongly to death from heart disease than other risk factors, including smoking, high blood pressure, and high cholesterol levels.

98. Describe the concept of equifinality. What does this concept say regarding the causes of psychopathology?

ANSWER: Sample Answer: Equifinality indicates that a number of paths to a given outcome must be considered, for

example, a hallucinatory syndrome may be the result of schizophrenia or the result of taking LSD. The different paths can also be the result of the interaction of psychological and biological factors during various stages of development.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

1. The systematic evaluation of psychological, biological, and social factors in a person with a possible mental disorder is known as clinical a. assessment. b. interpretation c. validation. d. standardization.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Factual 2. The process of determining whether an individual’s symptoms meet the criteria for a specific psychological disorder is called a. prognosis. b. diagnosis. c. classification. d. analysis.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 3. The fifth edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) was published in a. 1990. b. 1994. c. 2000. d. 2013.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 4. The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders is a publication of the a. American Psychological Association. b. International Association of Psychologists. c. American Psychiatric Association. d. National Institutes of Mental Health.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

OTHER:

change performance TYPE: Factual

5. Which of the following factors is typically NOT part of a clinical assessment? a. Psychological b. Social c. Biological d. Astrological ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 6. What is the problem with family studies that causes high familial aggregation? a. Family members tend to live separate environmental and there is nothing in their shared environment. b. Family members tend to live together and there might be something in their shared environment. c. Individual behavior's problem or disorder. d. Separate environmental from genetic influences in families.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 7. A patient who had recurrent headaches, fatigue, and loss of appetite received different diagnoses about this condition from several psychologists. In terms of assessment, this indicates a problem with a. reliability. b. classification. c. validity. d. standardization.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Applied 8. Which of the following describes the concept of validity as it applies to psychological assessment? a. Two or more “raters” get the same answers. b. An assessment technique is consistent across different measures. c. Scores are used as a norm for comparison purposes. d. An assessment technique measures what it is designed to measure.

ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 9. Lanya, recently came to the United States, and is just learning to speak English. She applies for a job and is given a test. When she sits down at a table with other job applicants that are taking the same test, she is informed that she has ten minutes to complete the test. After ten minutes, the employment service director collects Lanya’s test, but the other job applicants are still working on their tests. That other job applicants were given more time to take the same test is an example of a problem with a. reliability. b. classification. c. validity. d. standardization.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Applied 10. Clifton had been experiencing a number of psychological issues, so he decided to go to a psychiatrist to see what was wrong. Dr. A told him he had major depressive disorder. He decided to seek a second opinion. Dr. B diagnosed him with generalized anxiety disorder. Wanting yet another opinion, he went to Dr. C, who told him he was obsessive-compulsive. This demonstrates poor a. test-retest reliability. b. concurrent validity. c. descriptive validity. d. inter-rater reliability.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Applied 11. The family member with the trait singled out for study is called ______. a. genotypes b. proband c. gene d. endophenotypes ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 12. As part of a psychological assessment, a mental status exam is used to find out how a person thinks, feels, and behaves; its primary purpose, however, is to determine a. if a psychological disorder might be present. b. what type of treatment should be used. c. which medication would be most effective. d. whether the individual also has a medical condition.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 13. In a mental status exam, a psychologist may assess all of the following EXCEPT a. appearance and behavior. b. thought processes. c. mood and affect. d. heart rate and respiration.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 14. A diagnostic category has _______________ when the signs and symptoms chosen as its criteria are consistently associated with each other, and are different from those for other categories. a. Concurrent reliability b. Inter-rater reliability c. Familial aggregation d. Construct validity ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Factual 15. When a diagnosis tells the clinician what is likely to happen over the course of the disorder and the likely effect of treatments, the diagnosis has a. construct validity. b. predictive validity. c. content validity. d. none of the above ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Factual 16. In a mental status exam, it is important to determine if the individual is “oriented times three.” This refers to a. person, place, and time. b. day, month, and year of birth. c. thoughts, feelings, and behavior. d. spatial orientation in a three-dimensional map.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 17. When Abernathy went to a psychologist for the first time, the clinician asked him what the date was, what year it was, and where they were. Which category of a mental status exam do these questions cover? a. Thought processes b. Appearance and behavior c. Sensorium d. Intellectual functioning ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 18. Genetic researchers examine _______, the observable characteristics or behavior of the individual. a. genotypes b. endophenotypes c. phenotypes d. proband ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 19. The reactivity phenomenon of self-monitoring procedures has been shown to a. increase desired behaviors. b. decrease undesired behaviors.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

c. both increase desired behaviors and decrease undesired behaviors. d. neither increase desired behaviors nor decrease undesired behaviors.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 20. When observational data are being collected, the observer’s presence may cause a person to behave differently, a phenomenon known as a. reactivity. b. structuring. c. recording. d. monitoring.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 21. . ________ are the unique genetic makeup of individual people. a. Endophenotypes b. Human genome project c. Genotypes d. Phenotypes ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 22. Anna, a psychoanalytic psychologist, created an assessment that asks individuals to describe emotions elicited by vague, geometric shapes. Anna believes that the responses made by her patients will reveal their unconscious conflicts. After administering the assessment, she intends to draw conclusions about her patients’ well-being from the content of these descriptions. This assessment belongs in the category of a. Intelligence tests b. Emotional tests c. Projective tests d. Clinical interviewing ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Applied 23. The projective type of psychological tests is based on ________ theory. a. behavioral b. cognitive Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

c. humanistic d. psychoanalytic ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Factual 24. The calculation of an IQ, previously done by using a child’s mental age, is now done by using a deviation IQ. This means that the child’s score is compared to the scores of others a. of the same age. b. in the same grade. c. who took the test at the same time. d. with the same level of intelligence.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Factual 25. Four-year-old Cindy Lou is very aggressive toward her peers, which results in poor peer relationships. A psychologist has been asked to assess Cindy Lou’s aggressiveness and determine if she needs intervention. The psychologist would probably do what type of assessment? a. Neuropsychological b. Projective c. Cognitive d. Behavioral ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 26. IQ tests measure all of the following abilities EXCEPT a. verbal comprehension. b. memory. c. reasoning. d. personality.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 27. An example of a test used to screen for organic brain damage is the a. be Rorschach Inkblot Test. b. Luria-Nebraska Neuropsychological Battery. c. Stanford-Binet Neuropsychological Battery. d. Bender Thematic Apperception Test.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 28. The ABCs of observation refer to the ___________ sequence. a. affect-behavior-cognition b. antecedent-behavior-cognition c. antecedent-behavior-consequence d. affect-behavior-consequence ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 29. If it were important to determine the exact location of brain impairment, which of the following tests would most likely be used? a. Bender Visual-Motor Gestalt Test b. Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychological Battery c. Gall Phrenological Brain Scan d. Stanford-Binet Intelligence Scale ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 30. An observation that involves identifying specific behaviors that are observable and measurable is called a(n) a. informal observation.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

b. formal observation. c. unstructured observation. d. self-observation.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 31. Lisbeth is presented with a series of cards that are blots of ink. She is asked to state what she sees on these cards. Hannibal is probably taking a(n) a. personality inventory. b. response inventory. c. projective test. d. intelligence test.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 32. Starke falsifies his answers on the MMPI so that he will look good. He will probably have a high score on the __________ scale. a. Cannot Say b. Lie c. Paranoia d. Defensiveness ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Diagnosing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 33. Abnormalities in the structure and functioning of the brain can be detected by neuroimaging techniques.

Current research is also looking at a. a possible association of these abnormalities with psychological disorders. b. using brain imaging techniques as a treatment for psychological disorders. c. preventing psychological disorders with neuroimaging techniques.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

d. using neuroimaging to manipulate the expression of genes that influence psychological disorders.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 34. Recent research involving PET scans has shown that patients with Alzheimer’s disease have a. increased dopamine reuptake in the occipital lobes. b. increased serotonin levels in the temporal lobes. c. reduced glucose metabolism in the parietal lobes. d. reduced amino acid production in the frontal lobes.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Factual 35. All of the following are examples of psychophysiological assessment responses EXCEPT a. Electroencephalogram b. Galvanic skin response c. Heart rate d. Biofeedback ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Factual 36. The crucial test of a diagnostic system’s validity is whether it results in a. an effective treatment plan. b. all clinicians reaching the same diagnosis for the patient. c. the accurate diagnostic label for the patient. d. the same diagnostic label regardless of when the patient is evaluated.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Diagnosing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

37. Believing that it would not be helpful, a therapist refuses to use the DSM-5 or any other diagnostic system.

One problem that we may expect for this therapist is that it may be difficult to a. apply what has been learned from treating other patients with similar problems. b. think of patients as individuals. c. monitor the progress of patients in therapy. d. convince patients that their problems are taken seriously.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Diagnosing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Applied 38. Which of the following genetic mechanisms contribute to the underlying problems causing the symptoms and difficulties experienced by people with psychological disorders? a. Phenotypes b. Genotypes c. Endophenotypes d. Proband ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 39. Unlike very early versions of the DSM, the DSM-5 a. Includes a plan for integrating social and cultural influences on diagnosis. b. Incorporates some dimensional aspects, such as judgment of severity for disorders. c. Does not make a distinction between organically based and psychologically based disorders. d. All of the above.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Diagnosing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 40. A variation of correlation research that is used to compare different people at different ages is called _________. a. cohort effect b. genetic marker c. longitudinal designs d. cross-sectional designs ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

OTHER:

TYPE: Conceptual

41. All of the following are potential dangers of assigning a diagnostic label EXCEPT a. the patient may lose self-esteem. b. the patient’s prognosis (future course of the disorder) becomes difficult to predict. c. family and friends may see the patient as the disorder rather than an individual. d. healthcare workers may see the patient as the disorder rather than an individual.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Diagnosing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 42. The terms taxonomy and nosology refer to a. scientific classification. b. the accuracy of a diagnostic system. c. the reliability of a grouping of clinical symptoms. d. theoretical ideas that cannot be tested objectively.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Diagnosing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 43. The observation that people of different age groups differ in their values and experiences called ______. a. cohort effect b. genetic marker c. longitudinal designs d. cohort ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 44. DSM-5 is based on a ________ classification system. a. dimensional b. categorical c. prototypical d. psychoanalytic ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Diagnosing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

45. The classical (or pure) categorical approach to diagnosis assumes that each person with a particular disorder will a. be helped by recognizing the cause of the disorder. b. experience very few of the same symptoms. c. respond to the same treatments equally. d. experience the same symptoms with little or no variation.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Diagnosing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 46. The dimensional approach to diagnosis is characterized by a. a quantification of patients’ experiences using scales measuring several areas, such as anxiety or depression. b. lists of symptoms that patients must experience for the diagnosis to be assigned. c. essential elements that all patients must report for the diagnosis to be assigned, but allowance for specific nonessential variations as well. d. a theoretical explanation for the underlying cause of the disorder that is assumed to be shared by all patients experiencing similar symptoms.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Diagnosing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 47. What is the basic principle of genetic linkage analysis? a. When a family disorder is studied, other inherited characteristics are assessed at the same time. b. Observe people of different age groups that differ in their values and experiences. c. Compare people afflicted by the disorder to those without. d. Rather than looking at different groups of people of differing ages, follow one group over time and assess changes in its members directly.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 48. A hypothesis is defined as a(n) a. theory. b. empirical conclusion. c. research study.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

d. educated guess.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Conducting Research in Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Factual 49. A researcher is testing the effects of sunlight on depression. The independent variable is a. sunlight. b. depression. c. the assumption that light affects mood. d. the interaction between sunlight and mood.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Conducting Research in Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Applied 50. Which of the following involves trying to generalize the findings to groups whose experiences are different from those of the study participants? a. Cross-generational effect b. Cohort effect c. Placebo effect d. Cross-generational design ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 51. While studying the impact of ginkgo biloba on memory, a researcher has one group of rats on a normal diet while the other rat group is given measured doses of ginkgo biloba with their meals. While observing the rats run a complicated maze, the researcher notes that the ginkgo biloba-enhanced rats’ maze is more brightly lit than the normal diet rats’ maze. The difference in lighting in this study is a(n) a. confound. b. independent variable. c. dependent variable. d. hypothesis.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Conducting Research in Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

OTHER:

TYPE: Applied

52. Internal validity is defined as a. the extent to which the results of a study can be explained by the dependent variable. b. the degree to which the hypothesis is supported by the study. c. the overall quality of the research. d. the extent to which the results in a study can be explained by the independent variable.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Conducting Research in Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Factual 53. A researcher separates the participants into two groups. Group A receives an active medication, and Group B receives an empty capsule that looks and feels like the real medication. Group B is the a. treatment group. b. analog group. c. control group. d. experimental group.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Conducting Research in Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Applied 54. Researchers use control groups to a. make comparisons to the treatment group. b. give all research participants an equal chance to participate in the study. c. control the hypothesis. d. randomize the experiment.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Conducting Research in Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 55. A researcher studies the impact of cell phone use during class lectures on college students’ exam scores.

Whether the results of this study help us to understand the relationship between cell phone use during class lectures and work performance in real-life institutions is a question of a. internal validity. b. study confounds.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

c. external validity. d. the original research hypothesis.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Conducting Research in Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 56. Which of the following involves a change in behavior resulting from the person’s expectation of change rather than from the experimental manipulation itself? a. Cohort effect b. Cross-generational effect c. Placebo effect d. Double-blind control ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 57. Statistical significance determines whether an observed difference between a treatment and control group is likely due to a. random assignment. b. external validity. c. chance. d. confounds.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Conducting Research in Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 58. A researcher studying the effect of a dietary supplement on sleep finds that research participants who take the supplement sleep an average of 8 hours and 25 minutes per night, while participants who were given a placebo pill with no active ingredients in it sleep for an average of 6 hours and 20 minutes. These findings are likely a. statistically significant. b. clinically insignificant. c. Statistically insignificant. d. clinically significant.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Conducting Research in Psychopathology Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Applied 59. In research studies, the term “effect size” refers to a. how much each treated and untreated person in the study changes. b. the power of the statistical tests that are used to detect the impact of the independent variable. c. how many subjects are included in a particular study. d. the degree of external validity that the study has.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Conducting Research in Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Applied 60. In well-designed research studies, medications that enhance serotonin functioning have been found to help patients recover from episodes of depression. Given the realities of the patient uniformity myth, it would be a mistake to conclude that a. level of serotonin function is correlated with depression. b. all depressed patients will be helped by these medications. c. research can help us determine which treatments should be used for depression. d. medication can be an appropriate treatment for depression.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Conducting Research in Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Applied 61. The type of study that generally does not follow the scientific method and typically contains many confounds is the a. case study. b. correlation model. c. true experiment. d. longitudinal study.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.b - Describe research methods used by psychologists including their respective advantages and disadvantages OTHER: TYPE: Factual 62. As a child’s age increases, so does her height. This is an example of a(n) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

a. negative correlation. b. zero correlation. c. causal correlation. d. positive correlation.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Applied 63. . What can be the cause of temporary toxic state? a. Lack of oxygen b. Wrong amount or type of medicine c. Water d. None of these are correct ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 64. The correlation between the amount of time college students spends texting on their smartphone during class and the students’ height in inches is probably a. positive. b. negative. c. zero. d. causal.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Applied 65. Epidemiology is the study of a. the effectiveness of the correlational model in determining cause. b. research methods. c. various forms of therapy. d. incidence, distribution, and consequences of a problem in a population.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

OTHER:

design TYPE: Factual

66. The basis of an experiment is a. manipulation of a dependent variable. b. manipulation of an independent variable. c. Manipulation of a confounding variable. d. in-depth fact gathering of many variables.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Factual 67. While trying to discover the nature of the relationship between stress and blood pressure, a researcher asks participants to complete a difficult task. The researcher monitors the participants’ blood pressure while some are exposed to noisy distractions and others stay in a quiet environment. This type of research is a(n) a. correlational study. b. experiment. c. case study. d. placebo control study.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Applied 68. One of the hallmarks of the experimental method that makes it different from a correlational study is that in an experiment, a. we observe what happens in the natural world. b. the researcher is unaware of the independent variable. c. a variable is manipulated in a way that would not have occurred naturally. d. there are multiple control groups.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: 69. When a control group is used in experimental research, the members of the control group will be treated exactly the same as the Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

a. treatment group, except that they will be exposed to the independent variable. b. treatment group in every way. c. control group in any other psychology study. d. treatment group, except that they will not be exposed to the independent variable.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 70. The purpose of a control group in experimental research is to a. control for the subjects’ desire to act according to the experimenter’s expectations. b. determine whether a treatment or independent variable actually influenced change in the dependent variable. c. determine statistical significance. d. control the dependent variable.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 71. Placebos are used in experiments to a. control for the variability of individuals who tend to volunteer for research studies. b. control for the expectations of some research participants that they will improve just because they are in a research study. c. help determine whether an independent variable actually causes a statistically significant change in a dependent variable. d. make certain that the treatment and control group are randomly selected.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 72. In a double-blind study, a. the participants are not aware of who is in the treatment and control groups, but the researcher providing the treatment does know. b. neither the researcher providing the treatment nor the participants are aware of who is in the treatment and who is in the control group. c. neither the researcher providing the treatment nor the research participants can ever be made aware Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

of the research findings. d. the research participants are not aware that they are participating in a research study.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 73. It can be important to use a double-blind procedure in a research study in order to prevent the a. independent variable from influencing the dependent variable. b. confusion of correlation with causation. c. participants’ expectations from biasing the independent variable. d. researcher’s expectations from biasing the outcome.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 74. One important difference between a typical case study and the single-case experiment is that during the single-case experiment, behavior is generally a. manipulated. b. controlled by the experimenter. c. measured more than once. d. observed in the natural environment.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 75. Which problems may have a relationship to a temporary toxic state? a. Mental illness b. Vomiting c. Cognition d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

76. One of the problems of using a withdrawal design as part of a single-case experiment is the a. difficulty of measuring changes that are associated with removal of a treatment. b. confounding factor of the placebo effect when the treatment is removed. c. ethical issue of removing treatment that appears to be helping the patient. d. impossibility of removing the treatment equally for the treatment subjects and control subjects.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.b - Describe research methods used by psychologists including their respective advantages and disadvantages OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 77. Mordred is having temper tantrums at home, at school, and at his grandparents’ house. After working with the parents for a while, the therapist believes that the child is being rewarded for his tantrums in each setting because his teacher, parents, and grandparents generally give him what he wants just to make him stop yelling.

The therapist devises a plan to stop his tantrums but first implements the plan at home, then the following week at school, and finally at the grandparents’ home several weeks later. From a research perspective, this is an example of a(n) a. withdrawal design. b. multiple baseline design. c. placebo control. d. external validity design.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Applied 78. The single-case experimental design is primarily criticized as having limited a. reliability. b. external validity. c. Internal validity. d. measures.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.b - Describe research methods used by psychologists including their respective advantages and disadvantages OTHER: TYPE: Factual 79. An important advantage of the multiple baseline design over the withdrawal design for evaluating treatments is that multiple baseline a. has greater internal validity.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

b. has greater external validity. c. does not require the removal of a potentially helpful treatment. d. does not require the artificial intervention of the researcher.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Types of Research Methods LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.b - Describe research methods used by psychologists including their respective advantages and disadvantages OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 80. Clinicians who use projective tests have their own method of __________. a. Administration b. Cognition c. Behavioral Analysis d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 81. One reason that we can expect rapid increases in our understanding of the genetic influences of psychopathology over the next several years is the a. success of the human genome project. b. development of powerful new statistical techniques. c. recent availability of fast, new-generation computers. d. availability of new brain-scanning technology.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 82. Family studies are often used to help determine whether a psychological disorder has a genetic component.

Which of the following patterns is typical for a disorder that is influenced by genetics? a. Siblings of the person with the disorder are more likely to have the disorder than cousins, and cousins are just as likely to have the disorder as the general public. b. Siblings of the person with the disorder will almost always have the same or similar disorders, and cousins are more likely than the general public to have disorders. c. Siblings of the person with the disorder are more likely than cousins to have the disorder, and cousins are more likely to have the disorder than the general public. d. Siblings will almost always have the same or similar disorders, though cousins may have a similar Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

rate of the disorder as the general public.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Applied 83. Which can be a valuable tool for projective tests? a. Ambiguous Stimuli b. Distal Stimuli c. Self-monitoring d. Reinforcement ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 84. Adoption studies are often used when attempting to study the influence of genetic factors on psychological disorders because these studies allow examination of genetic influences of psychopathology a. without the typical confound of common biological parents. b. using more sophisticated statistical techniques. c. through direct examination of genetic causes. d. without the typical confound of siblings raised in the same environment.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 85. Monozygotic twins allow for unique genetic studies because they a. have identical genes. b. always share the same environment. c. share approximately 50 percent of the same genes. d. are usually raised in similar ways.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

OTHER:

theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research TYPE: Conceptual

86. Combining the monozygotic twin and adoption studies, researchers often study identical twins raised in different families. This method helps researchers determine a. the effects of adoption on a child’s gene expression. b. the effects of adoption on a child’s personality. c. the effect of environment without the confound of shared genes. d. the effects of genes without the confound of shared environments.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Applied 87. Given what we know about the effects of genes and the environment, which of the following pairs of children would be expected to be most similar in terms of overall personality, psychological disorders, and intelligence? a. Monozygotic twins, one raised in a wealthy family living in a modern city and the other raised in poverty in a developing nation b. Adopted children from different biological families raised in the same home c. Biological siblings raised in the same house d. Biological siblings, each adopted immediately after birth, one raised in New Orleans and the other in New York City ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Applied 88. Who has influenced a whole field of study on personality inventories? a. Clarkin b. Paul Meehl c. Mihura d. Exner ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 89. Which of the following study types must be conducted to identify the location of specific genes associated with psychopathology? a. Association b. Family c. Twin d. Adoption ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Factual 90. TAT stands for _________________. a. Thematic Appreciation Test b. Thematic Appraisal Test c. Thematic Appreciation Task d. Thematic Appraisal Task ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 91. What is a problem with administering the MMPI? a. Money b. Talent source c. Time d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Physical Examination OTHER: TYPE: Factual 92. A researcher collects data comparing people with and without a disorder. The researcher is particularly interested in inherited tendencies that are not part of the disorder but that occur with much greater frequency in the people afflicted with it. The researcher is conducting a(n) a. genetic linkage analysis. b. association study. c. family study.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

d. DNA analysis.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Applied 93. One of the research methods used to help determine the typical course and progression of a disorder like schizophrenia is a ____________ study. a. family b. group c. randomized control group d. longitudinal ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Factual 94. Longitudinal and/or cross-sectional research is often necessary to determine a. how disorders change and progress over a typical patient’s lifetime. b. the genetic causes of a particular disorder. c. the environmental causes of a particular disorder. d. the biological causes of a particular disorder.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 95. The two most frequently used methods in prevention research for examining psychopathology across time are a. longitudinal and case study. b. case study and experimental. c. longitudinal and cross-sectional.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

d. experimental and cross-sectional.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Factual 96. A researcher is studying how depression tends to be experienced by people of different ages. The researcher interviews depressed adolescents, young adults, individuals in their 30s and 50s, and those over 70. The research design being used is called a. cross-sectional. b. longitudinal. c. experimental. d. case-study.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Applied 97. A researcher is studying how anxiety tends to be experienced by people of different ages. The researcher interviews anxious adolescents, young adults, individuals in their 30s and 50s, and those over 70. The individuals in each age group represent a a. treatment group. b. control group. c. longitudinal group. d. cohort.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Applied 98. One significant limitation of the cross-sectional design is called the “cohort effect.” This relates to the fact that a. experience is confounded with participation in the study.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

b. age and experience are confounded. c. genetics and experience are confounded. d. reliable statistics cannot be computed for cohort groups.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 99. The research design most helpful in determining how individuals with particular disorders change over time is the a. longitudinal method. b. cross-sectional design. c. family study. d. association study.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Factual 100. Use of a cross-sectional design would be appropriate in trying to find an answer to all of the following questions EXCEPT a. “How does panic disorder differ in children and adults?” b. “Are the cognitive triggers for panic disorder different in children and adults?” c. “What early behaviors did adult panic disorder patients tend to display when they were young?” d. “Does exposure therapy tend to be more or less effective when it is used in the treatment of children versus adults?”

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 101. What does it mean if an IQ score significantly higher than average? a. The person has a significantly greater than average chance of doing well in the educational system.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

b. The person has a significantly greater than average chance of doing well in academics. c. The person has a significantly greater than average chance of doing well with entrepreneur skills. d. The person has a significantly greater than average ability to work in Industry.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Physical Examination OTHER: TYPE: Factual 102. Which research method suffers from the possibility of losing research participants due to high drop-out rates or even death? a. Cross-sectional study b. Longitudinal study c. Family study d. Twin study ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Factual 103. One of the most important reasons to conduct cross-cultural research in psychopathology is that a. we can gain a better appreciation for the virtues of various cultures by examining how psychopathology is viewed by different cultures. b. the stigma of psychopathology can be removed by understanding that psychopathology exists in all cultures. c. genetic influences of disorders can be best determined through careful comparison of the different environmental stressors found in various cultures. d. we can understand more about psychopathology by understanding how culture impacts the experience of various disorders.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 104. The most influential and successful research generally utilizes a. multiple well-controlled, double-blind experiments. b. a combination of well-controlled correlational studies and cross-sectional research.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

c. a program of multiple research designs over a period of time. d. multiple cross-sectional and longitudinal designs over a period of time.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 105. A new research study is published and becomes the “hot story” in the news today. This story concerns you because the researchers report that they are the first scientists to find a higher incidence of depression in individuals who are taking a particular vitamin—the same vitamin that your physician has had you taking for years. While this may be cause for you to investigate further, you probably shouldn’t panic, because a. your physician will call you if there is anything to worry about. b. research like this is rarely accurate. c. without replication, the finding could just be due to coincidence. d. unless it was a double-blind experiment, the results are almost certainly in error.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Applied 106. The function of replication in research is to a. better define independent and dependent variables. b. improve the research design. c. rule out coincidence. d. enhance the internal validity of the study.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 107. Which type of problem is shared by the placebo control method and the withdrawal design method? a. Lack of control of the independent variable b. Ethical concern of withholding treatment from those who need it Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

c. Ethical issue of tricking people into thinking that they will get better d. The fact that the individual will likely respond to the unique circumstances of the research setting ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Factual 108. According to the requirements of “informed consent,” research participants in a blind, placebo-controlled study will be told a. that they may or may not receive an active treatment. b. that they will not receive active treatment until the research study is over. c. if they are in the placebo group or the treatment group. d. only that they are participants in a research study and that they can quit at any time.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 109. The basic components of informed consent are a. competence, volunteerism, full information, and comprehension. b. volunteerism and comprehension. c. competence, volunteerism, comprehension, and knowledge of results. d. anonymity, volunteerism, full information, and comprehension.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Factual 110. You are well into your first semester at a state university. Your psychology professor is conducting research and desperately needs more participants because the existing subjects keep running from the building screaming! She tells the class that everyone must be a subject to get a grade in the class and that there are no exceptions. In terms of ethical treatment of research subjects, her policy would a. violate the informed consent concept of competence.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

b. be acceptable as long as her procedures were presented to the institutional review board. c. be acceptable if she carefully explained the experiment to each participant and did allow participants to quit if they were uncomfortable during the procedure. d. violate the informed consent concept of volunteerism.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Applied 111. Which test is used as a screening device and is routinely paired with other assessments? a. Laboratory test b. Intelligence test c. Psychological test d. Neuropsychological test ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Physical Examination OTHER: TYPE: Factual 112. Eeyore goes to see a psychologist because he has been feeling very depressed and believes he doesn’t have any friends. Describe the process that Eeyore’s psychologist will use to reach a diagnosis and develop a treatment plan.

Sample Answer: Eeyore will be asked to describe his problem and any symptoms he is ANSWER: experiencing. He will relate all concerns regarding his behavior and thinking to the clinician, who will assess Eeyore’s behavior and communication during the interview. The clinician will form an initial diagnosis and those areas that need to be ruled out. The clinician may do various types of psychological assessment to help determine the diagnosis. Where appropriate, certain neuropsychological testing or neuroimaging may be done. The clinician will evaluate all assessment data and reach a diagnosis that will be presented in a multiaxial format. Based on the diagnosis and possible theoretical orientation of the clinician, a treatment plan will be developed. The clinician will take into account the research data on the effectiveness of certain treatments for certain disorders.

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 113. Describe the major objectives and typical procedures of the mental status exam. Be sure to include the typical activities of the examiner and the intended outcomes of the process.

Sample Answer: Mental status exams cover the following five categories: ANSWER:

-Appearance and behavior. The clinician records the client’s dress, appearance, and motor actions.

-Thought processes. The clinician listens to the patient talk in order to assess the rate and

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

content of his/her speech.

-Mood and affect. The clinician observes the patient’s emotion and actions regarding his/her feelings.

-Intellectual functioning. The clinician assesses the client’s vocabulary, memory, and overall intellectual functioning.

-Sensorium. The client’s general awareness of his/her surroundings is assessed.

The mental status exam is done to allow the clinician to make a preliminary determination of the areas of the patient’s behavior and condition that should be assessed further.

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 114. Projective tests such as the Thematic Apperception Test and the original Rorschach inkblot test are often criticized with regard to their reliability. Explain why the reliability of these tests may not be as good as a personality measure such as the MMPI. Sample Answer: Projective tests are based on the use of ambiguous stimuli onto which the ANSWER: client projects his/her own personality and unconscious fears and so reveal unconscious thoughts to the therapist. The TAT, which uses pictures as stimuli, and the Rorschach, which uses inkblots, are both subject to variation in their administration and interpretation.

Consequently, they are less reliable than more objective assessments such as the MMPI, which consists of multiple-choice questions and has clear norms and guidelines for its interpretation.

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 115. A psychiatrist orders a series of tests including an IQ test, personality inventory (MMPI), neuropsychological test (Bender Visual-Motor Gestalt Test), and a brain scan (CT scan) for a 10-year-old boy who has recently been acting aggressively. Explain what each test measures and how the psychiatrist would use the results of each test to help diagnose or rule out potential causes of the boy’s behavior.

Sample Answer: An IQ test measures abilities such as memory, reasoning, and verbal ANSWER: comprehension. An IQ score significantly higher than average means the person has a significantly greater than average chance of doing well in our educational system. By contrast, a score significantly lower than average suggests the person will probably not do well in school. This test would give some indication regarding the boy’s ability to meet with success in school. If there are academic problems, aggressive behavior could be a result.

The Bender Visual-Motor Gestalt Test consists of child being given a series of cards on which are drawn various lines and shapes. The task is for the child to copy what is drawn on the card. The errors on the test are compared with test results of other children of the same age; if the number of errors exceeds a certain figure, then brain dysfunction is suspected. Research on the validity of neuropsychological tests suggests they may be useful for detecting organic damage. Certainly, organic damage, such as a tumor or lesion, could account for aggressive behavior.

CT scans are particularly useful in locating brain tumors, injuries, and other structural and anatomical abnormalities. Again, if a brain structure is damaged, this may contribute to aggressive behavior.

Individual responses on the MMPI are not examined; instead, the pattern of responses is reviewed to see whether it resembles patterns from groups of people who have specific Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

disorders. The MMPI includes additional scales that determine the validity of each administration. The youngster’s profile would be examined to see if he has personality characteristics that would contribute to his aggressive behavior.

DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Diagnosing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 116. Describe the influence of culture on the experience of psychopathology. Why is it important for the clinician to acknowledge and appreciate the patient’s culture before determining a diagnosis?

Sample Answer: DSM-5 corrects previous omissions in early versions of the DSM by ANSWER: including a plan for integrating important social and cultural influences on diagnosis. The plan, referred to as the “cultural formulation guidelines,” allows the disorder to be described from the perspective of the patient’s personal experience and in terms of the primary social and cultural group, such as Hispanic or Chinese. Answering the following suggested culture-related questions will help accomplish these goals: 1. What is the primary cultural reference group of the patient? For recent immigrants to the country, as well as other ethnic minorities, how involved are they with their “new” culture versus their old culture? Have they mastered the language of their new country, or is language a continuing problem?

2. Does the patient use terms and descriptions from his or her “old” country to describe the disorder? For example, ataques de nervios in the Hispanic subculture is a type of anxiety disorder close to panic disorder. Does the patient accept Western models of disease or disorder for which treatment is available in healthcare systems, or does the patient also have an alternative healthcare system in another culture (for example, traditional herbal doctors in Chinese subcultures)?

3. What does it mean to be “disabled?” Which kinds of “disabilities” are acceptable in a given culture and which are not? For example, is it acceptable to be physically ill but not to be anxious or depressed? What are the typical family, social, and religious supports in the culture? Are they available to the patient?

These cultural considerations must not be overlooked in making diagnoses and planning treatment, and they are assumed throughout this book. But, as yet, there is no research supporting the use of these cultural formulation guidelines. The consensus is that we have a lot more work to do in this area to make our nosology truly culturally sensitive.

DIFFICULTY: Apply REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 117. Labeling a patient with a diagnosis is often referred to as a “double-edged sword” as the diagnostic label can both help and hurt the patient. Explain the advantages and disadvantages (to the patient) of a diagnostic label.

Sample Answer: The use of labels in diagnosis allows clinicians to formulate and compare ANSWER: diagnoses and to select treatment approaches. However, many psychological disorders carry with them significant stigma. Therefore, the label may diminish the client’s selfesteem or result in him/her being treated poorly by others. Incorrect labels can also result in ineffective or harmful treatment choices.

DIFFICULTY:

Difficult

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

REFERENCES: Diagnosing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 118. Compare and contrast the DSM-IV-TR and the DSM 5.

Compare: both the DSM-IV-TR and the DSM 5 use categories to group disorders, create a ANSWER:

standardized basis for the diagnosis of disorders, and were the product of a broad perspective gained from the contributions of a wide range of experts and specialists in the field. Contrast: The DSM 5 restructured and reorganized the categories into three main sections as opposed to five, the use of dimensional axes for rating severity, and new disorders have been introduced into the DSM while other disorders have been re-classified.

DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Diagnosing Psychological Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 119. Describe the difference between the statistical and clinical significance of research findings. Explain why it is important to make a distinction between statistical and clinical significance when interpreting research findings.

Sample Answer: In psychological research, statistical significance typically means that the ANSWER: probability of obtaining the observed effect by chance is small. When one obtains statistical difference, is it an important difference? The difficulty is in the distinction between statistical significance (a mathematical calculation about the difference between groups) and clinical significance (whether or not the difference was meaningful for those affected). Concern for the clinical significance of results has led researchers to develop statistical methods that address not just that groups are different but also how large these differences are, or effect size. Calculating the actual statistical measures involves fairly sophisticated procedures that take into account how much each treated and untreated person in a research study improves or worsens. In other words, instead of just looking at the results of the group as a whole, individual differences are considered as well.

DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Conducting Research in Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 120. Basil is suffering from an eating disorder. His psychologist applies a treatment he knows was successful with other clients in the past. After weeks of treatment, Basil is still suffering from the disorder and his condition has not improved, in fact, it has worsened. Explain how the patient uniformity myth could apply to Basil’s lack of success with this therapy.

The patient uniformity myth leads to making inaccurate generalizations about disorders ANSWER: and their treatments. While research may indicate a treatment was effective on a group of patients, the same treatment may not have been successful on some patients within the group. Even though “on the average” people improved in the research group, not every member of the group improved and others may have worsened. In the case of Basil, while the treatment applied by his therapist was effective on others it was not a good fit for Basil and other treatments are needed for Basil’s condition to improve.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Conduction Research in Psychopathology LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.2.a - Describe the fundamental principles of research design OTHER: TYPE: Applied 121. Describe the procedures of the cross-sectional and longitudinal research methods. What are the uses and limitations of each of these methods?

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: For a cross-sectional design, researchers take a cross section of a population across the different age groups and compare them on some characteristic. For example, if they were trying to understand the development of alcohol abuse and dependence, they could take groups of adolescents at 12, 15, and 17 years of age and assess their beliefs about alcohol use. In cross-sectional designs, the participants in each age group are called cohorts. The members of each cohort are the same age at the same time and thus have all been exposed to similar experiences. Members of one cohort differ from members of other cohorts in age and in their exposure to cultural and historical experiences. Differences among cohorts in their opinions may be related to their respective cognitive and emotional development at these different ages and to their dissimilar experiences. This cohort effect, the confounding of age and experience, is a limitation of the cross-sectional design.

One question not answered by cross-sectional designs is how problems develop in individuals. Rather than looking at different groups of people of differing ages, researchers may follow one group over time and assess change in its members directly. The advantages of longitudinal designs are that they do not suffer from cohort effect problems, and they allow researchers to assess individual change. Imagine conducting a major longitudinal study: not only must the researcher persevere over months and years, but so must the people who participate in the study. They must remain willing to continue in the project, and the researcher must hope they will not move away or, worse, die.

Longitudinal research is costly and time-consuming. Finally, longitudinal designs can suffer from a phenomenon similar to the cohort effect on cross-sectional designs. The crossgenerational effect involves trying to generalize the findings to groups whose experiences are different from those of the study participants.

DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Genetics and Behavior across Time and Cultures LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA2.4.f - Recognize the systemic influences of sociocultural, theoretical, and personal biases on the research enterprise and evaluate the effectiveness with which researchers address those influences in psychological research OTHER: TYPE: Applied

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

1. Which of the following does NOT characterize the mood state known as anxiety? a. Increased heart rate b. Physical tension c. Euphoric mood d. Subjective sense of unease ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Complexity of Anxiety Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 2. The alarm reaction to danger that is triggered by anxiety primarily involves the ________ nervous system. a. autonomic b. parasympathetic c. peripheral d. somatic ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Complexity of Anxiety Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 3. According to the textbook, the experience of fear a. like anxiety, can be good for us. b. is an irrational response. c. is a neurotic response. d. is a culture-specific phenomenon.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Complexity of Anxiety Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 4. Which of the following statements is most accurate regarding anxiety? a. Anxiety is an evolutionary flaw. b. Anxiety used to have a function in our ancestors’ time, but is no longer relevant to modern humans c. Anxiety is good for us because it enhances performance d. Anxiety is sometimes good for us; it enhances performance to an extent, but too much of it can hinder performance too.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Complexity of Anxiety Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 5. Javier was attending his fifth baseball game at Wiggly Field, where he had previously had a panic attack. He did not know if he would have a panic attack today, but shortly after entering the stadium, he did. This type of panic attack is Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

a. situationally predisposed. b. situationally bound. c. cued. d. uncued.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Complexity of Anxiety Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 6. Activating a massive response from the automatic nervous system which along with our subjective sense of terror, motivates us to escape or attack is known as ______. a. fear b. flight c. panic d. anxiety ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: The Complexity of Anxiety Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 7. DSM criteria of panic attacks include all of the following symptoms EXCEPT a. sweating. b. a fear of losing control or going crazy. c. trembling or shaking. d. migraine headaches.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Complexity of Anxiety Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 8. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the heredity of anxiety? a. An inherited tendency can make us tense or uptight. b. A single gene makes us vulnerable to anxiety. c. Panic disorder does not run in families. d. Environmental stress is the direct cause of panic disorder.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Complexity of Anxiety Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 9. Which of the following neurotransmitter systems is associated not only with anxiety, but also with depression? a. GABA-benzodiazepine b. Noradrenergic Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

c. Serotonergic d. Corticotropin releasing factor (CRF) ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Complexity of Anxiety Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 10. The prevalence rates for panic disorder show some degree of cross cultural variability. Which countries shows the lowest prevalence rates? a. Asian and African b. European c. United States America d. Australia ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia OTHER: TYPE: Factual 11. According to Jeffrey Gray, a British neuropsychologist, the behavioral inhibition system (BIS) is activated by danger signals ________, resulting in the experience of anxiety. a. ascending from the brain stem b. descending from the cortex c. arising from both the brain stem and the cortex d. within the amygdala only ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Complexity of Anxiety Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 12. According to recent research (Johnson et al., 2000), an increased risk of developing anxiety disorders was found among teenagers who a. smoked marijuana. b. smoked cigarettes. c. drank alcohol. d. used steroids.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: The Complexity of Anxiety Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Applied 13. Recent research by Britton et al, (2013) and others indicates that vulnerability to anxiety disorders is related to a. an over responsive limbic system. b. the number of unexpected occurrences in one’s life. c. the number of siblings in one’s family. d. genetic or biological factors only.

ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: The Complexity of Anxiety Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 14. Which of the following terms is most associated with generalized anxiety disorder (GAD)? a. Fear b. Panic c. Worry d. Emotion ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Generalized Anxiety Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 15. According to your text, in what way can worry be useful? a. It helps us forget the past by thinking of the future. b. It helps us feel ready to take on a difficult task. c. It helps us plan for the future. d. All of these are correct ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Generalized Anxiety Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 16. People with GAD a. have a median age of onset based of 25 (based on interviews). b. have episodes that come and go in a cyclic pattern. c. have a 58 percent chance of recovery after having the disorder for 12 years. d. Are better prepared for daily activities and long term achievement.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Generalized Anxiety Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 17. All of the following are symptoms of generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) EXCEPT a. muscle tension. b. being easily fatigued.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

c. sleep disturbance. d. increased abilities to concentrate.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Generalized Anxiety Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 18. Rodin and Langer (1977) demonstrated that older adults may be particularly susceptible to anxiety about ____________ or other life situations that begin to diminish whatever control they retain over events in their lives. a. loss of income. b. the wellbeing of their children. c. failing health. d. limited availability of transportation.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Generalized Anxiety Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 19. According to your text, which physiological measure consistently distinguishes individuals with generalized anxiety disorder (GAD) from non-anxious normal subjects? a. Increased muscle tension b. Increased heart rate c. Decreased EEG beta activity d. Decreased skin conductance levels ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Generalized Anxiety Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 20. For generalized anxiety disorder (GAD), the typical pharmacological treatment of choice has been the category of drugs known as a. benzodiazepines. b. SSRIs. c. tricyclics. d. MAO inhibitors.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Generalized Anxiety Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

21. . _______ is when a change in the stages of sleep to slow wave sleep produces a physical sensation of “letting go” that frightens an individual. a. Cultural Influences b. Flight c. Nocturnal panic d. Anxiety ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia OTHER: TYPE: Factual 22. Agoraphobic avoidance behavior appears to be determined by a. how recently the last panic attack occurred. b. the extent to which the person expects another panic attack to occur. c. the number of panic attacks the person has had in the past. d. how severe the panic attacks have been.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 23. Panic disorder is characterized by all of the following EXCEPT? a. severe, unexpected rushes of fear or discomfort b. close relationship to agoraphobia c. belief that one is going crazy or dying when suffering a panic attack d. Preoccupation with minor daily events.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 24. Nocturnal panic attacks generally occur when an individual is a. in REM sleep. b. having a nightmare. c. deeply asleep. d. dreaming.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

25. A vulnerability to stress, which is a tendency to be generally ___________overactive to the events of daily life. a. sociologically b. physiologically c. hypersexually d. neurobiologically ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia OTHER: TYPE: Factual 26. Agoraphobia, which has come to mean “fear of going out,” derives from the Greek word agora, meaning a. marketplace. b. home. c. travel. d. safe.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 27. Jaey Dee Jaey, a rapper and street dancer, had recently been having panic attacks while giving performances. He was sitting in his room feeling very depressed. A friend texted him and suggested that they meet outside and spend some time working out to cheer up. As they they started becoming physically active, Jaey Dee Jaey had another panic attack. What is the best explanation for this occurrence? a. He was angry with the friend for insisting that he go out. b. The sudden change in cognitive arousal and mood triggered the panic attack. c. The physical sensations experienced during the workout had become an internal cue for panic to occur. d. The breakdancing was an unconditioned stimulus that resulted in a panic attack.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 28. Azaylee suffers from panic disorder and becomes anxious about climbing stairs, exercising, or being in hot rooms because these activities produce sensations similar to those accompanying a panic attack. In psychological terms, the exercise and hot rooms contribute to Azaylee becoming anxious because they have become a. conditioned stimuli. b. unconditioned stimuli. c. conditioned responses. d. unconditioned responses.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 29. In treating panic disorder, all of the following types of medications are used EXCEPT a. tricyclic antidepressants. b. SSRIs. c. Steroids. d. benzodiazepines.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 30. Name the professor whose cognitive theories explicate in detail, the cognitive processes that may be ongoing in panic disorder. a. David Clark b. Frederick Banting c. Paul Ehrlich d. Karl Landsteine ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia OTHER: TYPE: Factual 31. Which of the following procedures is NOT part of Barlow’s panic control treatment (PCT)? a. Cognitive therapy to modify conscious or unconscious perceptions about the “dangerousness” of feared situations b. Creation of mini panic attacks in the therapist’s office c. Exercises to elevate the heart rate or spinning to make the patient dizzy d. Reducing interfering memories from early experiences with frightening stimuli.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 32. A relative of yours who suffers from panic disorder asks you what treatment would have the most long-lasting benefits. Since you have just read about the double-blind NIMH research study evaluating psychological treatments with and without medication, you tell your relative to first try a. the drug imipramine. b. psychological treatment along with medication. c. panic control treatment that includes cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT).

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

d. any available treatment, since patients in all treatment conditions achieved the same long-lasting gains.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 33. The urge to pull out one’s own hair from anywhere on the body including the scalp, eyebrows, and the arms is referred as _____. a. excoriation b. trichotillomania c. retail therapy d. habit reversal training ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Other Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 34. All of the following are characteristics common to specific phobias EXCEPT a. strong and persistent anxiety related to a specific object or situation. b. significant attempts by the anxious individual to avoid the phobic situation. c. recognition by the person with the phobia that the anxiety is excessive or unreasonable. d. Chronically decreased arousal of the autonomic nervous system.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Specific Phobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 35. Although blood-injury-injection phobia is a specific phobia, it differs from others with regard to a. blood pressure and heart rate. b. level of anxiety. c. The way the fear is conditioned. d. Level of patients’ insight.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Specific Phobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 36. _____________ is characterized as the label implies by repetitive and compulsive picking of the skin, leading to tissue damage. a. Excoriation b. Trichotillomania Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

c. Retail therapy d. Habit reversal training ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Other Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 37. Which of the following is NOT an example of a situational phobia? a. Claustrophobia b. Fear of flying c. Fear of public buses d. Snake phobia ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Specific Phobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 38. The main difference between situational phobia and panic disorder (PD) is that a. people with situational phobia never experience panic attacks outside the context of the phobic situation. b. people with situational phobia experience panic attacks when confronted with the phobic situation as well as at other times. c. people with PD experience panic attacks only in specific situations. d. people with PD experience panic attacks only at specific times.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Specific Phobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 39. According to your textbook, there are at least three ways of developing a phobia. Which is NOT one of these ways? a. Experiencing a panic attack in a specific situation b. Having a nightmare about a feared situation c. Observing someone else experience severe fear d. In certain conditions, being told about danger ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Specific Phobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 40. An affliction where a relatively normal-looking person thinks they are ugly and refuses to interact with others is known as ____________. a. body dysmorphic disorder Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

b. flight c. panic. d. behavioral inhibition system.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Body Dysmorphic Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 41. The typical age of onset for both animal and natural environment phobias peaks at around ___ years. a. 7 b. 9 c. 11 d. 13 ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Specific Phobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 42. Phobias characterized by fear of public transportation or enclosed places are called situational phobias, and the typical onset age for those who suffer from them is a. childhood. b. late adolescence. c. early adulthood. d. midlife.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Specific Phobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 43. Which of the following statements is not accurate regarding Body dysmorphic disorder? a. A variety of checking rituals are common in people with BDD in attempts to alleviate their concerns. b. Many people with this BDD become fixated on mirrors. c. Excessive grooming and skin picking are also common in those suffering from BDD . d. BDD is seen more often in men than women.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Body Dysmorphic Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 44. In the general population, approximately ________ percent of people have specific fears severe enough to be diagnosed as phobias. a. 1 b. 11 Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

c. 31 d. 51 ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Specific Phobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 45. What is the role of parents in treating separation anxiety disorder? a. Parents are instructed to separate themselves from the child for at least two weeks to expose him/her to the feared scenario b. Parents are instructed to accommodate their child by reassuring them promptly each time he/she expressed separation fears c. Parents can be coached real-time in how to respond appropriately to the child’s resistance to separation d. Parents are not involved because the child must learn to independently solve their problems.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Specific Phobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 46. A culture bound syndrome in Chinese cultures called pa-leng (or sometimes “frigo phobia”) often results in the sufferer a. appearing naked in public. b. wearing many layers of clothing. c. exercising compulsively. d. hoarding food.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Specific Phobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 47. Which of the following statements is correct regarding the treatment of specific phobias? a. Structured exposure-based exercises are no longer considered necessary. b. Individuals with “blood” phobias must learn to relax their muscles to keep their blood pressure high enough to prevent fainting. c. Exposure-based exercises actually change brain functioning. d. Avoiding a phobic situation weakens the phobic response.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Specific Phobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

OTHER:

TYPE: Conceptual

48. Na’eem had a fear of riding on buses, so his mother had to drive him to school every day. Na’eem’s phobia is a(n) _________ phobia. a. situational b. natural environment c. blood-injury-injection d. animal ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Specific Phobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 49. Which of the following would NOT be considered an example of social anxiety disorder (SAD)? a. A student who is reluctant to speak up in a classroom due to fear of embarrassing herself b. A male who has difficulty urinating in a public restroom when others are present c. A person who can only eat comfortably when he is alone d. An individual who cannot travel on public transportation without a family member present ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Social Phobia (Social Anxiety Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 50. According to research as many as ________ percent of the general population suffer from social anxiety disorder (SAD) at some point in their lives. a. 3 b. 12 c. 23 d. 33 ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Social Phobia (Social Anxiety Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 51. The most prevalent psychological disorder in the general population is a. specific phobia. b. agoraphobia. c. social anxiety disorder (SAD). d. panic disorder.

ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Social Phobia (Social Anxiety Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 52. Unlike most of the anxiety disorders in which female sufferers predominate, the sex ratio is almost equal in a. agoraphobia. b. specific phobias. c. social anxiety disorder (SAD). d. panic disorder.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Social Phobia (Social Anxiety Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 53. The anxiety disorder called social anxiety disorder (SAD), involving anxiety about being evaluated or criticized, usually begins during a. childhood. b. adolescence. c. young adulthood. d. middle age.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Social Phobia (Social Anxiety Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 54. In Japan, the anxiety syndrome termed taijin kyofusho involves a fear of a. performing onstage. b. personally offending others. c. embarrassing oneself. d. speaking to females.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Social Phobia (Social Anxiety Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 55. Most of the people with BDD seek other types of health professionals such as__________. a. plastic surgeons b. gynecologists c. nurse practitioners Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Body Dysmorphic Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Applied 56. The setting for posttraumatic stress disorder to occur follows an experience accompanied by all of the following, EXCEPT a. an individual experiences threatened death or witnesses death . b. an individual experiences paranoia, or witnesses a person experiencing paranoia. c. an individual experiences actual or threatened sexual violation. d. enduring repeated exposure to details of a traumatic event.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 57. Individuals suffering from posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) display a characteristic set of symptoms including all of the following EXCEPT a. persistent avoidance of stimuli associated with the traumati event(s). b. sudden “flashbacks” in which the traumatic event is relived. c. decreased startle response and chronically decreased autonomic arousal d. memories and nightmares of the event.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 58. Following the 9/11/2001 attacks, among the sample of respondents who lived closest to the World Trade Center, the prevalence of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) was _________ percent. a. 5 b. 10 c. 20 d. 25 ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 59. Which of the following is an accurate statement about posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD)? a. Acute stress disorder is diagnosed instead of PTSD if a person’s symptoms begin 6 months or more after the traumatic event. b. PTSD occurs in all individuals who experience a traumatic event.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

c. Most people diagnosed with acute stress disorder do not eventually develop PTSD. d. A diagnosis of acute stress disorder will change to a diagnosis of PTSD one month after the traumatic event occurs.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 60. The posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) prevalence rates of U.S. veterans returning home from the war in Vietnam was directly related to their a. high rates of drug addiction. b. youth and inexperience. c. amount of combat exposure. d. separation from family.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 61. Which of the following is an accurate statement about factors affecting treatment for PTSD? a. Victims of PTSD remember the traumatic events with perfect accuracy. b. Victims of PTSD often repress memories of the traumatic event. c. Re-exposure to the trauma should be accomplished quickly to assure the best therapeutic response. d. PTSD patients should never be re-exposed to emotions and situations that remind them of the trauma event.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 62. Obsessive-compulsive disorder is often accompanied by all of the following EXCEPT a. severe generalized anxiety. b. major depression. c. visual hallucinations. d. panic attacks.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

63. A process whereby the rituals are prevented and the patient is systematically exposed to the feared thoughts or situations is called _____. a. exposure and ritual prevention. b. thought-action fusion. c. body dysmorphic disorder. d. facetiously ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 64. The compulsions that an individual with OCD uses to suppress disastrous consequences or ward off intrusive thoughts can be either a. behavioral or mental. b. positive or negative. c. biological or psychological. d. autonomic or somatic.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 65. Which of the following would NOT be an example of an OCD-related behavioral compulsion? a. Checking b. Aggression c. Hand washing d. Ordering ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 66. When the term “magical” is used to refer to OCD-related compulsive acts, it means a. the person with OCD believes he/she is possessed. b. compulsive behaviors sometimes result in unexplainable physical phenomena. c. the compulsions have no logical relation to the obsessions. d. many magicians have been diagnosed with OCD. ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

67. ___________ are currently the indicated drug for panic disorder based on all available evidence. a. SSRIs b. SNRIs c. Venlafaxine d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 68. Regarding the obsessions seen in patients with OCD, the term “need for symmetry” refers to a. doing something a number of different ways. b. keeping things in perfect order. c. putting everything on one’s right and nothing on the left, or vice versa. d. an illusion of imbalance between sides of the body.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 69. What element of OCD applies to Richard (the case described in the textbook), who was obsessed with the idea that if he did not eat in a certain ritualistic way, he would become possessed? a. Need for symmetry b. Magical thinking c. Emotional reasoning. d. Demonic obsessions ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 70. In the case of Richard, the patient with OCD described in the textbook, he was compelled to take very small steps as he walked and to look back repeatedly. As with other types of checking compulsions, Richard was trying to a. restore a sense of safety and control. b. reduce the possibility of contamination. c. ward off an imagined disaster. d. make sure he didn’t make a mistake.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

OTHER:

TYPE: Applied

71. Normal, ordinary people who have occasional intrusive thoughts with bizarre, sexual, or aggressive content would not be considered to have OCD. However, they would if they found the thoughts unacceptable or even dangerous and also a. use alcohol or other drugs to reduce anxiety. b. develop insomnia and nightmares. c. become anxious about having further intrusive thoughts. d. suffer from either posttraumatic stress disorder or social phobia.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 72. Which of the following would be an example of thought-action fusion in clients with OCD? a. Washing one’s hands repeatedly to ward off germs b. Taking only very small steps while walking to prevent others from being in danger c. Believing that thinking about an abortion is the moral equivalent of having an abortion d. Saving stacks of old newspapers or magazines because they might be needed some day ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 73. What percentage of patients with panic disorder are free of panic as long as they stay on an effective drug? a. 70% b. 80% c. 20% d. 60% ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 74. Tony has thoughts about hating his rich uncle and wishing he would somehow become a pauper. He becomes very anxious about these thoughts because he has developed the idea that if anything really happened to his uncle’s money, it would be his fault. For no explainable reason, Tony starts mentally counting by odd numbers each time he walks past his uncle’s house and discovers that this activity makes him less anxious. Tony’s behavior can be described as a. a social phobia based on his fear of rich people. b. a mental compulsion developed to neutralize his bad thoughts. c. an attempt to be better in math than his brother to gain parental acceptance. d. a compulsive ritual designed to make him like his brother more.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 75. What happens when people with OCD attempt to neutralize or suppress disturbing, intrusive thoughts? a. The obsessive thoughts disappear b. The frequency of the obsessive thoughts increases over time c. The frequency of the obsessive thoughts decreases over time d. This strategy has no effect on the obsessive thoughts ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 76. According to several cross-cultural research studies reported in the textbook, the prevalence of OCD is a. very similar across cultures. b. lower in European countries. c. higher in African nations. d. virtually nonexistent in some cultures.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 77. Phobias characterized by fear of public transportation or enclosed places are called? a. Blood-Injection-Injury Phobia b. Situational phobias c. Animal phobias d. Natural environment type ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Specific Phobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 78. The model of the etiology of obsessive-compulsive disorder in the text suggests that in order for an individual to develop OCD, ________ must be present. a. biological vulnerability b. psychological vulnerability c. both biological and psychological vulnerabilities d. neither biological nor psychological vulnerabilities Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 79. Regarding pharmacological treatments for obsessive-compulsive disorder, the most effective drugs are those that inhibit the reuptake of the neurotransmitter called a. serotonin. b. dopamine. c. noradrenaline. d. epinephrine.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 80. Major example of natural environment phobias are EXCEPT? a. Height b. Storms c. Water d. Snakes ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Specific Phobia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 81. The behavioral process in which OCD patients are not permitted to carry out their compulsions while in the presence of the anxiety-producing stimulus or situation is called a. exposure and response prevention. b. Cognitive restructuring. c. anxiety reduction therapy. d. behavioral inhibition conditioning.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 82. Which of the following is an example of the treatment technique for OCD called exposure and response prevention? a. Gwen has an obsessive fear of contamination, which has led to compulsive hand-washing rituals. Her therapist Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

is treating her by making her touch dirty laundry but not allowing her to wash for increasingly longer periods of time afterward. b. Alicia has an obsessive fear of contamination, which has led to compulsive hand-washing rituals. Her therapist is treating her by forcing her to wash her hands repeatedly, even when she doesn’t feel anxious. c. Miley has religious obsessions. She feels that if she doesn’t read biblical passages every hour of the day, she will do something evil. Her therapist is treating her by having her attend religious services more frequently so that good thoughts will replace the bad ones. d. Christina has a hoarding compulsion. She becomes anxious whenever she has to throw something away; she even keeps stuff that she doesn’t need and will never use. Her therapist has arranged for all Christina’s junk to be removed and discarded when she is away from home.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 83. Research studies have shown that the therapeutic benefits of medication for OCD a. are permanent. b. are reduced when the medication is discontinued. c. continue even when the drug is discontinued. d. are no more effective than a placebo.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 84. Cognitive therapy is responsible for? a. Correcting negative assumptions about the trauma b. Blaming oneself in some way c. Feeling guilty d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 85. According the textbook, treatments for obsessive-compulsive disorder have included all of the following EXCEPT a. medication. b. exposure and response prevention. c. psychosurgery. d. Electro-shock therapy.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 86. Mr. J suffers from a severe case of obsessive-compulsive disorder. His symptoms have not responded to either medication or psychological therapies. As a last resort, his therapist suggests the possibility of a psychosurgical procedure, specifically an operation called a. lobotomy. b. lobectomy. c. cingulotomy. d. cingulectomy.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Applied 87. What disorder causes the child to seldom seek out a caregiver for protection and support? a. Reactive attachment disorder b. Disinhibited social engagement disorder c. Adjustment disorder d. Attachment disorder ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 88. Which type of compulsion has the highest prevalence rate? a. Symmetry b. Cleaning and contamination c. Hoarding d. Forbidden thoughts or actions ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 89. Why is anxiety termed “a future-oriented mood state” and fear an “alarm reaction to actual present danger”? Discuss biological and psychological similarities and differences between these emotional events. Explore the idea that fear is panic that occurs in an inappropriate setting.

Sample Answer: Anxiety is a future-oriented state characterized by negative affect in ANSWER: which a person focuses on the possibility of uncontrollable danger or misfortune; in contrast, fear is a present-oriented state characterized by strong escapist tendencies and a surge in the sympathetic branch of the autonomic nervous system in response to current Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

danger.

Anxiety is a negative mood state characterized by bodily symptoms of physical tension and by apprehension about the future. In humans, it can be a subjective sense of unease, a set of behaviors (looking worried and anxious or fidgeting), or a physiological response originating in the brain and reflected in elevated heart rate and muscle tension.

Fear, on the other hand, is an immediate emotional reaction to current danger characterized by strong escapist action tendencies and, often, a surge in the sympathetic branch of the autonomic nervous system. Fear sometimes occurs when you experience an alarm response when there is nothing to be afraid of—that is, you have a false alarm. This is known as panic.

There is much evidence that fear and anxiety reactions differ psychologically and physiologically. As noted earlier, anxiety is a future-oriented mood state, characterized by apprehension because we cannot predict or control upcoming events. Fear, on the other hand, is an immediate emotional reaction to current danger characterized by strong escapist action tendencies and, often, a surge in the sympathetic branch of the autonomic nervous system.

REFERENCES: The Complexity of Anxiety Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Anxiety, Fear, and Panic: Some Definitions OTHER: Conceptual 90. Describe the symptoms, causes, and treatment of panic disorder and the three categories of panic attack.

Sample Answer: Panic disorder is characterized by the abrupt experience of intense fear or ANSWER: acute discomfort, accompanied by physical symptoms that usually include heart palpitations, chest pain, shortness of breath, and possibly dizziness.

The three categories of panic attacks: --Situationally bound (attack is cued by a particular setting or situation) --Unexpected (no clear cue or trigger for the attack) --Situationally predisposed (cues may, but don’t inevitably, cause an attack) REFERENCES: Anxiety Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia OTHER: Conceptual 91. Define generalized anxiety disorder, and discuss how it differs from panic attacks.

Sample Answer: GAD is a syndrome that characterizes every anxiety disorder. The ANSWER: criteria specify at least 6 months of excessive anxiety and worry that is ongoing for more days than not and is difficult to forget.

Panic attacks are associated with autonomic arousal, while GAD is characterized by muscle tension and mental agitation, fatigue, irritability, and difficulty sleeping. People with GAD also tend to worry excessively about minor things as well as major events.

REFERENCES: Anxiety Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Generalized Anxiety Disorder OTHER: Conceptual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

92. Compare and contrast GAD with phobic disorders, noting how avoidance behavior is manifested differently in each.

Muscle tension, mental agitation (Brown, Marten, & Barlow, 1995), susceptibility to ANSWER: fatigue (probably the result of chronic excessive muscle tension), some irritability, and difficulty sleeping characterize GAD. Focusing attention is difficult as the mind quickly switches from crisis to crisis. People with GAD mostly worry about minor, everyday life events, a characteristic that distinguishes GAD from other anxiety disorders.

A phobia is an irrational fear of an object or situation that markedly interferes with an individual’s ability to function. It manifests itself in agoraphobia, a specific phobia, or a social phobia.

People with GAD avoid distressing thoughts and feelings. The phobic individual avoids situations or objects or endures with intense anxiety or distress.

REFERENCES: The Complexity of Anxiety Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Anxiety, Fear, and Panic: Some Definitions; Generalized Anxiety Disorder OTHER: Analysis 93. Define agoraphobia and discuss the concept of “safety” for a person with this condition. Explain what is meant by interoceptive avoidance.

Sample Answer: Agoraphobia is fear and avoidance of situations in which a person would ANSWER: feel unsafe. These situations include those from which it would be hard or embarrassing to escape to get home or to a hospital. In severe cases, people with agoraphobia are unable to leave the house, sometimes for years on end. Almost all agoraphobic avoidance behavior is simply a complication of severe, unexpected panic attacks. Simply put, if you have had unexpected panic attacks and are afraid you may have another one, you want to be in a safe place or at least with a safe person who knows what you are experiencing if another attack occurs so that you can quickly get to a hospital or at least go into your bedroom and lie down (the home is usually a safe place). We know that anxiety is diminished for individuals with agoraphobia if they think a location or person is “safe,” even if there is nothing effective the person could do if something did happen. For these reasons, when agoraphobic individuals do venture outside their homes, they always plan for rapid escape (for example, by sitting near the door).

Most patients with severe agoraphobic avoidance (and some with little) also display another cluster of avoidant behaviors that we call interoceptive avoidance, or avoidance of internal physical sensations. These behaviors involve removing yourself from situations or activities that might produce the physiological arousal that somehow resembles the beginnings of a panic attack. Some patients might avoid exercise because it produces increased cardiovascular activity or faster respiration that reminds them of panic attacks and makes them think one might be beginning. Other patients might avoid sauna baths or any rooms in which they might perspire. Psychopathologists are beginning to recognize that this cluster of avoidance behaviors is every bit as important as more classical agoraphobic avoidance.

REFERENCES: Anxiety Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Panic Disorder and Agoraphobia OTHER: Comprehension 94. Discuss the different types of specific phobias and how they are acquired.

Sample Answer: Blood-injury-injection phobias demonstrate a fear of blood, physical ANSWER: injury, and needles. Situational phobias address fears of a particular situation such as riding on public transportation. Natural environmental phobias are fears of natural events such as Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

tornadoes, hurricanes, thunderstorms, etc. Animal phobias consist of fear of animals. Other is everything that does not fit into any of the above categories.

Phobias may be acquired in several different ways. One way is through classical conditioning. We may also learn fears vicariously (seeing someone else have a traumatic experience). Sometimes just being warned repeatedly about a potential danger is sufficient to develop a phobia.

Finally, it appears that several things have to take place to develop a phobia. First, some form of traumatic conditioning experience. Second, fear develops more easily if we are prepared to fear, i.e., inherently dangerous situations. Third, one must be susceptible to developing anxiety that the event will happen again.

REFERENCES: Anxiety Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Specific Phobia OTHER: Comprehension 95. Define social anxiety disorder (social phobia), noting the typical life stage of onset, and explain how it differs from “normal” shyness. Using examples, describe how social anxiety disorder (SAD) impairs functioning. What types of treatments are effective for SAD? Sample Answer: People, who suffer severely around others, have social anxiety disorder ANSWER: (social phobia) , also called social anxiety disorder (SAD). SAD is more than exaggerated shyness. The most common type of performance anxiety, to which most people can relate, is public speaking. Other situations that commonly provoke performance anxiety are eating in a restaurant or signing a paper in front of a clerk. Anxiety-provoking physical reactions include blushing, sweating, trembling, or, for males, urinating in a public restroom.

What these examples have in common is that the individual is very anxious only while others are present and may be watching and, to some extent, evaluating their behavior. This is truly SAD because the people have no difficulty eating, writing, or urinating in private.

Only when others are watching does the behavior deteriorate.

It seems we are prepared to fear angry, critical, or rejecting people. Research has noted that we learn more quickly to fear angry expressions than other facial expressions, and this fear diminishes more slowly than other types of learning.

Effective treatments have been developed for social phobia only in the past several years.

A cognitive-behavioral group therapy (CBGT) program has been developed in which groups of patients rehearse or role-play their socially phobic situations in front of one another. At the same time, the therapist conducts rather intensive cognitive therapy aimed at uncovering and changing the automatic or unconscious perceptions of danger that the socially phobic client assumes to exist. Effective drug treatments have been discovered as well. Tricyclic antidepressants, particularly monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors, have been found to be more effective than placebo in the treatment of severe social anxiety. The evidence is mixed on the usefulness of combining SSRIs or related drugs with psychological treatments.

REFERENCES: Anxiety Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Social Anxiety Disorder (Social Phobia) OTHER: Comprehension 96. Compare and contrast posttraumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder.

Sample Answer: Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is an emotional disorder that follows ANSWER: a trauma in which one feels fear, helplessness, or horror. Victims later experience vivid memories and nightmares, display restriction or numbing of emotional responsiveness, Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

may be unable to remember certain aspects of the event, and may remember the event.

Acute stress disorder is PTSD that occurs within the first month after the trauma. People with this disorder may display severe dissociative symptoms, amnesia for all or part of the trauma, emotional numbing, de-realization, and feelings of unreality.

People with acute stress disorder experience very severe early reactions to trauma that did not meet the criteria for PTSD but over time may eventually develop PTSD. REFERENCES: Trauma and Stressoor-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) OTHER: Analysis 97. Benjamin and Geraldine are considering adopting a child from an unstable, war torn, and undeveloped country. The country recently experienced a catastrophic natural disaster that left many children orphaned. They are seeking feedback from you on your knowledge of attachment disorders. Based upon your reading of the text, provide Benjamin and Geraldine a written summary of attachment disorders.

Attachment disorders refer to disturbed and developmentally inappropriate behaviors in ANSWER: children, emerging before five years of age, in which the child is unable or unwilling to form normal attachment relationships with caregiving adults. These seriously maladaptive patterns are due to inadequate or abusive child-rearing practices. In many cases, these inadequate child-rearing practices might be caused by frequent changes in the primary caregiver because of multiple foster care placements, or possibly just neglect in the home.

In reactive attachment disorder the child will seldom seek out a caregiver for protection, support, and nurturance and will seldom respond to offers from caregivers to give this type of care. Generally, they would evidence lack of responsiveness, limited positive affect, and additional heightened emotionality, such as fearfulness and intense sadness. In disinhibited social engagement disorder, a similar set of child-rearing circumstances would result in a pattern of behavior in which the child shows no inhibitions whatsoever to approaching adults. Such a child might engage in inappropriately intimate behavior by showing a willingness to immediately accompany an unfamiliar adult figure somewhere.

REFERENCES: Other Trauma and Stressor-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Other Trauma and Stressor-Related Disorders OTHER: Application 98. Define obsession and compulsion and give examples. Explain exposure and response prevention as a treatment for OCD. Sample Answer: In OCD, the dangerous event is a thought, image, or impulse that the ANSWER: client attempts to avoid as completely as someone with a snake phobia avoids snakes.

Obsessions are intrusive and mostly nonsensical thoughts, images, or urges that the individual tries to resist or eliminate. An example of an obsession would be believing that germs are everywhere and are dangerous.

Compulsions are the thoughts or actions used to suppress the obsessions and provide relief.

There are four major types of obsessions, and each is associated with a pattern of compulsive behavior. Symmetry obsessions account for most obsessions, followed by “forbidden thoughts or actions,” cleaning and contamination, and hoarding. Symmetry refers to keeping things in perfect order or doing something in a specific way. An example of a compulsion would be constant hand washing and hours of bathing to keep germs off one’s body.

The most effective treatment is called exposure and ritual prevention (ERP), a process whereby the rituals are actively prevented and the patient is systematically and gradually Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

exposed to the feared thoughts or situations. For example, a person who was obsessed with germs and performed compulsive washing rituals would be systematically exposed to harmless objects or situations that he thought were contaminated, including certain foods and household chemicals, and his washing and checking rituals would be prevented.

Usually this can be done by simply working closely with patients to see that they do not wash or check. In severe cases, patients may be hospitalized and the faucets removed from the bathroom sink for a period to discourage repeated washing. However, the rituals are prevented, the procedures seem to facilitate “reality testing,” because the client soon learns, at an emotional level, that no harm will result whether he carries out the rituals or not.

REFERENCES: Anxiety Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Social Anxiety Disorder (Social Phobia) OTHER: Comprehension 99. You are a late-night talk show host and you are interviewing Jackson Michaels, a celebrity pop culture figure from the 1980s and1990s. Jackson is complaining of persistent, intrusive, and horrible thoughts about his appearance. Just before a commercial break, Jackson dramatically reveals that he was recently diagnosed with body dysmorphic disorder (BDD) .

Before the commercial break ends you need to think of three questions to ask Jackson. List three questions you would ask and provide a short summary as to how Jackson would potentially answer your questions.

Possible questions and answers include: What is BDD? An OCD related disorder that ANSWER: involves a preoccupation with some imagined defect in appearance.; What are some symptoms of BDD? Symptoms include persistent, intrusive, and horrible thoughts about appearance, and engagement in compulsive behaviors. E.g. looking in mirrors to check physical features.; What is the typical age-of-onset for BDD? Age of onset ranges from early adolescence through the 20s. How common is BDD? Prevalence rates are difficult to determine because it is typically keep secret. Best estimates range from 1 to 2 percent of the general population. It is more common with women than men, and more common with Caucasians, Asians, and Hispanics than African Americans. What are the causes of BDD? There is a pattern of comorbidity of BDD with OCD. Eating disorders also correlate with BDD. Social anxiety also correlates with BDD. What are the possible treatments for BDD? Drugs that block the re-uptake of serotonin and exposure and response prevention (ERP) REFERENCES: Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Body Dysmorphic Disorder OTHER: Application

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

1. Which the following is classified as a somatic symptom or related disorder? a. Obsessive–compulsive disorder b. Illness anxiety disorder c. Dissociative identity disorder d. Body dysmorphic disorder ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Somatic Symptom Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 2. The common aspect of all somatic symptom disorders is a set of a. irrational beliefs about supernatural influences on one’s health. b. irrational judgments of one’s own physical attractiveness. c. excessive or maladaptive responses to physical symptoms or to associated health concerns. d. excessive or maladaptive responses to pain only.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Somatic Symptom Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 3. Illness anxiety disorder is present when a. normal bodily sensations are interpreted by the patient as a sign of a serious illness. b. real physical illness is exaggerated to the point where the patient can only focus on the pain. c. the patient has an unrealistic fear of contacting germs. d. the patient is truly ill but does not trust the medical establishment enough to seek treatment.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Illness Anxiety Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 4. Shelley experiences persistent feelings of detachment from herself, as if she were observing herself from outside her body. The experience is so intense that she often has trouble remembering who she is and functioning in a coherent manner. Shelley most likely suffers from a. severe anxiety attacks. b. a dissociative disorder.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

c. persistent depression. d. illness anxiety disorder.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 5. Joe just ate six chilidogs and drank a liter of soda. If Joe suffers from illness anxiety disorder, he would probably interpret any resulting stomach discomfort as a. his own fault for eating so much. b. the result of poor quality food. c. gas pains from overeating. d. a sign that something is seriously wrong with his stomach.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Illness Anxiety Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Applied 6. Since Jane suffers from illness anxiety disorder, we can expect her to see her physician a. often and feel completely reassured that there is nothing wrong with her health. b. rarely but continue to believe that she is quite ill. c. almost never because she does not trust physicians. d. often but continue to be anxious about her health anyway.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Illness Anxiety Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 7. Jill is constantly worried that she will get sick. Although she feels fine now and believes that she is healthy, she still worries endlessly about developing a serious illness. Most likely Jill would be diagnosed with a. generalized anxiety disorder. b. illness anxiety disorder. c. a specific phobia of germs. d. body dysmorphic disorder.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Illness Anxiety Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Applied 8. With regard to a diagnosis of illness anxiety disorder, women are a. as equally likely as men to be diagnosed. b. less likely than men to be diagnosed. c. more likely than men to be diagnosed. d. more likely than men to be diagnosed during middle to late adulthood, but no more likely than men to be diagnosed during teen years and early adulthood.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Illness Anxiety Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 9. Illness anxiety disorder is also known as (and previously listed in the DSM as) a. hypochondriasis. b. illness psychosis. c. fictitious disorder. d. dissociation.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Illness Anxiety Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 10. All of the following have been implicated in the development and maintenance of somatic symptom disorders EXCEPT a. the additional attention one receives when sick. b. a specific hypochondriac gene. c. the high incidence of disease in the family during the hypochondriac’s childhood. d. stressful life events.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Illness Anxiety Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 11. A main difference between somatic symptom disorder and illness anxiety disorder is a. somatic symptom disorder has a real medical basis and illness anxiety disorder does not. b. somatic symptom disorder is heritable and illness anxiety is not. c. somatic symptom disorder is associated with physical exacerbation of real symptoms, whereas illness anxiety disorder is associated with distorted beliefs about normal bodily function. d. none; the two terms refer to the same disorder in DSM-5.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Illness Anxiety Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 12. Somatic symptom disorder and illness anxiety disorder have all of the following in common EXCEPT a. they are both outdated terms that are no longer officially part of the DSM. b. they are both associated with frequent visits to the doctor. c. disease conviction is a core feature of both disorders. d. for both, the essential problem is anxiety.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Illness Anxiety Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 13. With regard to the treatment of illness anxiety disorder, some research supports the use of a. classical conditioning and operant conditioning. b. psychoanalysis. c. cognitive-behavioral treatment and stress management. d. humanistic therapy.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

TOPICS: OTHER:

Illness Anxiety Disorder TYPE: Factual

14. Concerning one recent study of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor treatments for illness anxiety disorder, the most accurate statement among the following is that a. they are effective. b. they are not effective. c. they appear to be effective, as does CBT, but only CBT was significantly different from a placebo condition. d. neither the drug treatment nor CBT was found to be significantly more effective than a placebo condition.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Illness Anxiety Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 15. Which of the following is NOT a part of cognitive-behavioral therapy for illness anxiety disorder in Barsky and Ahern’s 2005 clinical trial? a. Reassurance to the patients that their symptoms did not reflect a serious illness b. Identifying and challenging illness-related misinterpretations of physical sensations c. Purposely “creating” symptoms by focusing attention on certain body areas d. Coaching on seeking less reassurance regarding patients’ illness concerns ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Illness Anxiety Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 16. The cause for somatic symptom and related disorders is most likely a. biological. b. psychological. c. stressful life events. d. all of these are correct.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Illness Anxiety Disorder Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

OTHER:

TYPE: Factual

17. Which of the following are typical characteristics of patients with illness anxiety disorder? a. Female and from lower socioeconomic groups b. Female and sexually conservative c. Male and impulsive d. Male and aggressive ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Illness Anxiety Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 18. Which of the following statements is true with regard to the treatment of somatic symptom disorders? a. Cognitive-behavioral treatment has been demonstrated in several studies to be a very effective treatment. b. It is relatively easy to treat as long as the patient is willing to participate in therapy. c. Primary care physicians can usually treat patients by educating and reassuring patients. d. They are difficult to treat and there are no treatments with proven effectiveness.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 19. Psychological factors affecting other medical conditions is considered a. a somatic symptom disorder. b. the cause for conversion disorder. c. the result of conversion disorder. d. an archaic term for illness anxiety.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 20. Kyop goeu, or __________________, is an example of a culture-bound somatic concern found in the Khmer people of Cambodia. a. a feeling of “wind overload” Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

b. fear losing semen c. fear of genital retraction d. a sensation of something crawling in the head ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 21. “Functional neurological symptom disorder” is associated with which disorder in the DSM-5? a. Conversion disorder b. Illness anxiety disorder c. Somatic symptom disorder d. None of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Factual 22. Loss of physical functioning without any physical cause is most likely a case of a. conversion disorder. b. illness anxiety disorder. c. somatic symptom disorder. d. none of these are correct.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Factual 23. Serena has completely lost the use of her right arm during the past year, but medical experts can find no physical reason for her paralysis. This could be an example of a. somatic symptoms disorder. b. illness anxiety c. conversion disorder. d. dissociative disorder.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Applied.

24. Min has been experiencing repeated seizures, but none of the neurologists he has visited could find any abnormal EEG activity. He is likely exhibiting a case of a. psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. b. globus hystericus. c. aphonia. d. dissociative disorder.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Applied.

25. Historically, “hysteria” was thought to be the result of a a. dysfunctional ovary. b. tense vagina. c. wandering uterus. d. flip-flopped fallopian tubes.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 26. Conversion disorder patients were conceptualized by Freud as a. converting unconscious conflicts into physical symptoms. b. converting unconscious conflicts into defense mechanisms. c. experiencing physical symptoms as a result of the superego. d. experiencing internal conflicts as a result of physical illness.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 27. Conversion disorder symptoms generally appear a. out of the blue. b. following a physical injury to the affected area. c. following a traumatic event. d. in women with repressed sexuality.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Factual 28. Which of the following would be typical for a patient suffering from a conversion disorder? a. Ability to avoid walking into things even though the patient reports being unable to see anything b. Ability to see some bright objects when calm but suffering complete loss of sight during a stressful period or emergency c. Performance far below average when asked to name objects in the visual field when the patient reports blindness d. Ability to name everything in the visual field even though the patient reports blindness ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 29. Difficulty speaking without any physical or organic pathology is known as a. hysteria. b. malingering. c. aphonia. d. la belle indifference.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

TOPICS: OTHER:

Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) TYPE: Conceptual

30. Which of the following statements is correct regarding diagnosing a patient’s symptoms as a conversion disorder? a. It is quite apparent when a patient is malingering (faking), but it is difficult to determine whether symptoms are due to real physical disorders or a conversion disorder. b. It is quite apparent when a symptom is due to a real physical disorder, but it is impossible to determine the difference between a conversion disorder and patient malingering (faking). c. It is very difficult to determine whether symptoms are due to malingering (faking), real physical disorders, or a conversion disorder. d. The act of diagnosing a conversion disorder can sometimes immediately alleviate the symptoms.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 31. Globus hystericus, a common conversion disorder symptom, is the sensation of a a. pain in the neck. b. swollen kidney. c. lump in the throat. d. lump in the breast.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 32. Which of the following statements is true about factitious disorders? a. Patients are usually revealed to be harboring a reason for malingering b. The symptoms are uncontrollable. c. There is no obvious reason for voluntarily producing symptoms. d. All of these are correct ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: p. 184 LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

OTHER: NOTES:

TYPE: Conceptual NEW

33. An example of factitious disorder imposed on another is a. deliberate actions directed toward making a child sick. b. a parent lying to a doctor, for example, saying that the child has had symptoms that never really existed. c. a parent developing the same symptoms that the child exhibits. d. convincing a child to lie to a doctor about factitious symptoms.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Factual 34. Factitious disorders are a set of conditions that a. fall somewhere between malingering and conversion disorders. b. are completely under voluntary control like malingering. c. are a manifestation of physical symptoms mostly due to anxiety. d. are one form of typical child abuse.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 35. Parents suspected of facetious disorder imposed on another (Munchausen syndrome by proxy) show all of the following typical behaviors EXCEPT a. helping medical staff to discover the true nature of the child’s illness. b. developing a positive relationship with medical staff. c. appearing extremely concerned and caring toward the child. d. purposefully making the child sick.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

OTHER:

TYPE: Factual

36. In factitious disorders, the patient a. voluntarily makes up symptoms with no apparent motivation. b. is unaware that he or she is making up symptoms. c. truly experiences symptoms with no apparent physical cause. d. makes up symptoms in an effort to avoid work or to receive some other benefit.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Factual 37. According to your textbook, in some religious groups, seizures, paralysis, and trances are often seen as evidence of a. an increased power to cause natural disasters. b. contact with a loved one who has passed away. c. contact with God. d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 38. The modern view of the causes of conversion disorder is a. completely different from Freud’s ideas of the etiology of this disorder. b. somewhat similar to the causes that Freud described for this disorder. c. a combination of genetic predisposition and neurobiological trauma. d. based on social learning theory.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 39. Which of the following is NOT an accurate statement regarding conversion disorder symptoms?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

a. They uniquely belong to Western culture. b. They are common aspects of some religious/healing rituals. c. They do not constitute a disorder unless they persist and interfere with an individual’s functioning. d. Some individuals who exhibit them are held in high esteem because they are sometimes seen as contact with God. ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 40. With regard to “la belle indifference” (the observation that conversion disorder patients are not concerned about their symptoms), research suggests that a. conversion disorder patients display uncommonly high levels of concerns about their physical loss. b. Freud’s explanation is essentially correct. c. conversion disorder patients show no difference in the distress over symptoms than those with organic disease. d. “la belle indifference” is an accurate description of the lack of concern about their physical loss in conversion disorder patients.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Factual 41. Evidence for the influence of social and cultural factors in conversion disorder includes the fact that conversion disorder a. is almost exclusively experienced by women. b. is being diagnosed more frequently in our society. c. tends to occur in lower socioeconomic groups where there is less medical knowledge. d. tends to occur in wealthy areas where there is easy access to sophisticated medical tests.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 42. Freud called the reduction in anxiety by converting unconscious conflicts into physical symptoms Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

a. primary narcissism. b. secondary narcissism. c. primary gain. d. secondary gain.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 43. In treating conversion disorder, which of the following statements is true? a. Clients respond well to CBT. b. Clients respond well to hypnosis. c. Clients respond well when hypnosis and CBT are combined. d. Clients do not respond well to any treatment.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Factual 44. According to your textbook, which of the following statement is true about the treatment of conversion disorder? a. The principle treatment strategy for conversion disorder is to identify and attend to the traumatic or stressful life event. b. The use of medication is generally supported in the treatment of conversion disorder. c. Social support and attention are the most effective method of treatment for conversion disorder. d. In treating conversion disorder, Freudian methods to access the unconscious are the most effective.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Factual 45. Your textbook authors describe a treatment plan for conversion disorder involving Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

a. in-depth exploration of psychological conflicts. b. regression to the early psychosexual stages of development. c. application of a strict behavioral program that includes reinforcement for each display of progress and punishment when necessary. d. removal of any reinforcing or supportive consequences that patients receive for limitations imposed by the disorder.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 46. Dissociation is likely to happen a. after an extremely stressful or a traumatic event. b. when there is potential secondary gain. c. when there is primary gain. d. when a patient is malingering.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 47. The experience of dissociation occurs in a. psychotic disorders only. b. individuals with dissociative disorders only. c. only in those individuals who have experienced great personal trauma. d. certain psychological disorders but also in nondisordered people at times.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Factual 48. In healthy, well-adjusted individuals, dissociation typically occurs following a. calm, reflective periods. b. participation in a group activity. c. reading or any activity that requires great concentration. d. stress or a traumatic event.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Factual 49. Depersonalization is defined as a. altered perception including loss of the sense of one’s own reality. b. altered perception involving loss of the sense of reality of the external world. c. vivid hallucinations. d. the feeling that one is no longer a person.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Depersonalization-Derealization Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 50. Derealization is defined as a. vivid hallucinations. b. altered perception involving loss of the sense of one’s own reality. c. altered perception involving loss of the sense of reality of the external world. d. the feeling that one is no longer a person.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Depersonalization-Derealization Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 51. Brain imaging studies have found that depersonalization is associated with all of the following EXCEPT a. deficits in perception. b. deficits in emotion regulation. c. dysregulation in the HPA axis. d. dysregulation of the visual cortices.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

TOPICS: OTHER:

Depersonalization-Derealization Disorder TYPE: Factual

52. Jason suddenly notices that the world looks weird to him. Some objects look bigger than normal and others look smaller. Cars passing by seem oddly shaped, and people appear dead or mechanical. Joe is experiencing a. derealization. b. depersonalization. c. classic early psychosis symptoms. d. mania.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Depersonalization-Derealization Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Applied 53. While walking home from work, Jordan suddenly looks around and, for a moment, can’t remember where he is, how he arrived at this point on the road, or even why he is walking. Jordan is experiencing a. derealization. b. depersonalization. c. the early stages of what will eventually become a severe psychotic disorder. d. symptoms of a mood disorder.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Depersonalization-Derealization Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Applied 54. The diagnosis of derealization-depersonalization disorder is a. often co-occurring with other disorders. b. quite rare and only applicable to those diagnosed with psychosis. c. fairly common, since many people experience derealization and depersonalization. d. fairly common and applied to anyone who is frightened by an experience of derealization or depersonalization.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Depersonalization-Derealization Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

55. Anxiety, mood, and personality disorders are commonly found in individuals with a. depersonalization-derealization disorder. b. dissociative amnesia. c. somatic symptom disorder. d. conversion disorder.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Depersonalization-Derealization Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 56. Many people experience feelings of unreality during an intense panic attack. People undergoing intense stress or experiencing a traumatic event may also experience these symptoms, which characterize the newly defined a. acute stress disorder. b. facetious disorder imposed on another. c. dissociative amnesia. d. conversion disorder.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Depersonalization-Derealization Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 57. In dissociative amnesia, the individual typically has no memory of a. any events. b. events prior to a trauma. c. selective events or emotional tone attached to them, particularly those involving trauma. d. events following a trauma.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Amnesia OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 58. People who do not remember anything, including who they are, are said to suffer from a. dissociative fugue.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

b. poor memory retrieval. c. general amnesia. d. dissociative identity disorder.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Amnesia OTHER: TYPE: Factual 59. While Alice is under hypnosis, she expresses strong emotions about being in a car accident that caused the death of her oldest son. When not under hypnosis, she expresses no emotion about the death of her oldest son when talking about the accident. This absence of emotion when not under hypnosis is characteristic of a. general amnesia. b. selective amnesia. c. depersonalization. d. derealization.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Amnesia OTHER: TYPE: Applied 60. In dissociative fugue, the term fugue relates to a. confusion. b. flight or travel. c. loss of consciousness. d. hallucination.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Amnesia OTHER: TYPE: Factual 61. During a fugue state, patients diagnosed with dissociative fugue a. travel and typically experience memory loss during their trip. b. travel involuntarily but do not experience memory loss. c. temporarily lose memory of who they are but are able to recover their sense of identity after the fugue state.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

d. permanently lose memory of who they are and seldom recover any sense of their own identity.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Amnesia OTHER: TYPE: Factual 62. During a dissociative fugue state, it is not uncommon for individuals to a. commit suicide. b. see the world as a strange and foreign place. c. take on a new identity. d. involuntarily contact friends and family.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Amnesia OTHER: TYPE: Factual 63. Fugue states usually end rather a. abruptly with recall of most of what happened. b. slowly over a long period of lingering in and out of a state of fugue. c. abruptly with no memory of what happened. d. slowly with no memory of what happened.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Amnesia OTHER: TYPE: Factual 64. ________ is a dissociative disorder that is not found in Western cultures and appears to have some similarities to dissociative fugue. a. Amok b. Exorcism c. Trance d. Voodoo ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Amnesia OTHER: TYPE: Factual 65. In non-Western cultures, trance and possession are a. extremely rare. b. never considered a disorder. c. the most common forms of dissociative disorders. d. the rarest forms of dissociative disorders.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Amnesia OTHER: TYPE: Factual 66. Dissociative trances commonly occur in Nigeria where they are called a. amok. b. phi pob. c. vinvusa. d. pivloktoq.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Amnesia OTHER: TYPE: Factual 67. African Americans from the South often refer colloquially to trance syndromes as a. “phii pob.” b. “autohypnosis.” c. “frenzy witchcraft.” d. “falling out.”

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

OTHER:

TYPE: Factual

68. Individuals with dissociative identity disorder generally a. take on only one other distinct personality. b. suffer a loss of their own identity that lasts several years. c. maintain complete awareness of all of their personalities. d. have several distinct personalities.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 69. The defining feature of dissociative identity disorder is that aspects of the individual’s personality are a. fixated. b. completely suppressed. c. dissociated. d. dissociative disorders.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 70. With regard to dissociative identity disorder, the term alter refers to ________ within the individual. a. the “host” personality b. a dangerous personality c. the most recent personality to emerge d. a different personality ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 71. In dissociative identity disorder, the “host” personality is usually the one that a. is the most aggressive of the personalities.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

b. asks for treatment and becomes the patient. c. earns income for the individual. d. is sexually provocative.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 72. Many dissociative identity disorder patients have at least one ________________ alter who handles sexuality and generates income, sometimes by acting as a prostitute. a. street savvy b. impulsive c. criminal d. sexually aggressive ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 73. In dissociative identity disorder, the “host” personality usually a. is of a gender opposite to that of the individual. b. becomes overwhelmed trying to hold all of the personality fragments together. c. is the “leader” of the multiple identities. d. is well aware of each personality and everything that happens while each personality is active.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 74. The existence of a cross-gendered alter in dissociative identity disorder is a. common. b. rare. c. present in every patient. d. almost never seen in this disorder.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 75. One aspect of the DSM-5 criteria for diagnosis of dissociative identity disorder is a. patient awareness of the distinct personalities. b. existence of three or more personality fragments. c. amnesia. d. history of abuse.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 76. Vanessa, who is 40, apparently believes that she is a 20-year-old woman. Suddenly, however, she starts to speak and behave very differently, and says she no longer thinks of herself as “Vanessa.” Instead, she claims to be Elise, a 10-year-old child. It is likely that Vanessa has just experienced a a. switch. b. dissociative fugue. c. conversion reaction. d. manic episode.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Applied 77. A switch a. usually occurs instantaneously. b. is the transition from one personality to another in dissociative identity disorder. c. may exhibit physical transformations. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 78. Which of the following statements is FALSE about dissociative identity disorder? a. Once established, the disorder lasts a lifetime without treatment. b. For prevalence rates, the ratio of females to males is approximately 9 to 1. c. The frequency of switching increases with age. d. The form that the disorder takes does not differ substantially over the lifespan.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 79. The causes of dissociative identity disorder appear to be a. physical abuse. b. sexual abuse. c. witness to a traumatic event. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 80. Some theorists suggest that dissociative identity disorder is an extreme subtype of a. dissociative amnesia. b. obsessive-compulsive disorder. c. posttraumatic stress disorder. d. antisocial personality disorder.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

TOPICS: OTHER:

Dissociative Identity Disorder TYPE: Conceptual

81. Which of the following statements is true about dissociative identity disorder (DID)? a. DID is easy to fake. b. DID is absolutely impossible to fake. c. Dissociative symptoms may be the result of sleep deprivation. d. DID is made up of false memories.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 82. The process of changing from one personality to another generally occurs ________ in most patients with dissociative identity disorder. a. slowly b. quickly c. rarely d. only after many warning signs that a change is about to occur ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 83. Regarding evidence for the scientific validity of dissociative identity disorder, the most accurate statement is that a. most patients are faking. b. research suggests that faking dissociative experiences is possible. c. it is virtually impossible to fake the types of changes that occur in dissociative identity disorder. d. objective tests can always determine which patients are faking dissociative identity disorder.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

OTHER:

TYPE: Factual

84. Comparisons of optical functioning in the various personalities of dissociative identity disorder patients show changes that would be a. easy to fake. b. absolutely impossible to fake. c. consistent with an individual who was trying to fake. d. difficult to fake.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 85. Which of the following statements is the most accurate? a. While DID symptoms can be faked or developed through suggestion, many physiological changes observed in DID patients would be very difficult to fake. b. DID symptoms and the many physiological changes observed in DID patients can be developed through suggestion and are easily faked. c. While physiological changes associated with DID are relatively easy to fake, the symptoms of DID are very difficult to fake or to develop through suggestion. d. Almost all cases of DID are probably faked or developed through therapist suggestion.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 86. The average number of alters observed in individuals with dissociative identity disorder is a. 1. b. 2. c. 15. d. 100.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

87. Dissociative identity disorder is most commonly found in a. females. b. males. c. children. d. elderly.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 88. The average length of time between an individual’s first symptoms of dissociative identity disorder and the identification and diagnosis of the disorder by a professional is a. one year. b. 20 years. c. less than one month. d. seven years.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 89. Without treatment, it is expected that dissociative identity disorder will last a. 10 years. b. a lifetime. c. several months. d. 20 years.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 90. Sue has dissociative identity disorder. It is extremely likely that she also has a. at least one other psychological disorder. b. a problem with her weight.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

c. a history of problems with the law. d. no desire to get better.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 91. Semi-structured interviews of large numbers of severely disturbed inpatients found prevalence rates of DID in North America are between a. 15% and 17%. b. 10% and 14%. c. 7% and 9%. d. 3% and 6%.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 92. The main reason why dissociative identity disorder patients tend to have many additional psychological disorders is that a. the number of personalities increases the number of disorders. b. the severe trauma of childhood leads to many problems in later life. c. they seek attention. d. they are substance abusers.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 93. The common feature in almost every case of dissociative identity disorder is a. hallucinations and delusions. b. unrelenting substance abuse. c. a history of body dysmorphic disorder. d. a history of severe child abuse.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 94. Of the following, which child would be most likely to develop dissociative identity disorder later in life? a. Mary, who has a few good friends b. Susan, who was repeatedly sexually abused as a child c. Cindy, who has a learning disability d. Jody, who has attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 95. The experience of dissociation (feelings of unreality; blunting of emotional experience and physical pain) during or immediately following a life-threatening situation is a. a sign of psychopathology. b. extremely rare in nondisordered individuals. c. not well documented. d. a normal reaction.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 96. One of the individual differences that appears to help explain who is likely to develop dissociative identity disorder following childhood trauma is a. physical health. b. suggestibility. c. number of siblings. d. number of abusers.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 97. In studies conducted by Elizabeth Loftus and her colleagues, individuals were told about false events that had supposedly occurred when they were children. The results of these studies indicate that a. people cannot be convinced of events that did not happen. b. people can become quite convinced of events that never happened. c. only individuals with diagnosable disorders can be convinced of events that never happened. d. people can become convinced of events that did not happen only during hypnosis or other dissociative states.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 98. Putname et al. (1986) examined 100 cases of dissociative identity disorder and found that _______% of the subjects had experienced significant trauma. a. 25 b. 53 c. 97 d. 100 ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 99. The victims most likely to have amnesia as a result of trauma are those who a. suffered infrequent and relatively minor abuse. b. suffered frequent but relatively minor abuse. c. were victims of severe abuse and trauma. d. were victims of natural disasters.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

TOPICS: OTHER:

and theories to explain behavior and mental processes Dissociative Identity Disorder TYPE: Conceptual

100. The general treatment plan for dissociative identity disorder patients usually centers on a. integration of the personality fragments. b. hypnotic regression of the host and each alter. c. confrontation of the abuser. d. the typical substance abuse treatment model.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 101. The part of the treatment plan for dissociative identity disorder that is similar to the treatment plan for posttraumatic stress disorder is a. integration of personality fragments through psychoanalysis. b. use of antipsychotic medications. c. reliving and reprocessing the trauma, similar to treatments for PTSD. d. hypnotic regression to early life experiences.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b(3) - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Factual 102. Compare and contrast illness anxiety disorder and somatic symptom disorder.

Sample Answer: Somatic symptom disorder shares some features with illness anxiety ANSWER:

disorder, including a history of family illness or injury during childhood. However, this history is a minor factor at best because countless families experience chronic illness or injuries without passing on severe anxiety of being ill or the sick role to children.

Something else contributes strongly to somatic symptom disorder.

In illness anxiety disorder, as we know it today, severe anxiety is focused on the possibility of having a serious disease. The threat seems so real that reassurance from physicians does not seem to help. In illness anxiety disorder, the individual is preoccupied with bodily symptoms, misinterpreting them as indicative of illness or disease. Almost any physical sensation may become the basis of concern for individuals with illness anxiety disorder.

In somatic symptom disorder, patients go to the doctor with seemingly endless lists of somatic complaints for which he could find no medical basis. Despite the doctor’s negative findings, patients return shortly with either the same complaints or new lists containing slight variations.

Individuals with illness anxiety disorder most often take immediate action on noticing a symptom by calling the doctor or taking medication. People with somatic symptom, on the

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

other hand, do not feel the urgency to take action but continually feel weak and ill, and they avoid exercising, thinking it will make them worse.

REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Somatic Symptom Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 103. Compare and contrast depersonalization and derealization.

Sample Answer: During an episode of depersonalization, your perception alters so that ANSWER:

you temporarily lose the sense of your own reality, as if you were in a dream and you were watching yourself. During an episode of derealization, your sense of the reality of the external world is lost. Things may seem to change shape or size; people may seem dead or mechanical. These sensations of unreality are characteristic of the dissociative disorders because, in a sense, they are a psychological mechanism whereby one “dissociates” from reality. Depersonalization is often part of a serious set of conditions in which reality, experience, and even identity seem to disintegrate.

REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Somatic Symptom Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 104. Describe the subtype of dissociative amnesia referred to a dissociative fugue.

Sample Answer: Fugue literally means “flight.”

ANSWER:

In these curious cases, memory loss revolves around a specific incident—an unexpected trip (or trips). Mostly, individuals just take off and later find themselves in a new place, unable to remember why or how they got there. Usually they have left behind an intolerable situation. During these trips, a person sometimes assumes a new identity or at least becomes confused about the old identity.

REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Amnesia OTHER: TYPE: Applied 105. Vicki, who suffers from illness anxiety disorder (aka hypochondriasis), comes from a very concerned and loving family that takes her physical complaints quite seriously. Describe three treatment approaches (and their level of effectiveness) that may help Vicki get better.

Sample Answer: Clinical reports indicate that reassurance and education seem to be ANSWER: effective in some cases—“surprisingly” because, by definition, patients with illness anxiety disorder are not supposed to benefit from reassurance about their health. However, reassurance is usually given only briefly by family doctors who have little time to provide the ongoing support and reassurance that might be necessary. Mental health professionals may well be able to offer reassurance in a more effective and sensitive manner, devote sufficient time to all concerns the patient may have, and attend to the “meaning” of the symptoms.

Evaluations of more robust treatments have now appeared. CBT focused on identifying and challenging illness-related misinterpretations of physical sensations and on showing patients how to create “symptoms” by focusing attention on certain body areas. Bringing Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

on their own symptoms persuaded many patients that such events were under their control. Patients were also coached to seek less reassurance regarding their concerns.

CBT was more effective after treatment and at each follow-up point for both symptoms of illness anxiety disorder and overall changes in functioning and quality of life. But results were still “modest,” and many eligible patients refused to enter treatment because they were convinced their problems were medical rather than psychological.

A few recent reports suggest that drugs may help some people with illness anxiety disorder. Not surprisingly, these same types of drugs (antidepressants) are useful for anxiety and depression. In one study, CBT and the drug paroxetine (Paxil), a serotoninspecific reuptake inhibitor (SSRI), were both effective, but only CBT was significantly different from a placebo condition.

REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Illness Anxiety Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Applied 106. Hannah was diagnosed with asthma six months ago. Presently, Hannah is experiencing a phobic response to her inhaler and is not using it to improve her asthma. Explain how this is an example of a somatic symptom-related disorder.

The essential feature of this disorder is the presence of a diagnosed medical condition, ANSWER: asthma, which is adversely affected by one or more psychological or behavioral factors.

These behavioral or psychological factors would have a direct influence on the course or perhaps the treatment of the medical condition. In Hannah’s case, the pattern would have to be consistent in the neglect of appropriate monitoring and intervention, and the neglect is clearly a behavioral or psychological factor that is adversely affecting the medical condition.

REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Psychological Factors Affecting Medical Conditions OTHER: TYPE: Applied 107. Elsa’s mother is poisoning her breakfast cereal. At least once a week Elsa’s mother takes her to a pediatrician, who is very consoling and empathetic. Despite efforts to determine why Elsa is sick, the pediatrician overlooks the possibility of Elsa being poisoned by her mother because he and his staff have a positive relationship with her mother.

The situation that Elsa is in with her mother shows an offending parent resorting to ANSWER: extreme tactics to create the appearance of illness in a child. Because her mother has established a positive relationship with the medical staff, the true nature of the illness is unsuspected and the staff members perceive her mother as remarkably caring, cooperative, and involved in providing for Elsa’s well-being. At the present time, Elsa’s mother is successful at eluding suspicion.

REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Applied 108. Compare and contrast posttraumatic stress disorder and dissociative identity disorder. How are the two disorders similar? How are they different?

Sample Answer: DID seems similar in its etiology to PTSD. One perspective suggests that ANSWER: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

DID is an extreme subtype of PTSD, with a much greater emphasis on the process of dissociation than on symptoms of anxiety, although both are present in each disorder.

While a sense of depersonalization or dissociation may be a symptom of PTSD, it would not be adequate for a diagnosis of DID because the other symptoms of a dissociative disorder would not be present. Some evidence also shows that the “developmental window” of vulnerability to the abuse that leads to DID closes at approximately nine years of age. After that, DID is unlikely to develop, although severe PTSD might. If true, this is a particularly good example of the role of development in the etiology of psychopathology.

REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 109. A 30-year-old woman “recovers” memories of childhood sexual abuse, the existence of which she was seemingly and previously unaware. Explain what is currently known about the accuracy of recovered memories. Can we determine whether these memories are accurate?

Sample Answer: A controversial issue in abnormal psychology involves the extent to ANSWER: which memories of early trauma, particularly sexual abuse, is really accurate or not. Some argue that these memories are simply the result of strong suggestions by therapists; others believe they reflect memories that were repressed and must be reexperienced to relieve suffering. It turns out memory can be altered through suggestion, therefore the use of recovered memories legally has been especially problematic. Children in particular may be affected by how questions about past events are phrased. Further research is required to resolve these issues.

REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 110. Describe three ways that a person with a conversion disorder might differ from an individual with a biologically caused physical malfunction.

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: Conversion disorders generally have to do with physical malfunctioning, such as paralysis, blindness, or difficulty speaking (aphonia), without any physical or organic pathology to account for the malfunction. Most conversion symptoms suggest that some kind of neurological disease is affecting sensory–motor systems, although conversion symptoms can mimic the full range of physical malfunctioning. For this reason, and because the term conversion implies a specific etiology for which there is limited evidence, the name changed to “functional neurological disorder” (with “functional” referring to a symptom without organic cause) in the DSM-5. Conversion disorders provide some of the most intriguing, sometimes astounding, examples of psychopathology.

What could possibly account for somebody going blind when all visual processes are normal, or experiencing paralysis of the arms or legs when there is no neurological damage? Conversion symptoms are often precipitated by marked stress. Often, this stress takes the form of a physical injury. In one large survey, 324 out of 869 patients (37%) reported prior physical injury. Thus, if the clinician cannot identify a stressful event preceding the onset of the conversion symptom, the clinician might more carefully consider the presence of a true physical condition.

In addition, although people with conversion symptoms can usually function normally, they seem truly unaware either of this ability or of sensory input. For example, individuals with

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

the conversion symptom of blindness can usually avoid objects in their visual field, but they will tell you they can’t see the objects. Similarly, individuals with conversion symptoms of paralysis of the legs might suddenly get up and run in an emergency and then be astounded they were able to do this. It is possible that at least some people who experience miraculous cures during religious ceremonies may have been suffering from conversion reactions. These factors may help in distinguishing between conversion and organically based physical disorders, but clinicians sometimes make mistakes, although it is not common with modern diagnostic techniques. In any case, ruling out medical causes for the symptoms is crucial to making a diagnosis of conversion.

REFERENCES: Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Conversion Disorder (Functional Neurological Symptom Disorder) OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 111. Describe the treatment that is generally used to treat patients with dissociative identity disorder. What is the rationale for each part of the treatment?

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: The strategies that therapists use today in treating DID are based on accumulated clinical wisdom. The fundamental goal is to identify cues or triggers that provoke memories of trauma, dissociation, or both and to neutralize them. More important, the patient must confront and relive the early trauma and gain control over the horrible events, at least as they recur in the patient’s mind. To instill this sense of control, the therapist must skillfully, and slowly, help the patient visualize and relive aspects of the trauma until it is simply a terrible memory instead of a current event. Because the memory is unconscious, aspects of the experience are often not known to either the patient or the therapist until they emerge during treatment. Hypnosis is often used to access unconscious memories and bring various alters into awareness. Because the process of dissociation may be similar to the process of hypnosis, the latter may be a particularly efficient way to access traumatic memories. (There is as yet no evidence that hypnosis is a necessary part of treatment.) DID seems to run a chronic course and seldom improves spontaneously, which confirms that current treatments, primitive as they are, have some effectiveness.

REFERENCES: Dissociative Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a(3) - Use basic psychological terminology, concepts, and theories to explain behavior and mental processes TOPICS: Dissociative Identity Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Applied

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

1. “Mood disorders” refer to a group of disorders involving severe disturbances ranging from __________ to ____________. a. hallucinations; suicidality b. elation; depression c. indecisiveness; anhedonia d. hypomania; mania ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 2. Mood disorders can take on many forms; one of the most severe, involving repeated episodes of extremely low mood, is referred to as a. major depressive disorder. b. persistent depressive disorder. c. cyclothymia. d. Melancholia.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 3. A typical episode of major depression lasts __________, with very severe cases lasting as long as several years. a. three months b. six months c. nine months d. one year ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 4. Which of the following is usually a component of a major depressive episode? a. Emotional shutdown b. Somatic/vegetative symptoms c. Anhedonia/loss of interest or motivation d. All of these are correct Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 5. Which of the following is NOT usually a component of a major depressive episode? a. Feelings of worthlessness b. Flight of ideas c. Altered sleep patterns d. Change in appetite ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 6. Which of the following is a symptom of a manic episode? a. Slowed speech b. Hypoactive behavior c. Hypersomnia d. Grandiosity ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 7. One symptom of a mood disorder is anhedonia, which means a. a feeling of worthlessness. b. an altered pattern of sleep. c. indecisiveness. d. an inability to experience pleasure.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 8. When used in connection with mood disorders, “flight of ideas” means Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

a. anxiety about airplane travel. b. rapid speech expressing many exciting ideas at once. c. limited imagination reflected in a slow way of speaking. d. an increase in creative ideas.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 9. In comparing the length of untreated depressive episodes and untreated manic episodes, which of the following is an accurate statement? a. Depressive episodes generally last longer. b. Manic episodes generally last longer. c. Both types of episodes typically last about the same amount of time. d. This comparison cannot be made because only depressive episodes can be treated.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 10. A hypomanic episode refers to a. a prolonged but less severe form of a manic episode that is easily treated. b. a manic episode without hallucinations or delusions. c. a manic episode that occurs without any depressive episodes. d. a shorter and less severe form of a manic episode with less impairment in functioning.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 11. The physical or somatic symptoms of a major depressive disorder include a. changes in appetite or weight. b. decreased ability to concentrate. c. increased energy. d. orgasmic feelings.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 12. Which of the following symptoms characterize a manic episode? a. Feelings of guilt b. Grandiose plans c. Anhedonia d. Loss of energy ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 13. A 55-year-old Californian named Annie recently formulated an ambitious plan to start a Broadway career.

She withdrew all the money from her bank account, purchased a brand new vehicle on a 0% down contract, drove 38 hours nonstop to New York City, and interrupted a musical rehearsal by demanding an audition with the casting director. Which of the following is Annie likely experiencing? a. Major depressive episode b. Hypomanic episode c. Manic episode d. Postpartum psychosis ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 14. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding mood disorders? a. An individual experiencing manic symptoms can also be depressed or anxious. b. Unipolar mania is more common than unipolar depression. c. An individual who has experienced only manic episodes in the past is unlikely to never become depressed. d. Neither manic nor depressive symptoms remit on their own without treatment.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

15. “Mixed features” refers to a type of mania in which a manic episode is a. extremely severe. b. very mild. c. accompanied by depression or anxiety. d. related to a medical condition.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 16. An important difference between “major depressive disorder, recurrent” and “major depressive disorder, single episode” is that a. single episode type is more common. b. recurrent type is more common. c. single episode symptoms are more severe. d. recurrent symptoms are more severe.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 17. Debbie has been diagnosed with major depressive disorder, recurrent. She wants to know what to expect in the future regarding her condition. You tell her that according to recent research, the median lifetime number of major depressive episodes is a. 4–7. b. 8–10. c. 12–15. d. 16–18.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 18. According to recent research, the median duration of recurrent (subsequent to the first episode) major depressive episodes is a. one to two months. b. four to five months.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

c. seven to nine months. d. 11 to 12 months.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 19. Persistent depressive disorder (PPD), formerly known as dysthymia, differs from major depressive disorder (MDD) because people diagnosed with PDD have symptoms of depression that are a. more severe. b. longer-lasting. c. episodic. d. temporary.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 20. Jack has experienced recurrent episodes of major depressive episodes. In the intervals between the episodes, he does not seem to return to “normal.” In fact, during those periods, he has been diagnosed as having lowgrade depression. Jack’s condition is referred to as a. double depression. b. bipolar disorder. c. atypical depression. d. dysfunctional dysthymia.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 21. The Baltimore Longitudinal Study of Aging reported that symptoms of depression followed a(an) a. downward sloping pattern across the life span. b. an inverted U-shaped pattern across adulthood. c. an upward sloping pattern across the life span. d. a U-shaped pattern across adulthood.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 22. According to recent research, the percentage of people age 18 to 23 who have already experienced major depression is _____%. a. 10 b. 18 c. 25 d. 40 ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 23. The probability that a person will recover from a major depressive episode within five years approaches 90% in a. all cases. b. mild cases only. c. severe cases only. d. double depression only.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 24. In severe cases of depression where the episode lasts five years or longer, how many of these patients can be expected to recover? a. None b. About half c. Approximately one-third d. All ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 25. Regarding severe cases of major depressive disorder, those in which the depressive episode has lasted five Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

years or more, all of the following statements are accurate EXCEPT a. the episode may not entirely clear up, leaving some residual symptoms. b. the likelihood of a subsequent episode is high. c. the next episode is likely to be manic, rather than depressive. d. subsequent episodes may be associated with incomplete inter-episode recovery.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 26. In comparison to patients with major depressive disorder, patients with persistent depressive disorder are a. more likely to display symptoms of depression. b. more likely to attempt suicide. c. less likely to experience long-term episodes of depression. d. more likely to be in remission in seven to nine months.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 27. Not only is there a high prevalence of persistent depressive disorder in children, but it has also been found that three-fourths of these children will eventually be diagnosed with a. bipolar disorder. b. mania. c. major depressive disorder. d. cyclothymia.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 28. Symptoms of severe depression are generally NOT considered a psychological disorder when they are associated with a. a grief reaction. b. a manic episode. c. anxiety. d. thoughts of suicide.

ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 29. The acute grief most of us would feel eventually evolves into what is called a. dysthymia. b. latent grief. c. integrated grief. d. complicated grief.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 30. Although grieving is considered a normal process, it does sometimes become a psychological disorder.

Which of the following cases would NOT be diagnosed as complicated grief? a. Mr. A’s sister suddenly passed away from illness about a year ago. Mr. A is still suffering from severe depression and persistent thoughts of joining his sister in heaven. b. Two years ago, Miss B has experienced the death of a close friend. She is so depressed that she has no appetite or energy, and believes that she will never be truly happy again without her friend. c. Mrs. C’s dog recently died. Three weeks later, her friends suggest that she get another dog “to help her get over the loss.” Mrs. C refuses, saying she just isn’t ready to get another dog and still has trouble accepting that “Duchess” is gone. d. Dr. D’s cat died 18 months ago. In addition to his depressive symptoms, he cannot stop replaying the scene of her death in his mind, which is interfering with his social life.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 31. Considering the terms used to differentiate mood disorders, cyclothymic is to dysthymic as a. bipolar disorder is to major depressive disorder. b. manic is to hypomanic. c. major depressive disorder is to bipolar disorder. d. bipolar I is to bipolar II. ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 32. Jane is diagnosed with bipolar II disorder. You can expect that she will experience a. full manic episodes. b. hypomanic episodes. c. both manic and hypomanic episodes. d. neither manic nor hypomanic episodes.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 33. Manic episodes alternate with depressive episodes in the disorder called a. bipolar I disorder. b. major depressive disorder. c. complicated grief. d. cyclothymia.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 34. Which of the following is NOT true about a hypomanic manic episode? a. It is not necessarily impairing for an individual. b. It involves cognitive and physical changes. c. It causes marked impairment in social or occupational functioning. d. It may last for weeks.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: p. Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 35. Unipolar mania a. does not exist. b. is rare.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

c. is fairly common. d. is a part of bipolar disorder.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 36. When referring to the mood disorders called cyclothymia and persistent depressive disorder, it would be accurate to say that an individual with cyclothymia probably a. would be considered “moody.” b. cannot function normally at all. c. has more depressive episodes d. has full manic episodes.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 37. Some psychologists were reluctant to make premenstrual dysphoric disorder a formal diagnosis because a. it had too much overlap with other mood disorders’ diagnostic criteria. b. it is so rare that a formal diagnostic category is unjustified. c. it is strictly a consequence of hormonal imbalances and is therefore not a psychological disorder. d. it has the potential to be stigmatizing for women.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 38. Approximately what percentage of women suffer from premenstrual dysphoric disorder? a. 2%–5% b. 6%–10% c. 18%–24% d. 20%–40% ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 39. In recent years, a trend of ______________ children with bipolar disorder has become problematic. a. underdiagnosing b. overdiagnosing c. not recognizing d. mistreating ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 40. Children with disruptive mood dysregulation disorder are most at risk for later developing a. bipolar disorder. b. mood and anxiety disorders. c. psychotic disorders. d. psychopathic personality traits.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 41. Which of the following is a risk associated with misdiagnosing children with bipolar disorder, when in fact they have attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD)? a. Medications for bipolar disorder are very potent and have serious side effects. b. ADHD is more impairing than bipolar disorder, so one would be ignoring the real problem. c. Insurance companies don’t recognize childhood bipolar disorder and will not reimburse treatment for it. d. There are no major risks, as the two disorders are so similar that treatments are essentially the same.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 42. Which of the following eight-year-old children should most likely receive a diagnosis of disruptive mood dysregulation disorder?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

a. Hakim, who cannot sit still in class or at the dinner table b. Bella, who stayed up all night for three nights in a row making what she believes is the world’s prettiest dress c. Bobby, who always gets into fights and is extremely rebellious with authority figures d. Mary Ann, who can’t help snapping at her parents and an overwhelming feeling of irritability that she feels uncontrollable ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 43. One of the problems encountered by psychiatrists who prescribe medication for patients with bipolar disorder is that patients often a. stop taking the medication in order to bring on a depressive state. b. stop taking the medication in order to bring on a manic state. c. overdose on the medication during a severe manic state. d. become addicted to the medications during a severe manic state.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 44. All of the following words are used to describe the manic mood state EXCEPT a. elated. b. expansive. c. energetic. d. exhausted.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 45. At various times, Cynthia, a 20-year-old college student, has always been considered by her family and/or friends to be moody, high-strung, explosive, or hyperactive. Knowing the criteria for mood disorders, you would diagnose Cynthia with a. major depressive disorder. b. panic disorder. c. disrupted mood dysregulation disorder.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

d. cyclothymia.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 46. In about _____________ of patients, cyclothymic mood swings develop into full-blown bipolar disorder. a. one-fifth b. one-third c. two-thirds d. four-fifths ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 47. Since traditional antidepressant medication such as tricyclics may actually provoke rapid cycling in patients with bipolar disorder, mood stabilizers and ________ are often prescribed instead. a. antipsychotics b. tranquilizers c. anticonvulsants d. opiates ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 48. In studies of bipolar patients who experience cyclothimia, it has been found that as many as 60% are a. female. b. male. c. elderly. d. adolescents.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

OTHER:

empirically TYPE: Factual

49. Milton has been mildly depressed for many years. Just recently, however, his depression deepened, and he was severely depressed for about three months. His deep depression then lifted and he was once again mildly depressed. Milton a. will be easier to treat now that the severe depression is resolved. b. will quickly respond to treatment and will recover completely from his depression. c. will likely be associated with more severe psychopathology and a problematic future course. d. will require treatment for the rest of his life.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 50. Premenstrual dysphoric disorder is best categorized as a(an) a. physical disorder b. disorder of mood c. endocrine disorder d. dysregulation disorder ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 51. With regard to the prevalence of mood disorders, it has been consistently found that a. females experience major depressive disorders less frequently than males. b. men have twice as many mood disorders as women. c. bipolar disorder rarely has an onset age greater than 40. d. dysthymia occurs equally across gender.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.d - Articulate criteria for identifying objective sources of psychology information OTHER: TYPE: Factual 52. All of the following are accurate statements about the prevalence of mood disorders in children and Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

adolescents EXCEPT that a. bipolar disorder is often misdiagnosed in children. b. major depressive disorder in adolescents is primarily a female disorder. c. rates of attempted suicide decrease during adolescence. d. adolescents with cyclothymic disorder must display the symptoms one year before a diagnosis can be made.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.d - Articulate criteria for identifying objective sources of psychology information OTHER: TYPE: Factual 53. Being depressed ________ the risk of death in elderly patients who have had a stroke or heart attack. a. has no effect on b. doubles c. triples d. reduces ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 54. The presence of medical illnesses or symptoms of dementia can make the diagnosis of depression difficult in a. middle-aged men. b. menopausal women. c. highly creative individuals. d. the elderly.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Prevalence of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 55. Cross-cultural research indicates that, due at least in part to appalling social and economic conditions, the prevalence of major depression is extremely high among a. African Americans. b. European Americans. c. Asian Americans. d. Native Americans Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.d - Articulate criteria for identifying objective sources of psychology information OTHER: TYPE: Factual 56. Which of the following statements is accurate regarding the relationship between anxiety and depression? a. A large percentage of depressed patients are anxious, but not all anxious patient is depressed. b. Cognitive content (thinking) is more negative in anxious patients than in those with depression. c. A core symptom of anxiety is the inability to experience pleasure. d. Anxiety is often preceded by an episode of major depression.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 57. In research looking at the biological causes of mood disorders, studies have shown that if one of a set of twins is unipolar, the chances that the other twin is bipolar are a. high. b. moderate. c. low. d. slim to none.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 58. In terms of the etiology of mood disorders, research has shown that a. environmental stress plays a larger role in causing depression in men than in women. b. genetic factors are more important in the development of depression in men in comparison to the development of depression in women. c. genetic and environmental factors are equally contributory to mood disorders. d. there are no sex differences in vulnerability to depression.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

59. The best estimates of genetic contributions to depression fall in the range of a. 80% for women and 60% for men. b. 60% for women and 40% for men. c. 40% for women and 20% for men. d. 60% for women and 80% for men.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 60. Kendler et al. found that the same genetic factors contribute to both a. anxiety and dementia. b. dementia, and depression. c. anxiety and depression. d. Alzheimer’s and anxiety.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 61. Current research into neurotransmitter systems has produced the “permissive” hypothesis, which means that a. low levels of serotonin are sufficient to explain the etiology of mood disorders. b. the norepinephrine system regulates serotonin levels; if norepinephrine is low, depression will occur. c. when serotonin levels are low, other neurotransmitter systems become dysregulated and contribute to mood irregularities. d. the absolute levels of neurotransmitters are more significant in mood regulation than the overall balance of the various neurotransmitters.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 62. According to your textbook, the apparent primary function of _____________________ is to regulate our emotional reactions. a. serotonin b. dopamine c. cortisol Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

d. GABA ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Prevalence of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 63. According to your textbook, which of the following female historical figures suffered from depression? a. Queen Victoria b. Joan of Arc c. Eleanor Roosevelt d. Anna Freud ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.d - Articulate criteria for identifying objective sources of psychology information OTHER: TYPE: Factual 64. Recent research suggests that a. the suppression of neurogenesis in the hippocampus is due to the connection between high stress hormones and depression. b. low hippocampal volume may precede and contribute to the onset of depression. c. electroconvulsive therapy seems to produce neurogenesis in the hippocampus. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 65. Researchers studying the relationship between sleep and mood found a. the relationship was bidirectional. b. no relationship. c. the relationship was unidirectional. d. that an increase in negative moods does not lead to predictable changes in sleep patterns but an increase in positive moods does.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

OTHER:

TYPE: Conceptual

66. One symptom of depression is an increase in sleeping. What other symptom related to sleep occurs in depression? a. Decreased slow wave sleep, the deepest stage of sleep b. Less intense REM activity c. Stages of deepest sleep occurring earlier in the sleep cycle d. Slower onset of REM sleep ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 67. With regard to the relationship between stress and depression, all of the following statements are true EXCEPT that a. the context of the life event, as well as its meaning to the individual, is more important than the nature of the event itself. b. an individual’s current mood state might distort earlier memories of life events that precipitated the depression. c. stressful life events are strongly related to the onset of mood disorders. d. recurrent episodes of depression, but not initial episodes, are strongly predicted by major life stress.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 68. The idea that individuals who are biologically vulnerable to depression place themselves in high-risk, stressful environments reflects the a. self-fulfilling prophecy theory. b. cognitive-behavioral model. c. reciprocal gene-environment model. d. stress-depression linkage effect.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 69. Experiences associated with _____________ trigger mania in vulnerable individuals.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

a. negative emotions b. positive life events, like the arrival of a new baby, c. striving to achieve important goals d. unexpected changes in life ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 70. An individual who usually says “It’s all my fault” when anything goes wrong is reflecting the ________ characteristic of the depressive attributional style. a. specific b. stable c. internal d. external ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 71. Martin Seligman’s theory that people become anxious and depressed because they believe that they have no control over the stress in their lives is informed by a. the learned helplessness model. b. cognitive-behavioral theory. c. humanistic/existential theory. d. the Seligman model of depression.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 72. In 1989, Abramson and his colleagues revised Seligman’s theory of learned helplessness, changing the focus from specific attributions to ________ as the crucial factor in depression. a. lack of control b. a sense of hopelessness c. repressed anger d. a feeling of failure ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 73. A student who has been doing very well in her psychology class receives a minor critical comment on an essay that she wrote as part of an exam. The student thinks, “This is terrible. I’m probably going to fail the course.” This type of cognitive error in thinking is called a. arbitrary inference. b. overgeneralization. c. pessimism d. dissociating.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 74. In Aaron Beck’s depressive cognitive triad, individuals think negatively about all of the following EXCEPT a. themselves. b. their immediate world. c. moral principles. d. their future.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 75. Regarding Beck’s views on depression, which of the following definitions of cognitive errors and negative schema is NOT correct? a. In a self-blame schema, depressed individuals feel personally responsible for every bad thing that happens. b. Arbitrary inference means that a depressed individual emphasizes the positive rather than the negative aspects of a situation. c. In a negative self-evaluation schema, depressed individuals believe that they can never do anything correctly. d. Overgeneralization occurs when a small error is magnified to mean something much more significant.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 76. According to recent research on the development of depression, dysfunctional attitudes (a negative outlook) and hopelessness attributes (explaining things negatively) constitute a ________ vulnerability to depression. a. biological b. cognitive c. behavioral d. sociological ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 77. Results of a study of cognitive vulnerability to depression found that ____% of the students with thought patterns classified as “high risk” for depression subsequently suffered a major depressive episode whereas only ____% of the “low-risk” students subsequently experienced a major depressive episode. a. 16; 2.7 b. 25; 15 c. 46; 14 d. 85; 10 ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 78. For individuals who had not been previously depressed, research studies indicate that a marital separation or divorce resulted in a. a higher rate of depression in men. b. a higher rate of depression in women. c. approximately equal rates of depression for males and females. d. no symptoms of depression in either males or females.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.d - Articulate criteria for identifying objective sources of psychology information OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

79. For both men and women, depression and problems in marital relations are associated, but a. the causal direction is different. b. for men marital relations seem to contribute toward depression. c. for women the depression seems to cause the marital relation problems. d. therapists need to consider disturbed marital relationships separately from mood disorders.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.d - Articulate criteria for identifying objective sources of psychology information OTHER: TYPE: Factual 80. Possible reasons for the higher rates of depression found in women include all of the following EXCEPT a. culturally induced dependence and passivity. b. a sense of uncontrollability and helplessness. c. a low value placed on intimate relationships. d. self-blame for being depressed.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.d - Articulate criteria for identifying objective sources of psychology information OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 81. Some possible reasons for the higher rates of depression found in women relate to the disadvantages experienced by women in the United States, such as a. discrimination and poverty. b. abuse and sexual harassment. c. both a and b d. neither a nor b ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.d - Articulate criteria for identifying objective sources of psychology information OTHER: TYPE: Factual 82. Which of the following factors contribute to the integrative theory of depression? a. Stressful life events b. Stress hormones c. Neurotransmitters d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.e - Incorporate several appropriate levels of complexity (e.g. cellular, individual, group/system, society/cultural) to explain behavior OTHER: TYPE: Factual 83. The antidepressant medications known as imipramine (Tofranil) and amitriptyline (Elavil) are included in the class of drugs called a. SSRIs. b. tricyclics. c. MAO inhibitors. d. tranquilizers.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 84. With regard to social support, a. having one close friend did not affect recovery from depression. b. having social support helped speed recovery from depressive episodes. c. having social support had no effect in China. d. having too much social support actually overwhelmed patients and worsened their depression in some cases.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.d(2) - Analyze the variability and continuity of behavior and mental processes within and across animal species OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 85. The following types of medications are all used to treat depression EXCEPT a. SSRIs. b. mixed reuptake inhibitors. c. MAO inhibitors. d. GABA inhibitors.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

NOTES:

NEW

86. Side effects associated with tricyclic antidepressants include all of the following EXCEPT a. dry mouth. b. difficulty urinating. c. difficulty falling asleep. d. blurred vision.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 87. Side effects of tricyclic antidepressants include a. weight loss. b. excessive urination. c. sexual dysfunction. d. insomnia.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 88. Clinical studies have shown that 50% to 75% of patients taking Prozac and other SSRIs will experience a. manic episodes. b. suicidal tendencies. c. sexual dysfunction. d. cardiac irregularities.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 89. Which of the following statements is accurate regarding the treatment of mood disorders? a. Patients do not recover from episodes of major depression without treatment. b. Delaying or preventing future episodes of major depression is often an important treatment goal, instead of merely recovering from current depression. c. After a patient has experienced a major depressive episode and recovered, treatment can be discontinued.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

d. Close to 100 percent of patients with major depressive disorder respond to drug treatment.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 90. Clinical studies have shown that the favorable response rate for patients taking antidepressant medications is ______%. a. 25 b. 50 c. 75 d. 100 ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 91. Studies has shown that tricyclics have caused a. manic episodes in the elderly. b. severe weight loss in adolescents. c. sudden death in children. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 92. All of the following are side effects of lithium therapy EXCEPT a. lowered thyroid functioning. b. weight loss. c. toxicity. d. lack of energy.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

OTHER: NOTES:

adhering to external standards TYPE: Factual NEW

93. Lithium is a(an) _______and is prescribed as the gold standard for treatment of _______. a. antipsychotic; very severe depression b. anticonvulsant; bipolar disorder c. mood stabilizer; bipolar disorder d. SSRI; bipolar disorder ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 94. All of the following statements about lithium therapy are true EXCEPT a. for those patients who respond to lithium, approximately 70% will relapse. b. for anyone with recurrent manic episodes, maintenance on lithium is recommended to prevent relapse. c. once a person is symptom-free for six months, he or she may stop taking lithium. d. people stop taking lithium to regain the euphoric feeling that mania produces.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 95. All of the following statements are true about electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) EXCEPT a. electric shock is administered directly to the brain for less than a second. b. though there are serious side effects, ECT is highly effective and the relapse rate is very low after treatment. c. for severely depressed patients with psychotic features, approximately 25% of those not responding to medication will benefit. d. ECT treatments are administered every day for a total of 6 to 10 treatments.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

NOTES:

NEW

96. All of the following statements are accurate about electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) EXCEPT a. long-term memory problems are associated with ECT. b. ECT treatment should be followed up with medication or psychotherapy. c. short-term memory loss is a side effect of treatment with medication. d. depressed patients with psychotic symptoms should be treated with medication, not ECT. ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 97. Transcranial magnetic stimulation is a. more intrusive than ECT. b. less effective than ECT. c. the last resort treatment for depression because it causes memory loss. d. replacing ECT as the standard electro-treatment for depression.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 98. Interpersonal psychotherapy deals with all of the following interpersonal problems EXCEPT a. environmental interactions. b. acquisition of new relationships. c. identification and correction of deficits in social skills. d. interpersonal role disputes.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 99. Prevention of mood disorders in children and adolescents include a. universal programs.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

b. selected interventions. c. indicated interventions. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 100. The antidepressant medication lithium is also referred to as a mood stabilizer because it a. increases the availability of both dopamine and norepinephrine in the brain. b. is less toxic than the SSRI medications. c. helps to prevent manic episodes. d. increases thyroid functioning, which results in improved mood stabilization.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 101. Although the mood-stabilizing drug lithium is the preferred treatment for bipolar disorder, patient compliance has been a problem. Patients often stop taking their lithium, even though it is effective in stabilizing their moods, because they a. become anxious that the drug is too toxic. b. miss the euphoric feelings that mania produces. c. start to have panic attacks. d. cannot afford the high cost of the medication.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 102. Although ECT (electroconvulsive therapy) has been a controversial issue for decades, it is an effective treatment for depression, especially when a. patients cannot afford antidepressant medication. b. patient response to antidepressant medication is poor. c. symptoms of depression are mild. d. a manic-depressive patient is currently experiencing a manic episode.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 103. In comparing ECT (electroconvulsive therapy) to antidepressant medication, all of the following statements are accurate EXCEPT that a. some patients have long-term memory problems after ECT. b. continued treatment with medication or psychotherapy is not needed after ECT. c. short-term memory loss is a side effect of treatment with ECT. d. 50% of psychotically depressed patients who do not improve using medication benefit from ECT. ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 104. A depressed young woman enters a psychologist’s office for her first appointment. The therapist tells her that they will work together to recognize and correct her “negative thinking errors.” The type of therapy that will be used here is called a. interpersonal psychotherapy (IPT). b. conditional therapy. c. cognitive therapy. d. antidepressive therapy.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 105. Interpersonal psychotherapy (IPT) helps depressed patients resolve relationship problems. All of the following issues are a possible focus of IPT EXCEPT a. marital conflict. b. death of a loved one. c. deficits in social skills. d. negative thinking.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

106. Seligman and his colleagues conducted a course in which university students at risk for depression were taught cognitive and social problem-solving skills. Students in the study were determined to be at risk for depression based on a a. low score on a test of learned helplessness. b. pessimistic cognitive style. c. family history of depression. d. poor response to antidepressant medication.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 107. Which of the following statements about suicide is correct? a. The suicide rate is high among African Americans but low among Native Americans. b. The suicide rate among adolescents in the United States is decreasing. c. For college students, suicide is the second leading cause of death. d. Females are more likely than males to die from suicide.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Suicide LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.d (2) - Analyze the variability and continuity of behavior and mental processes within and across animal species OTHER: TYPE: Factual 108. Research has found that low serotonin levels may be implicated in suicidal behavior because they affect all of the following EXCEPT a. impulsivity. b. instability. c. inertia. d. overreaction.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Suicide LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 109. Although the glorification and romanticizing of suicide in the media contributes to the incidence of copycats, it is more likely that the person copying the suicide is a. just doing it for attention. b. vulnerable due to an existing psychological disorder.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

c. not really serious about the suicide attempt. d. feeling validated about an already planned suicide.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Suicide LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.d (2) - Analyze the variability and continuity of behavior and mental processes within and across animal species OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 110. Impulsive suicidal behavior is often a symptom of ________ personality disorder. a. schizoid b. borderline c. obsessive-compulsive d. paranoid ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Suicide LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 111. Evidence for an inherited tendency toward suicidal behavior comes from research involving a. the human genome project. b. callers to suicide hotlines. c. adoption studies. d. “psychological autopsies.”

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Suicide LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 112. Which of the following statements reflects the current thinking on the issue of the relationship between mood disorders and suicide? a. Suicide is often associated with psychological disorders, especially depression. b. All people who attempt suicide have mood disorders. c. A small percentage of adolescent suicides are an expression of depression mood disorder. d. Suicide is generally a response to some disappointment in people who are otherwise psychologically healthy.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Suicide Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 113. Suheil comes into your clinical psychology practice reporting that he’s been feeling so down that he’s had suicide on his mind. To determine his level of risk for suicide, you should make sure to assess Suheil’s a. desire to actually carry out a suicide. b. access to weapons and other means of suicide. c. specific plans, if any, for committing suicide. d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Suicide LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 114. Statistics on suicide indicate that approximately one-quarter to one-half of all suicides are associated with a. alcohol use. b. guns. c. aggression. d. work stress.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Suicide LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 115. All of the following are risk factors for suicide EXCEPT a. a sense of hopelessness. b. a shameful or humiliating experience. c. previous suicide attempt(s). d. a vague suicidal fantasy without detailed plans.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Suicide LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 116. Describe the differences between feeling sad and depressed versus experiencing a major depressive disorder. Be sure to mention the diagnostic criteria for major depressive disorder in your answer.

Sample Answer: At some point in time, you may have felt kind of down, perhaps because ANSWER: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

you got a lower mark than you expected on a test after studying hard, or you broke up with your boyfriend or girlfriend, or worse yet, one of your grandparents died. Your feelings during this period may have reflected being very sad. Perhaps you remember crying; maybe you felt listless, and you couldn’t seem to get up the energy to study or go out with your friends. It may be that you feel this way once in a while for no good, and your friends think you’re moody.

If you are like most people, you know your mood will pass. You will be back to your old self in a few days or a week. If you never felt down and always saw only what was good in a situation, it would be more unusual (and would also seem so to your friends) than if you were depressed once in a while. Feelings of depression (and joy) are universal, which makes it all the more difficult to understand disorders of mood, disorders that can be so incapacitating that violent suicide may seem by far a better option than living.

The DSM-5 criteria indicate an extremely depressed mood state that lasts at least two weeks and includes cognitive symptoms (such as feelings of worthlessness and indecisiveness) and disturbed physical functions (such as altered sleeping patterns, significant changes in appetite and weight, or a notable loss of energy) to the point that even the slightest activity or movement requires an overwhelming effort. The episode is typically accompanied by a general loss of interest in things and an inability to experience any pleasure from life, including interactions with family or friends or accomplishments at work or at school. Although all symptoms are important, evidence suggests that the most central indicators of a full major depressive episode are the physical changes (sometimes called somatic or vegetative symptoms, along with the behavioral and emotional “shutdown,” as reflected by low scores on behavioral activation scales). Anhedonia (loss of energy and inability to engage in pleasurable activities or have any “fun”) is more characteristic of these severe episodes of depression than are, for example, reports of sadness or distress or the tendency to cry, which occurs equally in depressed and nondepressed individuals (mostly women in both cases). The duration of a major depressive episode, if untreated, is approximately four to nine months.

REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Depressive Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 117. Compare and contrast the symptoms and timelines of major depressive episode and persistent depressive disorder.

Sample Answer: Major depression and persistent depressive disorder compare in that they ANSWER:

both include similar symptoms, such as a depressed mood state, feelings of worthlessness, disturbed physical functioning, and the loss of interest and pleasure in activities. They contrast in their timelines and intensity of symptoms. The duration of a major depression is approximately four to nine months; whereas, the duration of persistent depressive disorder can be years if not decades. Additionally, the symptoms of a major depressive episode are extreme and can lead to hopelessness while the symptoms of persistent depressive disorder are milder.

REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Depressive Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 118. Discuss the reasons for describing a new disorder called disruptive mood dysregulation disorder and describe the criteria for this new disorder.

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: Children between 6 and 18 were being described with bipolar disorder at alarming rates despite not showing any evidence of periods of elevated mood. Additional

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

research demonstrated that these children with chronic and severe irritability and difficulty regulating their emotions are at risk for additional depressive and anxiety disorders rather than manic episodes. It was also recognized that this severe irritability is more common than bipolar disorder but has not been well studied. The very potent drug treatments for bipolar disorder with substantial side effects would pose more risks for these children than they would benefit. These cases also differ from more typical conduct or ADHD conditions as well. The criteria for disruptive mood dysregulation disorder include severe recurrent temper outbursts; persistently irritable mood between temper outbursts; being between the ages of 6 and 18; no distinct period lasting more than one day during which the full symptom criteria, except duration, for a manic or hypomanic episode have been met; and the symptoms are not attributable to the physiological effects of a substance or to another medical or neurological condition.

REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Disruptive Mood Dysregulation Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 119. Discuss the role of neurotransmitters and negative cognitions in the etiology and treatment of depression.

Sample Answer: Low levels of depression in relation to norepinephrine and dopamine are ANSWER:

thought to be related to the etiology of depression. The permissive hypothesis argues that when serotonin levels are low, other neurotransmitters are permitted to range more widely and so become deregulated. Negative thoughts or attributions about themselves, the immediate world, and the future are characteristic of depressed individuals.

Antidepressant medications (SSRIs, MOA inhibitors, and tricyclics) can effectively treat depression but may take several weeks to work, and symptoms may reappear when the medication is continued. Cognitive-based treatments take longer to work but can be instrumental in limiting later depression. The combination of both is often the most effective treatment.

REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Medications OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 120. Explain how a grief reaction can become a disorder. Is it possible to predict who will develop complicated grief?

Sample Answer: If someone you love has died—particularly if the death was unexpected ANSWER:

and the person was a member of your immediate family—you may, after your initial reaction to the trauma, have experienced most of the symptoms of a major depressive episode: anxiety, emotional numbness, and denial. The frequency of severe depression following the death of a loved one is so high that mental health professionals at present do not consider it a disorder unless severe symptoms appear, such as psychotic features or suicidal ideation, or the less alarming symptoms last longer than six months. Some grieving individuals require immediate treatment because they are so incapacitated by their symptoms (e.g., severe weight loss or no energy) that they cannot function.

Usually the natural grieving process has peaked within the first six months, although some people grieve for a year or longer. After a year or so, the chance of recovering from severe grief without treatment is considerably reduced, and for approximately 10% to 20% of bereaved individuals, a normal process becomes a disorder. At this stage, suicidal thoughts increase substantially.

Many of the psychological and social factors related to mood disorders in general, including a history of past depressive episodes, also predict the development of a typical

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

grief response into a complicated grief, although this reaction can develop without a preexisting depressed state. In children and young adults, the sudden loss of a parent makes them particularly vulnerable to severe depression beyond the normal time for grieving, suggesting the need for immediate intervention

REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: From Grief to Depression OTHER: TYPE: Applied 121. Explain the differences between hypomania and mania in terms of symptoms and severity.

Sample Answer: ANSWER:

In a hypomanic episode, clients may display unbridled enthusiasm, grandiose perceptions, and “flight of ideas” speech. They are also easily distracted. A hypomanic episode might last less than four days or several months or more. Hypomanic episodes are less severe than manic episodes. Although patients may be noticeably “up,” they can function pretty well while in this mood state.

In a manic episode, patients may require little sleep, spend inordinate amounts of money, or make foolish business decisions. These individuals, particularly if they are in the midst of a full manic episode, are so wrapped up in their enthusiasm and expansiveness that their behavior seems reasonable to them. The high during a manic state is so pleasurable that people may stop taking their medication during periods of distress or discouragement in an attempt to bring on a manic state again.

REFERENCES: Understanding and Defining Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: An Overview of Depression and Mania OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 122. Explain the neurological basis of depression. Describe the role of specific neurotransmitters implicated in mood disorders.

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: Research implicates low levels of serotonin in the causes of mood disorders, but only in relation to other neurotransmitters, including norepinephrine and dopamine. The apparent primary function of serotonin is to regulate our emotional reactions. For example, we are more impulsive, and our moods swing more widely, when our levels of serotonin are low.

This may be because one of the functions of serotonin is to regulate systems involving norepinephrine and dopamine. According to the “permissive” hypothesis, when serotonin levels are low, other neurotransmitters are “permitted” to range more widely, become dysregulated, and contribute to mood irregularities, including depression. A drop in norepinephrine would be one of the consequences. Current thinking is that the balance of the various neurotransmitters and their interaction with systems of self-regulation are more important than the absolute level of any one neurotransmitter.

REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Biological Dimensions OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 123. Describe two medical treatments for depression.

Sample Answer: Four basic types of antidepressant medications are used to treat ANSWER:

depressive disorders: selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), mixed reuptake

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

inhibitors, tricyclic antidepressants, and monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors. It is important to note that there are few, if any, differences in effectiveness among the different antidepressants; approximately 50% of patients receive some benefits, with about half of the 50% coming very close to normal functioning (remission). SSRIs specifically block the presynaptic reuptake of serotonin. This temporarily increases levels of serotonin at the receptor site, but again the precise long-term mechanism of action is unknown, although levels of serotonin are eventually increased. When someone does not respond to medication (or in an extremely severe case), clinicians may consider a more dramatic treatment, electroconvulsive therapy (ECT), the most controversial treatment for psychological disorders after psychosurgery. Electric shock is administered directly through the brain for less than a second, producing a seizure and a series of brief convulsions that usually lasts for several minutes. In current practice, treatments are administered once every other day for a total of 6 to 10 treatments (fewer if the patient’s mood returns to normal). Side effects are generally limited to short-term memory loss and confusion that disappear after a week or two, although some patients may have long-term memory problems. For severely depressed patients with psychotic features, controlled studies indicate that approximately 50 percent of those not responding to medication will benefit. Continued treatment with medication or psychotherapy is then necessary because the relapse rate approaches 60% or higher.

REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Medications; Electroconvulsive Therapy and Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 124. Describe two psychological treatments for depression.

Sample Answer: ANSWER:

Beck’s cognitive therapy grew directly out of his observations of the role of deep-seated negative thinking in generating depression (Beck, 1967, 1976; Beck & Young, 1985; Young et al., 2008). Clients are taught to examine carefully their thought processes while they are depressed and to recognize “depressive” errors in thinking. This task is not always easy, because many thoughts are automatic and beyond clients’ awareness.

Clients are taught that errors in thinking can directly cause depression. Treatment involves correcting cognitive errors and substituting less depressing and (perhaps) more realistic thoughts and appraisals. Later in therapy, underlying negative cognitive schemas (characteristic ways of viewing the world) that trigger specific cognitive errors are targeted, not only in the office but also as part of the client’s day-to-day life.

Interpersonal psychotherapy (IPT) focuses on resolving problems in existing relationships and learning to form important new interpersonal relationships. After identifying life stressors that seem to precipitate depression, the therapist and patient work collaboratively on the patient’s current interpersonal problems. Typically, these include one or more of four interpersonal issues: dealing with interpersonal role disputes, such as marital conflict; adjusting to the loss of a relationship, such as grief over the death of a loved one; acquiring new relationships, such as getting married or establishing professional relationships; and identifying and correcting deficits in social skills that prevent the person from initiating or maintaining important relationships.

REFERENCES: Treatment of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Psychological Treatments for Depression OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 125. Describe the learned helplessness theory of depression. Use this model to explain how a failure or disappointment in Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 38

life is theorized to lead to depression. Give a specific example of something upsetting that could happen to an individual and the thought process that this model suggests could contribute to the person’s subsequent feelings of depression.

Sample Answer: Martin Seligman discovered that dogs and rats have an interesting ANSWER: emotional reaction to events over which they have no control. If rats receive occasional shocks, they can function reasonably well as long as they can cope with the shocks by doing something to avoid them, such as pressing a lever. But if they learn that nothing they do helps them avoid the shocks, they eventually become helpless, give up, and manifest an animal equivalent of depression. Seligman suggests we seem to do the same thing, but only under one important condition: People become anxious and depressed when they decide that they have no control over the stress in their lives. These findings evolved into an important model called the learned helplessness theory of depression. Often overlooked is Seligman’s point that anxiety is the first response to a stressful situation.

Depression may follow marked hopelessness about coping with the difficult life events.

The depressive attributional style is (1) internal, in that the individual attributes negative events to personal failings (“it is all my fault”); (2) stable, in that, even after a particular negative event passes, the attribution that “additional bad things will always be my fault” remains; and (3) global, in that the attributions extend across a variety of issues.

An example of an upsetting event is being placed in a nursing home. In a relatively short amount of time, the patient realizes that he or she has lost all control over his or her life, becoming stressed as every decision is made for him or her by family, caregivers, and personnel. The patient feels anxious, afraid, and eventually depressed. Often the feelings of helplessness turn to hopelessness and the person gives up.

REFERENCES: Causes of Mood Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Psychological Dimensions OTHER: TYPE: Applied 126. Identify and explain the risk factors associated with suicide.

Sample Answer: ANSWER:

Family history: If a family member has committed suicide, there is an increased risk that someone else in the family will also. Research has shown that the offspring of family members who have attempted suicide had six times the risk compared to the offspring of nonattempters. If a sibling was the suicide attempter, this increased the risk even more.

Neurobiology: Research indicates that low levels of serotonin may be associated with suicide and violent suicide attempts. Low levels of serotonin are associated with impulsivity, instability, and a tendency to overreact in situations.

Existing psychological disorders: More than 80% of the people who kill themselves have an existing psychological disorder, usually a mood disorder, substance use disorder, or impulse control disorder. Hopelessness, a specific component of depression, is a strong predictor of suicide. Alcohol use and abuse are associated with 25% to 50% of all suicides and are especially prominent in adolescent suicides.

Stressful life events: The most important risk factor for suicide appears to be a severe, stressful event. Often, a stressful event can put the person over the edge.

REFERENCES: Suicide LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Risk Factors OTHER: TYPE: Applied

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 39

1. Because of the revolution in public health that eliminated many infectious diseases and controlled many more, today some of the major contributing factors to illness and death in the United States are a. viral and bacterial. b. behavioral and psychological. c. neurological and endocrinological. d. pharmacological and hormonal.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 2. At the beginning of the 20th century, the leading cause of death in the United States was a. automobile accidents. b. infectious diseases. c. heart attacks. d. suicides.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 3. Using the word psychosomatic to describe a disorder with an obvious physical component is considered misleading because a. it gives the impression that psychological disorders like anxiety or depression do not have a biological component. b. it assumes that the physical aspects of a disorder are less important than the psychological aspects. c. it emphasizes the psychological symptoms of a disorder instead of the physical symptoms. d. it gives the impression that biological disorders are not influenced by psychological factors.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 4. Which of the following factors are universally implicated in the cause of all disorders? a. Biological only b. Psychological only c. Biological and psychological, but not social d. Biological, psychological, and social Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 5. The shift in focus from infectious disease to psychological factors has been called the a. second revolution in public health. b. first great regression in public health. c. first bifurcation in medicine and psychological care. d. modern movement toward disciplinary independence in health care.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 6. What is the name of the new field of study that reflects the shift in focus from infectious disease to psychological/behavioral factors as causes of illness and death? a. Behavioral medicine b. Abnormal psychology c. Medical psychology d. Physical medicine ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 7. Knowledge derived from the behavioral sciences applied to the prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of medical problems is called a. health psychology. b. behavioral medicine. c. psychophysiological disorders. d. psychosomatic medicine.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

NOTES:

NEW

8. Health psychology, a subfield of behavioral medicine, focuses on all of the following EXCEPT a. psychological factors affecting health. b. health policy. c. healthcare systems. d. interdisciplinary study of psychology and health.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 9. In which of the following ways do psychological and social factors influence health? a. They can affect basic biological processes resulting in illness and disease. b. Unhealthy lifestyles can increase the risk of developing physical disorders. c. Both of these are correct d. Neither of these are correct ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 10. Stress may negatively affect the immune system, thereby promoting the deadly progression of the disease AIDS. This is an example of a. psychological factors influencing biological processes. b. biological factors influencing psychological processes. c. both of these are correct d. neither of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 11. According to the principles of health psychology, which of the following is the best protection against acquiring AIDS? a. Getting an injection of the AIDS vaccine b. Being treated for HIV before it develops into AIDS c. Changing risky behaviors that can lead to disease acquisition Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

d. Deciding to be sexually abstinent after years of being sexually active ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 12. As an example of a behavioral pattern that leads to illness and death, smoking has been estimated to cause approximately ____% of all deaths. a. 2 b. 12 c. 19 d. 32 ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 13. Which of the following statements is true? a. Fifty percent of deaths from the 10 leading causes of death in the United States can be traced to communicable diseases. b. Smoking is the leading preventable cause of death in the United States. c. Smoking has been estimated to cause around 80% of all deaths. d. All of the these are correct ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 14. In 1936, Canadian researcher Hans Selye discovered that giving injections to laboratory rats caused them to develop ulcers. His finding led to a new area of study called a. stress physiology. b. stress psychology. c. animal psychology. d. psychosomatic pathology.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 15. When Hans Selye injected laboratory rats with saline (salty water), what happened to the rats? a. Nothing; saline is harmless and only used as a control condition. b. Nothing; rats recover quickly from stress because they are not prone to anxiety as humans are. c. They developed ulcers, because saline has since been discovered to have negative health consequences. d. They developed ulcers, because stress directly affected their physiology.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 16. In response to sustained stress, the body goes through several stages that together constitute the general adaptation syndrome (GAS), a concept proposed by researcher Hans Selye. This GAS consists of all the following stages EXCEPT a. alarm. b. resistance. c. exhaustion. d. deterioration.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 17. According to the textbook, the physiological response of an individual to a stressor is called a. adaptation. b. fight-or-flight reaction. c. stress. d. a psychological disorder.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 18. Research has shown that increased levels of cortisol in response to stress may cause damage to parts of the Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

a. skeletal system. b. brain. c. lungs. d. stomach.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 19. Which of the following statements accurately describes a process in the activation of the HPA axis? a. The hippocampus secretes corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF). b. CRF stimulates the thyroid gland. c. The pituitary gland (via the parasympathetic nervous system) activates the adrenal glands. d. The adrenal glands secrete the stress hormone cortisol.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 20. Research has shown that excessive secretion of the stress hormone cortisol can result in cell death in the hippocampal region of the brain in cases of a. substance abuse. b. mania. c. posttraumatic stress disorder. d. AIDS. ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 21. The final process in the activation of the HPA axis is a. secretion of CRF by the hypothalamus. b. stimulation of the pituitary gland by CRF. c. activation of the adrenal gland by the pituitary gland. d. secretion of cortisol by the adrenal gland.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 22. All of the following are part of the HPA axis EXCEPT a. hypothalamus. b. pituitary gland. c. hippocampus. d. adrenal gland.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 23. Continuous secretion of the stress hormone cortisol by the adrenal glands can lead to all of the following EXCEPT a. damage to the hippocampus. b. impaired functioning of the immune system. c. muscle atrophy. d. low blood pressure in the cardiovascular system.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 24. Whether or not stress and/or anxiety develop in a stressful situation appears to be related to one’s perceived sense of a. happiness. b. excitement. c. control. d. acceptance.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 25. All of the following are effects of chronic secretion of cortisol EXCEPT Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

a. increased testosterone. b. muscle atrophy. c. hypertension. d. immune system response impairment.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 26. Sapolsky and colleagues found that physical health in wild baboons was associated with a. amount of human presence. b. social rank. c. intercolony conflict. d. availability of food.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 27. Research findings have suggested that it might not be the stressful event itself that affects immune system functioning but rather the accompanying a. dissociation. b. isolation. c. depression. d. anger.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 28. A sense of control and confidence that we can cope with stress or challenges is called a. dissociation. b. situation dominance. c. self-efficacy. d. applied anger management.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 29. Which of the following would not be classified as an antigen? a. Killer T cells b. Bacteria c. Viruses d. Parasites ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors that Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 30. The immune system is weakened in AIDS patients because the human immunodeficiency virus directly attacks the lymphocytes called a. killer T cells. b. T4 (helper) cells. c. suppressor T cells. d. B cells.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors that Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 31. Contrary to the earlier belief that the brain and immune system operate independently of each other, scientists accidentally discovered a link working with rats in a(n) a. classical conditioning paradigm. b. injection trial experiment. c. rheumatoid arthritis study. d. experimental HIV trial.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors that Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 32. In 2011, it was estimated that the total number of people afflicted with HIV, the human immunodeficiency Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

virus, was estimated at a. 13 million. b. 23 million. c. 34 million. d. 43 million.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 33. The area of the world hardest hit by HIV is a. regions in southern Africa. b. rural areas in China. c. Central and South America. d. northern regions in the United States.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 34. After several months to years with no symptoms, HIV-infected persons may develop minor health problems such as weight loss, fever, and night sweats—symptoms that make up the condition known as a. AIDS-related complex (ARC). b. generalized AIDS. c. HIV reaction. d. HAART symptoms.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 35. AIDS is now treated with new combinations of drugs called “highly active antiretroviral therapy” (HAART), which a. suppress the virus in people who are HIV positive. b. cure AIDS by eliminating the virus from the body. c. suppress immune system functioning. d. are well tolerated and cause minimal side effects.

ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 36. Estimates regarding the prevalence of AIDS in southern Africa indicate that a. the percentage of the adult population that is HIV positive comprises two-thirds of the cases worldwide. b. 10% of the adult population has AIDS. c. 5 million children are orphaned by the disease. d. none of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 37. Which of the following statements about AIDS is true? a. An infected person immediately develops AIDS-related complex (ARC). b. The median time for the development of full-blown AIDS is around three to five years. c. The death rate from AIDS declined 50% from 2002 to 2010. d. The current successful cure for AIDS is highly active antiviral therapy (HAART), which eliminates the virus.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 38. The main function of neurohormones is to a. lower stress. b. carry the brain’s signals to the rest of the body. c. modulate mood. d. all of these are correct.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

39. Psychosocial interventions such as stress reduction techniques for chronically ill individuals are thought to affect the disease process via the immune system by a. giving patients a reduced sense of control. b. helping patients effectively utilize HAART drug regimes. c. changing patients’ positive cognitions. d. helping patients reduce depression, thus reducing cortisol.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 40. Brief psychosocial treatments aimed at reducing stress while increasing coping and control lead to improved immune systems and prolonged life in a. cancer patients. b. AIDS patients. c. both d. neither ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 41. Which of the following does NOT describe an effective psychosocial intervention that has been reported in oncology research studies? a. Use of psychological treatments that reduced pain and depression and enhanced feelings of wellbeing b. Use of films and dolls that reduced children’s stress and anxiety during medical procedures c. Use of psychotherapy that temporarily prolonged life for breast cancer patients both during and after the intervention d. Use of psychoanalytic techniques that reduced the growth rate of tumors ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 42. CVAs are more commonly known as a. heart attacks. b. coronaries.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

c. strokes. d. blood clots.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 43. Unhealthy and/or risky behaviors that impact directly on the cardiovascular system may contribute to a. panic disorder. b. somatic symptom disorders. c. strokes, high blood pressure, and coronary heart disease. d. reduced immunity to autoimmune diseases.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 44. Various psychological factors have been used to explain individual variations in blood pressure, including all of the following EXCEPT a. coping style. b. personality. c. level of stress. d. level of intelligence.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 45. Which of the following individuals have been shown to have greater tendency to suffer from hypertension? a. Those with high levels of stress whose parents had normal blood pressure b. Those with low levels of stress whose parents had high blood pressure c. Those with high levels of stress whose parents had high blood pressure d. Those with low levels of stress whose parents had normal blood pressure ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

OTHER:

adhering to external standards TYPE: Factual

46. The majority of hypertension cases have no specific verifiable physical cause and are considered a. feigned hypertension. b. type A hypertension. c. essential hypertension. d. nonidentifiable hypertension.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards 47. Hypertension contributes to many fatal diseases and has been called the __________________ because there are few—if any—symptoms and most people don’t know they have it. a. “undiscovered disease” b. “silent killer” c. “jack-of-all-diseases” d. “hidden disease” ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards 48. Since heart disease is the number one cause of death in the United States, it is very important, in terms of prevention, to determine if a. better medications can be found to treat heart disease. b. changes in behavior, lifestyle, and attitude can prevent heart attacks. c. psychotherapy can help people adjust to having an artificial heart. d. heart transplants can be made available to more patients.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 49. Which of the following statements is true regarding hypertension in the United States? a. African Americans are more likely to develop hypertension and have hypertensive vascular diseases than Caucasians. b. African Americans are just as likely to develop hypertension and have hypertensive vascular diseases than Caucasians.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

c. African Americans are less likely to develop hypertension and have hypertensive vascular diseases than Caucasians. d. Only African Americans of a certain genetic variant are more likely than Caucasians to develop hypertension and have hypertensive vascular diseases than Caucasians.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 50. The type B behavior pattern applies to people who a. don’t care about life. b. are impatient. c. are excessively competitive. d. do not have type A attributes.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 51. In trying to determine if the type A/type B classifications are reliable and valid as predictors of heart disease, it becomes apparent that a. not every individual shows distinctively type A or type B characteristics. b. women are usually type A and men are usually type B. c. interviews to assess people’s personality characteristics are more reliable than questionnaires. d. medical tests are the only valid predictors of heart disease.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 52. Which of the following is a correct match of medical condition and definition? a. Angina—obstruction caused by buildup of plaque in the arteries b. Atherosclerosis—deficiency of blood to a body part caused by narrowing of the arteries c. Myocardial infarction—death of heart tissue due to a completely clogged artery d. Ischemia—chest pain caused by partial obstruction of the arteries ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.b - Correctly identify antecedents and consequences of behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Factual 53. Gregor just learned that his spouse of 28 years has died in an automobile accident. Upon hearing the news, Gregor collapsed and was rushed to the hospital in apparent heart failure. Gregor probably suffered a. myocardial infarction. b. transient ischemic attack. c. angina pectoris. d. myocardial stunning.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.b - Correctly identify antecedents and consequences of behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 54. Which of the following people would be LEAST at risk for hypertension? a. Maya, who has a very type A and controlling personality b. Dough, who tends to be melancholic and keeps to himself c. Abhi, who has a warm and stable relationship with an extensive family and a network of friends d. Mimi, who was recently promoted to a prestigious but highly competitive management position ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.b - Correctly identify antecedents and consequences of behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 55. Which personality is characterized by social inhibition and heightened negative emotions? a. Type D b. Type A c. Type R d. Type N ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.b - Correctly identify antecedents and consequences of behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

56. The type of pain that typically follows an injury and disappears once the injury heals or is effectively treated is called a. distress pain. b. sensory pain. c. oppositional pain. d. acute pain.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.b - Correctly identify antecedents and consequences of behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Factual 57. In regard to the condition termed “chronic pain,” most researchers now agree that the causes of chronic pain and resulting high costs to our healthcare system are primarily a. psychological. b. social. c. imaginary. d. both psychological and social.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.b - Correctly identify antecedents and consequences of behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 58. All of the following are examples of “pain behaviors” EXCEPT a. complaining about pain to others. b. grimacing. c. positional changes (while sitting or walking). d. suffering in silence.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.b - Correctly identify antecedents and consequences of behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Factual 59. A predictor of which patients will suffer from chronic pain is a. the use of invasive surgical procedures. b. the patient’s family history with pain. c. a profile of negative emotions. d. the intensity of the initial pain.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 60. Which of the following is an example of the phenomenon known as “operant” control of pain behavior? a. Kate’s family has always been critical and demanding. Since her accident, though, family members have become caring and sympathetic. b. Kim is recovering from a broken leg. Although she is walking on crutches, she has been trying to be as independent as possible. c. Kinesha had to have a finger amputated after it was partially severed in a slicing accident. Since she feels discomfort in the missing finger, she has been diagnosed with “phantom limb” pain. d. Kyomi suffers from chronic back pain. However, she rarely complains about the pain to others and tries to keep her facial expressions from showing that she is in pain.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 61. In the phenomenon known as “operant” control of pain, the pain behaviors manifested by an individual are determined by a. the type of injury. b. social consequences. c. the side effects of medications. d. the patient’s reaction to treatment.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.b - Correctly identify antecedents and consequences of behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Factual 62. Researchers who study the clinical experience of pain have determined that pain is a. entirely due to physical causes. b. entirely due to psychological causes. c. neither entirely physical nor entirely psychological. d. always due to unknown and unpredictable factors.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.d - Articulate criteria for identifying objective sources Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

OTHER:

of psychology information TYPE: Factual

63. Which of the following is NOT an example of the complex interaction of physical and psychological factors in the experience of pain? a. The gate control theory of pain b. Delusional pain c. Chronic pain d. Phantom limb pain.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 64. The “natural” opioids called endorphins or enkephalins act like neurotransmitters to a. increase awareness of pain. b. shut down the sensation of pain. c. cause a “natural” addiction. d. help heal damaged tissue, thereby decreasing pain.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 65. Endogenous opioids have been implicated in a variety of psychopathological conditions, including a. eating disorders. b. phobias. c. obsessive-compulsive disorder. d. personality disorders.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 66. Regarding gender differences in the experience of pain, women suffer more frequently than men from all of the following EXCEPT a. migraine headaches. b. arthritis.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

c. carpal tunnel syndrome. d. backache.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.b - Correctly identify antecedents and consequences of behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Factual 67. Females may have an “extra” pain-regulating pathway focused on relieving pain associated with the reproductive system. One implication of this biological gender difference is that a. men need more pain relief than women following most surgical procedures. b. women need more pain relief than men following most surgical procedures. c. treatment of pain in men and women is still the same, because the psychological experience of pain is the same for men and women. d. males and females may benefit from different kinds of medications and different kinds of pain management.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.b - Correctly identify antecedents and consequences of behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 68. According to the gate control theory of pain, the ________ of the spinal cord act as a “gate” and may open and transmit sensations of pain if the stimulation is sufficiently intense. a. dorsal horns b. somatic nerves c. coccygeal plexus d. epidural blocks ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.b - Correctly identify antecedents and consequences of behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Factual 69. ________ is an incapacitating exhaustion following only minimal exertion, accompanied by fever, headaches, muscle and joint pain, depression, and anxiety. a. Somatization disorder b. Chronic fatigue syndrome c. Wasting disease d. Psychogenic pain disorder ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 70. At various times, the symptoms of the disorder known as chronic fatigue syndrome were attributed to all of the following EXCEPT a. viral infection. b. intense exercise. c. stress. d. brain atrophy.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 71. Dominant baboons were found to have better physical health than subordinate ones because they had a. more food and mates. b. more resting cortisol levels. c. more predictability and controllability. d. more intelligence and leadership.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 72. The treatment for chronic fatigue syndrome developed by Michael Sharpe includes all of the following EXCEPT a. medication. b. increased activity. c. relaxation. d. breathing exercises.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

73. A controlled research study investigating the effects of a cognitive-behavioral treatment for chronic fatigue syndrome resulted in improvement in a. measures of fatigue. b. physical functioning. c. both a and b d. neither a nor b ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 74. All of the following are psychosocial treatments that have been developed for physical disorders and pain EXCEPT a. biofeedback. b. hypnosis. c. relaxation procedures. d. acupuncture.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment of Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 75. The procedure known as biofeedback involves a process by which a person is first helped to become aware of his or her a. physiological functions. b. psychological state of mind. c. past emotional processing or lack thereof. d. level of pain.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment of Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 76. Physiological functions that are a focus of biofeedback procedures include all of the following EXCEPT a. EEG rhythms (“brain waves”). b. heart rate. c. digestive functioning. d. muscle tension.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment of Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 77. Several studies have found that biofeedback techniques can reduce headache in up to ____% of the patients undergoing this therapy. a. 25 b. 36 c. 63 d. 92 ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment of Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 78. In biofeedback procedures, clinicians use physiological monitoring equipment to make the responses ________ to the patient. a. visible b. audible c. visible and/or audible d. tactile ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment of Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 79. It has been suggested that biofeedback relieves the pain of tension headaches because it “teaches people to relax,” but it is more likely that a. the patients whose pain is seemingly relieved by biofeedback are probably also taking aspirin or Tylenol. b. the biofeedback training gives patients a sense of control over their headache pain. c. biofeedback has a “numbing effect” because it affects the nerve endings in the somatic nervous system. d. patients experience a placebo effect, because the headache pain returns once the biofeedback sessions are completed.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 80. Recent clinical studies indicate that it is a good pain-relieving strategy to use biofeedback in conjunction with a. medication. b. relaxation procedures. c. a placebo. d. psychotherapy.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 81. In the 1970s, Herbert Benson developed a brief relaxation procedure that involved focusing on a a. repeated syllable. b. photo. c. person. d. musical note.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 82. Cassandra is sitting cross-legged on her rug with her arms outstretched. She closes her eyes and makes a sound like “ummmm.” She continues this procedure. Cassandra is demonstrating ______________, and the sound is a(n) ______________. a. relaxation response; focus b. meditation; mantra c. biofeedback; focus d. hypnosis; focal point ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

83. Herbert Benson developed a brief procedure he called a. mantra meditation. b. simplified transcendental meditation (STM). c. relaxation response. d. progressive relaxation.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 84. A decrease in the activity of stress hormones and certain neurotransmitters appears to occur during a. sleep. b. meditation. c. biofeedback. d. psychotherapy.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 85. Although the improvement is only moderate, relaxation techniques have been shown to have a positive effect on a. headaches. b. hypertension (high blood pressure). c. pain. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 86. In keeping daily records of the stressful events in their lives, patients in pain management programs are taught to be very specific about all of the following EXCEPT a. the actual time of day that they experience stress. b. what seems to “trigger the stress.” c. how they attempt to control the stress. d. the level of intensity of the stress.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 87. In a stressful events record, clients in a pain management program are asked to record a. somatic symptoms only. b. thoughts that occur during stress but not somatic symptoms. c. thoughts that occur during stress as well as somatic symptoms. d. intensity of the stress but not thoughts or somatic symptoms.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 88. Cognitive therapy is used in stress management programs to help clients learn to do all of the following EXCEPT a. develop more realistic appraisals and attitudes. b. identify unrealistic negative thoughts. c. tell off people they don’t like, as a way of reducing stress. d. assert themselves in an appropriate way in stressful situations.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 89. All of the following situations have been associated with lowered immune system functioning EXCEPT a. marital conflict or relationship difficulties. b. job loss. c. death of a loved one. d. pregnancy.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 90. Individuals who are high users of pain-relieving medications are ________ to benefit from pain Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

management programs than less frequent users. a. more likely b. less likely c. equally likely d. unable ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 91. In a comprehensive headache treatment program, people who were low users of analgesic medications a. improved less than people who were using medication only. b. improved more than people who were using medication only. c. showed no improvement. d. showed improvement; however, it was later found that many people in the study were taking analgesic medications outside the confines of the study causing the results of the study to be skewed.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 92. Jon has just been diagnosed with cancer. His initial response is to deny the seriousness of his condition. This type of coping mechanism a. will enable him to develop better coping mechanisms later. b. is never psychologically helpful. c. doesn’t really help him endure the initial shock any more easily. d. results in higher levels of corticosteroids (stress hormones).

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 93. Which of the following is NOT one of the three most common behaviors that put us at risk for physical disorders? a. Unhealthy eating habits b. Lack of exercise c. Smoking d. Not having an active sex life Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 94. Mr. Vagus is participating in a clinical research study that is investigating psychological factors that may influence the development of heart disease. When he is instructed to imagine a situation in which he was very angry, the sensors monitoring his heart reveal that a. his heartbeat has slowed significantly. b. his heart is pumping less efficiently. c. the area around his heart has become swollen and inflamed. d. he is having a “painless” heart attack.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 95. Injuries kill more children than the next ________ causes of childhood death combined. a. three b. six c. eight d. five ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 96. According to the text, injury prevention programs have proven effective in teaching children about all of the following EXCEPT a. escaping fires. b. preventing burns. c. prevent other serious injuries. d. avoiding strangers.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

97. Which is an accurate statement regarding injury prevention programs for children? a. Most communities have injury prevention programs. b. Repeated warnings have been effective in preventing or reducing the number of injuries. c. Children who participated in safety skills programs remembered what they had learned even after the programs were over. d. Injury prevention programs have been ineffective in changing children’s behavior.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 98. The only effective prevention strategy currently available for reducing the spread of AIDS appears to be a. a vaccine. b. medications. c. changing high-risk behavior. d. educating people about the disease.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 99. Individuals in Africa are most likely to become HIV positive following a. heterosexual sex with an infected partner. b. homosexual sex with an infected partner. c. repeated injections with unsterilized needles. d. close nonsexual contact with an infected person.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: 2 Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Factual 100. Kara and Karl have recently learned that they are HIV positive. According to research studies involving people who are HIV positive, what is most likely to occur? a. Kara will now have sex only if her partner uses a condom. b. Karl will abstain from sex completely. c. Both Kara and Karl will stop sharing needles with other drug users. d. Neither Karl nor Kara is likely to change any of their previous behaviors.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.b - Correctly identify antecedents and consequences of behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Applied 101. When high-risk individuals are given educational and informational pamphlets about ways to reduce their chances of becoming HIV positive, they typically a. change their high-risk behaviors. b. do not change their high-risk behaviors. c. abstain from unprotected sex. d. notify previous sex partners of their HIV condition.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.a - Summarize psychological factors that can influence the pursuit of a healthy lifestyle OTHER: TYPE: Factual 102. According to consensus research, in which direction do pain signals travel to contribute to the experience of pain? a. “Up,” from tissue, to spinal cord, to brain b. “Down,” from brain, to spinal cord c. Both up and down. d. Neither up nor down; pain is an almost exclusively psychological phenomenon ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.b - Correctly identify antecedents and consequences of behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Factual 103. Which of the following factors accurately represents the circumstances regarding women and HIV/AIDS? a. Women frequently consider themselves at risk. b. Most research on the spread of AIDS has highlighted the disease in women. c. Women accounted for 50% of new AIDS cases in 2003. d. The age of highest risk of infection for women is their late teens.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

104. Regarding the age ranges for the risk of HIV/AIDS, which of the following statements is accurate? a. For women, the highest risk is between the ages of 15 and 25. b. For women, the highest risk is during their late 20s and early 30s. c. The age range for risk is lower for men than for women. d. The age ranges for risk are the same for both males and females.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 105. Which is a type of circumstance in which women put themselves at risk for HIV/AIDS infection differently from men? a. Having unprotected sex with partners whose sexual history is unknown b. Using contaminated needles when injecting illegal drugs c. Turning to prostitution in response to economic deprivation d. Having sex with multiple partners ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 106. Your textbook reports on a behavioral change program to address the high rate of smoking in China. This was an important study for several reasons, including the fact that a. the number of people who smoke in China approximates the entire population of the United States. b. almost 100% of men in China smoke. c. Chinese media is gaining more popularity in other Asian countries and around the world, and it often models smoking behavior. d. the types of cigarettes smoked in China are more potent than those of the United States..

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 107. A massive antismoking campaign in China in 1989 involved a. bonuses to employees who quit smoking. b. withdrawn salary and work benefits to those who continued smoking. c. children reporting to their schools on their fathers’ smoking habits. d. married couples’ written agreements to stop smoking.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 108. In 1989, health professionals in China began a massive antismoking effort in several cities that involved children whose fathers smoked. As part of this effort, all of the following are accurate statements EXCEPT a. schoolchildren were given antismoking literature and questionnaires to take home to their fathers. b. children wrote letters to their fathers asking them to quit smoking. c. children submitted monthly reports on their fathers’ smoking habits to their schools. d. photos of the fathers who continued smoking were published in the school newspapers.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 109. In the massive antismoking campaign in China in 1989, the results indicated that ____% of the 10,000 fathers in the intervention group quit smoking for at least six months, in comparison to a control group of 10,000 in which only ____% quit smoking. a. 1; 0.1 b. 12; 0.2 c. 22; 2.2 d. 50; 25 ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 110. One of the most successful efforts to reduce risk factors for a medical condition involved three entire communities in California in which residents received different types of interventions or no intervention at all (for the community that served as the control group). The targeted condition in this effort was a. diabetes. b. cancer. c. heart disease. d. obesity.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 111. A new medical subspecialty called psychoncology reflects the influence of psychological factors in the development and progression of a. cancer. b. coronary heart disease. c. eating disorders. d. high blood pressure.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 112. A new medical specialty called psychoneuroimmunology reflects the relationship among a. psychological factors including stress. b. the immune system. c. the nervous system. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 113. The field of stress physiology began with the research of Hans Selye and his laboratory rats. Explain how his findings developed into an understanding of the physical impact of stress.

Sample Answer: Selye theorized that the body goes through several stages in response to ANSWER: sustained stress. The first phase is a type of alarm response to immediate danger or threat.

With continuing stress, we seem to pass into a stage of resistance, in which we mobilize various coping mechanisms to respond to the stress. Finally, if the stress is too intense or lasts too long, we may enter a stage of exhaustion, in which our bodies suffer permanent damage or death. Selye called this sequence the general adaptation syndrome (GAS).

The physiological effects of the early stages of stress, in particular its activating effect on the sympathetic nervous system, mobilize our resources during times of threat or danger by activating internal organs to prepare the body for immediate action, either fight or flight.

These changes increase our strength and mental activity.

REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: The Nature of Stress OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

114. Explore the relationship between stress and the immune system. What is the HPA axis? What are stress hormones?

Is there a “lab” test to measure stress levels in human beings?

Sample Answer: The activity of the endocrine system increases when we are stressed, ANSWER: primarily through activation of the hypothalamic–pituitary–adrenocortical (HPA) axis.

Although a variety of neurotransmitters begin flowing in the nervous system, much attention has focused on the endocrine system’s neuromodulators or neuropeptides, hormones affecting the nervous system that are secreted by the glands directly into the bloodstream. These neuromodulating hormones act much like neurotransmitters in carrying the brain’s messages to various parts of the body. One of the neurohormones, corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF), is secreted by the hypothalamus and stimulates the pituitary gland. Farther down the chain of the HPA axis, the pituitary gland (along with the autonomic nervous system) activates the adrenal gland, which secretes, among other things, the hormone cortisol. Because of their close relationship to the stress response, cortisol and other related hormones are known as the stress hormones.

The hypothalamus, at the top of the brain stem, is right next to the limbic system, which contains the hippocampus and seems to control our emotional memories. The hippocampus is responsive to cortisol. When stimulated by this hormone during HPA axis activity, the hippocampus helps to turn off the stress response, completing a feedback loop between the limbic system and the various parts of the HPA axis.

This answer does not address the last part of the question regarding a “lab test” for stress levels.

REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately TOPICS: The Physiology of Stress OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 115. Discuss how psychological factors including negative cognitions affect immune system functioning. Give examples of physical conditions that are considered stress-related.

Sample Answer: The level of stress you are experiencing at the time seems to play a major ANSWER: role in whether the exposure results in a cold. Researchers found that the chance a participant would get sick was directly related to how much stress the person had experienced during the past year. They also linked the intensity of stress and negative affect at the time of exposure to the later severity of the cold, as measured by mucus production. In an interesting twist, it was demonstrated that how sociable you are—that is, the quantity and quality of your social relationships—affects whether you come down with a cold when exposed to the virus, perhaps because socializing with friends relieves stress.

Almost certainly, the effect of stress on susceptibility to infections is mediated through the immune system, which protects the body from any foreign materials that may enter it.

Humans under stress show clearly increased rates of infectious diseases, including colds, herpes, and mononucleosis. Direct evidence links a number of stressful situations to lowered immune system functioning, including marital discord or relationship difficulties, job loss, and the death of a loved one.

REFERENCES: Psychological and Social Factors That Influence Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately TOPICS: Stress and the Immune Response OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 116. Discuss the relationship between psychoncology and the progression of cancer.

Sample Answer: The field of study called psychoncology emerged from the discovery that ANSWER: the development and course of different varieties of cancer are subject to psychosocial

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

influences. Spiegel and his colleagues found that women with advance breast cancer who experienced small group psychotherapy once a week saw their survival time was significantly longer than that of the group that did not receive psychotherapy. The therapy group lived twice as long on average as the controls. In another study, Anderson and colleagues found that women who received a psychological intervention that included strategies to reduce stress, improve mood, alter important health behaviors, and maintain adherence to cancer treatment and care reduced their risk of dying by breast cancer by 56% and their risk of breast cancer recurrence by 45%.

REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately TOPICS: Cancer OTHER: TYPE: Applied 117. Discuss why stress is often implicated as a factor in cardiovascular disease. Define type A personality and discuss research regarding its validity.

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: The cardiovascular system includes the heart, blood vessels, and control mechanisms for its regulation. Cardiovascular disease often occurs because of blockages in blood vessels to the heart, which cause heart attacks, and in blood vessels to the brain, which cause stress. High blood pressure (hypertension) and high cholesterol levels contribute to both of these problems. Hypertension can occur as a result of strong physiological responses to stress, kidney problems, emotional distress, feelings of uncontrollability, and low social support. Type A behavior was originally described as a combination of impatience, energy, time pressure, and competitiveness. Early researchers (Freidman and Rosenman) thought this behavior pattern caused heart disease, although later research suggests that the relationship is complex, with negative emotions such as anger, hostility, anxiety, and depression being stronger predictors of cardiovascular disease than the type A pattern itself.

REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Cardiovascular Problems OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 118. Discuss chronic pain. What factors, including psychological, are thought to maintain chronic pain?

Sample Answer: Chronic pain usually begins with an acute episode or injury, but the pain ANSWER:

does not decrease over time, even when the injury has healed or effective treatments have been administered. Typically, chronic pain occurs in muscles, joints, or tendons, but it can also be related to headaches and degenerative diseases. Chronic pain can affect all aspects of a person’s life, but responses vary as a function of psychological responses. Anxiety and depression exacerbate the effects of chronic pain, while a sense of control and optimism can result in less distress and disability.

REFERENCES: Psychosocial Effects on Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Chronic Pain OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 119. Describe the use of biofeedback, meditation, and relaxation techniques in the management of stress-related disorders.

How effective are these treatments for stress management and pain relief?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: Biofeedback refers to the process of making patients aware of specific physiological functions that they would not ordinarily notice such as heart rate and muscle tension. Using feedback regarding their responses, they are taught to alter or change these responses to promote relaxation. Biofeedback has been shown to be effective at controlling a number of types of pain, including headaches. Relaxation and meditation techniques focus on helping people to focus attention on either a single thought or image, or part of the body, in order to promote the relaxation response. By minimizing distractions, people learn to focus on internal sensations. This process can promote a sense of calm, control, and mastery, and relax the body. Such techniques have been shown to have positive effects on headaches, hypertension, and some types of acute and chronic pain.

REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment of Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Biofeedback, Relaxation and Meditation OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 120. Explain how denial can be a hindrance and a help as a means of coping.

Sample Answer: Denial can be a hindrance as a means of coping because it has many ANSWER:

negative effects. For example, people who deny the severe pain connected with disease may not notice meaningful variations in their symptoms, and they typically avoid treatment regimens or rehabilitation programs. Denial can be a help as a means of coping because during the extremely stressful period when a person is first diagnosed, denial may help patients endure the shock. They are then better able to develop coping responses later.

In the long run, however, all evidence indicates that at some point we must face the situation, process our emotions, and come to terms with what is happening.

REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment of Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Denial as a Means of Coping OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 121. Discuss prevention and intervention programs. What medical conditions and/or behaviors are targeted? Compare injury prevention programs with the more typical information and warnings.

Sample Answer: In stress management programs, individuals practice a variety of ANSWER: procedures presented to them in a workbook. First, they learn to monitor their stress closely and to identify the stressful events in their daily lives. Clients are taught to be specific about recording the times they experience stress, the intensity of the stress, and what seems to trigger it. They also note the somatic symptoms and thoughts that occur when they are stressed. All this monitoring becomes important in carrying through with the program, but it can be helpful in itself because it reveals precise patterns and causes of stress and helps clients learn what changes to make to cope better.

After learning to monitor stress, clients are taught deep muscle relaxation, which first involves tensing various muscles to identify the location of different muscle groups. Clients are then systematically taught to relax the muscle groups beyond the point of inactivity, that is, to actively let go of the muscle so that no tension remains in it.

Appraisals and attitudes are an important part of stress, and clients learn how they exaggerate the negative impact of events in their day-to-day lives. In the program, therapist and client use cognitive therapy to develop more realistic appraisals and attitudes. In this program, individuals work hard to identify unrealistic negative thoughts and to develop new appraisals and attitudes almost instantaneously when negative thoughts occur. Such assessment is often the most difficult part of the program. Finally, clients in stress reduction programs develop new coping strategies, such as time Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

management and assertiveness training. During time management training, patients are taught to prioritize their activities and pay less attention to nonessential demands. During assertiveness training, they learn to stand up for themselves in an appropriate way. Clients also learn other procedures for managing everyday problems.

Some evidence suggests that chronic reliance on over-the-counter analgesic (pain reliever) medications lessens the efficacy of comprehensive programs in the treatment of headache and may make headaches worse because patients experience increased headache pain every time the medication wears off or is stopped.

A variety of programs focusing on behavior change have proved effective for preventing injuries in children. For example, children have been systematically and successfully taught to escape fires, prevent burns, and prevent other serious injuries., In many of these programs, the participating children maintained the safety skills they had learned for months after the intervention—as long as assessments were continued, in most cases.

Because little evidence indicates that repeated warnings are effective in preventing injuries, programmatic efforts to change behavior are important. Such programs, however, are nonexistent in most communities.

REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment of Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Modifying Behaviors to Promote Health OTHER: TYPE: Applied 122. Discuss prevention and intervention programs implemented in antismoking efforts in China.

Sample Answer: In 1989, an antismoking campaign attempted behavior modification to ANSWER:

promote health and reduce smoking in the fathers of school children. Children were asked to take antismoking literature and questionnaires home to their fathers, write letters to their fathers asking them to quit smoking, and submit monthly reports on the fathers’ smoking habits. This led to a 12% reduction in their fathers’ smoking. Currently, the Chinese government has become more involved in smoking prevention efforts. The Chinese government is considering ways to counter prevailing misconceptions that characterize Chinese smokers. These efforts include: (1) the identification of smoking as a symbol of personal freedom, (2) a perception that tobacco is important in social and cultural interactions, (3) the perception that the health effects of smoking can be controlled through reasonable and measured use, and (4) the importance of tobacco to the economy.

REFERENCES: Psychosocial Treatment of Physical Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Modifying Behaviors to Promote Health OTHER: TYPE: Applied

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

1. The chief motivating factor in both anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa is a. a desire to purge. b. an overwhelming drive to eat. c. an overwhelming urge to be thin. d. a desire to starve oneself.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 2. When individuals with anorexia nervosa have been evaluated over long periods of time, it has been found that the percentage of individuals who die as a result of their disorder is ____. a. 20% b. 5% c. 2% d. 40% ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: 3. As many as ____ of anorexia nervosa deaths are due to suicide. a. 5% to 10% b. 10% to 15% c. 15% to 20% d. 20% to 30% ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 4. Eating disorders are most prevalent in a. Western cultures where food is scarce. b. Western cultures where food is plentiful. c. non-Western cultures where food is scarce. d. non-Western cultures where food is plentiful.

ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 5. Since about 1960, most Westernized countries have experienced a dramatic a. decrease in the incidence of anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa. b. increase in the incidence of anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa. c. increase in the incidence of anorexia nervosa but a decrease in the incidence of bulimia nervosa. d. increase in the incidence of bulimia nervosa but no change in the rate of anorexia nervosa.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 6. Which of the following represents the typical profile of a patient with either anorexia nervosa or bulimia nervosa? a. Young female, socially competitive environment b. Young female, history of depression c. Young female , highly competitive d. Any age female, few friends ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 7. Jody sometimes eats more than just about any other girl that you know. You wonder if her eating sometimes could be considered bingeing. In order to determine this, you would have to know a. the caloric intake of the foods. b. whether she is eating junk foods c. whether eating gets to be out of her control. d. the situations under which she eats a great deal.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

8. A binge-eating episode is characterized by food intake of at least how many calories? a. 1,000 b. 2,000 c. The calorie number does not matter, as long as it’s too much junk food d. The calorie number varies from person to person; a binge-eating episode is not defined by the number of calories ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 9. Susan, a woman of relatively normal weight, sometimes eats huge quantities of junk food with no ability to stop herself. She follows this with long periods of complete fasting. Based on this information, Susan would a. be diagnosed with bulimia nervosa. b. be diagnosed with anorexia nervosa. c. not be diagnosed with any disorder because she is of normal weight. d. not be diagnosed with bulimia nervosa because she is not purging.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 10. Amy is a young woman who is very competitive and comes from a high-achieving, wealthy family. She is very social and likes the fact that she is quite popular. She believes that her popularity is dependent on the weight and shape of her body. Amy has a boyfriend but worries that she may care more about their relationship than he does. The feature that puts Amy most at risk for an eating disorder is her a. belief that her weight and body shape influence her popularity. b. belief that her boyfriend cares less about the relationship than she does. c. successful family. d. competitive nature.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 11. Which of the following statements is true regarding the effectiveness of purging for reducing caloric intake? a. Vomiting reduces almost 100% of calories consumed if done immediately after eating. b. Laxatives reduce more calories than vomiting because it works immediately.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

c. Vomiting reduces approximately 50% of calories consumed, up to 24 hours after eating. d. Vomiting reduces approximately 50% of calories consumed, less if delayed after eating.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 12. Most individuals with bulimia nervosa a. purge by self-induced vomiting. b. exercise rigorously after binging. c. fast for long periods of time after binging. d. none of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 13. Patients with bulimia nervosa often present with additional psychological disorders, particularly ________ and ________. a. body dysmorphic disorder; substance disorders b. mood disorders; sexual disorders c. anxiety disorders; mood disorders d. obsessive compulsive disorder; sexual disorders ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 14. The hallmark of anorexia nervosa is a. food refusal. b. a binge-purge cycle. c. 15% or lower weight than is expected for that height and body size. d. a morbid fear of gaining weight and relentlessly pursue thinness.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

OTHER:

empirically TYPE: Factual

15. The most common reason that people with anorexia nervosa generally do not seek treatment on their own is that they a. are ashamed of their disorder. b. fear that they will be hospitalized. c. do not believe they are too thin. d. have little desire for food.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 16. Recent research suggests that the restricting and bingeing/purging subtypes of anorexia nervosa a. alternate in the same person in a cyclic fashion. b. have completely different causes. c. show few differences in severity of symptoms or personality. d. are useless distinctions of the same disorder.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 17. The approximate percentage of patients with eating disorders who will experience depression at some point in their lives is approximately ____. a. 15% b. 35% c. 71% d. 85% ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 18. Individuals who experience loss of control of their eating and consume great quantities of food but do not engage in any attempts to compensate for their binge would be diagnosed with a. bulimia nervosa, nonpurging type.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

b. binge eating disorder. c. obsessive-compulsive disorder. d. buffet disorder.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 19. Which of the following statements is true? a. Eating disorders are a way of expressing depression. b. Eating disorders have a high comorbidity with posttraumatic stress disorder. c. Over 80% of people with bulimia had an anxiety disorder at some point in their lives. d. Twenty to thirty percent of people with bulimia nervosa meet the criteria for a mood disorder during the course of their eating disorder.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 20. The males most likely to develop an eating disorder such as bulimia nervosa are those who are a. overweight. b. depressed. c. Homosexual or bisexual. d. only children.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 21. The median range for onset for bulimia nervosa and anorexia nervosa is a. 18 to 21. b. 8 to 15. c. 20 to 26. d. 25 to 30.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 22. A study of foreign-born students who are attending Western universities shows that a. anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa do not occur in students who were raised in countries where these disorders do not exist. b. anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa are observed in some students who were raised in countries where these disorders do not exist. c. anorexia nervosa, but not bulimia nervosa, has been observed in some students who were raised in countries where these disorders do not exist. d. bulimia nervosa, but not anorexia nervosa, has been observed in some students who were raised in countries where these disorders do not exist.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 23. Which of the following might help to explain the vast differences in the incidence of eating disorders among men and women? a. The influence of behavioral genetics b. The fact that boys are encouraged to play sports and girls to be active in social functions c. The fact that puberty brings boys’ bodies closer to the societal ideal and girls’ bodies further from the societal ideal d. The differences in the way boys and girls tend to gain weight from overeating ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 24. The strongest contributions to etiology of eating disorders seem to be a. genetic. b. psychological. c. somatogenic. d. sociocultural.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

25. When considering all the factors that influence the development of psychological disorders, it seems that that the _______ is unique in the extent of its role in eating disorders. a. strong influence of genetics b. role of family instability c. power of neurobiological influences d. influence of society and culture ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 26. Some of the most convincing evidence that helps to explain the observed increase in the incidence of anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa over the past half century is a. improved diagnostic and reporting practices. b. concurrent increases in the rate of depression. c. the generally improved health of the society and an increased emphasis on diet and exercise. d. a strong relationship between exposure to media images depicting the thin-ideal body and body image concerns in women.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 27. The increase in the incidence of eating disorders such as anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa has been referred to as a “collision between our culture and our physiology.” The most accurate interpretation of this statement is that a. people have become too dependent on media determinations of beauty. b. media standards of beauty are increasingly unattainable for the average woman. c. dieting has become a fad that has been taken to an extreme. d. beauty is now being defined by different cultures in society than before.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 28. When women are asked to identify the most attractive female body weight, they typically identify a weight that is a. lower than the weight identified by men.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

b. the same as the weight identified by men. c. higher than the weight identified by men. d. 20% lower than their own body weight.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 29. Men generally desire to be a. equal to their present weight. b. heavier and more muscular. c. lighter than the male median weight considered attractive by women. d. 15 pounds lighter than their present weight.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 30. Which of the teenage girls described below is at greatest risk for developing an eating disorder? a. Alice is currently on a diet; her friendship clique also diet aggressively. b. Sue is of average to slightly above average weight but wants to lose a few pounds. c. Megan’s friends are concerned about the weight she has lost since she began working out with the swim team. d. Jean has always been fairly thin despite the fact that she eats quite normally.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 31. Which of the following statements is true? a. Once bulimia nervosa develops, it is virtually untreatable. b. Once bulimia nervosa develops, it tends to be chronic if untreated. c. People with bulimia nervosa eventually shift to symptoms of other eating disorders. d. Bulimia nervosa is more resistant to treatment than anorexia nervosa ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 32. Of the following, the group in which we would expect to see the highest incidence of anorexia nervosa is a. homosexual men. b. female body builders. c. ballet dancers. d. female track stars.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 33. Which of the following young women appears to be at the highest risk for developing an eating disorder? a. Linda, whose mom and dad recently divorced b. Carla, whose family members always seem to be fighting with each other c. Sandy, whose family emphasizes achievement, support, and communication d. Bonnie, whose family is hard-driving, concerned about external appearances, and eager to maintain harmony ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 34. Which of the following statements is true about individuals with an eating disorder? a. They have a diminished sense of personal control. b. They may manifest as having strikingly low self-esteem. c. They display more perfectionistic attitudes d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 35. The families of patients with anorexia nervosa are typically characterized as a. dysfunctional and disorganized.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

b. tend to attribute their problems to other people and often deny or ignore conflicts or negative feelings. c. reserved and quiet. d. no different than the average family.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 36. An eating disorder characterized by recurrent food refusal, leading to dangerously low body weight is called _______. a. binging. b. bulimia nervosa. c. binge-eating disorder. d. anorexia nervosa.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders 37. With regard to the biological influences of anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa, the most accurate statement is that a. anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa are culturally determined and not biologically influenced. b. the biological influences of anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa have not been studied. c. eating disorders run in families and seem to have a genetic component. d. although studies are limited, there does appear to be a large biological influence for anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 38. Genetic influences on eating disorders most likely involve a. a specific gene for each actual eating disorder. b. an inherited personality tendency that may make development of an eating disorder more likely. c. multiple genes interacting in ways not yet determined and that directly produce eating disordered behavior. d. recessive genes.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Eating Disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 39. Which of the following statements is true with regard to drug treatments for patients with anorexia nervosa? a. Medications have not generally been found to be effective for the treatment of anorexia nervosa. b. Antidepressants have some effectiveness in the treatment of anorexia nervosa. c. Anti-anxiety medications have some effectiveness in the treatment of anorexia nervosa. d. Antipsychotic medications have been found to be effective for the treatment of anorexia nervosa.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 40. With regard to drug treatments for patients with bulimia nervosa, which of the following statements is true? a. Medications have not been found to be effective for the treatment of bulimia nervosa. b. Antidepressants have some effectiveness in the treatment of bulimia nervosa. c. Benzodiazepine medications have some effectiveness in the treatment of bulimia nervosa. d. Antipsychotic medications have been found to be effective for the treatment of bulimia nervosa.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 41. One major problem with the use of medication in the treatment of bulimia nervosa is that a. well-controlled studies have not found medication more effective than a placebo. b. the beneficial effects of the medication may be short term. c. side effects make most patients discontinue the medication. d. patients refuse to take their medication.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 42. Matilda has had anorexia nervosa for several years. She started losing weight because her family said she needed to lose a few pounds. A crucial part of treatment for Matilda is family therapy that focuses on the issues regarding a. attitudes toward body shape and image distortions.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

b. negative communications in the family regarding food and eating. c. dysfunctional communication in the family regarding food and eating. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 43. Programs that have the best chance of success for preventing eating disorders should target specific behaviors and a. should be administered to all girls under 15 years of age to prevent the disorder from developing. b. should be administered to girls under 15 years of age who are concerned about being overweight. c. should be administered to all girls 15 years of age or older to prevent the disorder from developing d. should be administered to girls 15 years of age or older who are concerned about being overweight.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 44. An early stage of the cognitive-behavioral treatment (along with education about the physical consequences of binge eating and purging) for Mary, who has bulimia nervosa, will likely involve a. antidepressant medication. b. family therapy. c. small, frequent meals. d. in-patient treatment.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 45. An important aspect of the cognitive-behavioral approach to the treatment of bulimia nervosa is that it involves a. changing patients’ dysfunctional thoughts regarding their weight, body shape, and previous weight control strategies. b. helping the patient’s family learn new ways of interacting with each other and with the patient. c. changing the type and frequency of reinforcement associated with being an identified patient. d. making sure that the patient has a lot of quiet time when he or she can be alone.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 46. Studies of the effectiveness of cognitive-behavioral therapy-enhanced (CBT-E) treatment for bulimia nervosa have demonstrated that a. CBT-E is effective for short-term improvements but not long-term. b. CBT-E is not effective. c. CBT-E is less effective than interpersonal psychotherapy. d. at the present time, CBT-E would seem to be the treatment of choice for adults.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 47. A comparison of cognitive-behavioral therapy-enhanced (CBT-E) and interpersonal therapy (IPT) for the treatment of bulimia nervosa indicates that one year after treatment, a. IPT was superior to CBT-E. b. CBT-E was superior to IPT. c. CBT-E was equivalent to IPT. d. CBT-E was more effective in short term and IPT was more effective in long term.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 48. What is self-induced vomiting or laxative abuse used to compensate for excessive food ingestion? a. Purging techniques b. Obesity c. Anorexia nervosa d. Binge-eating disorder ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders 49. Based on the research reported in your text regarding available treatments for bulimia nervosa, we can conclude that treatment that focuses on ________ and ________ is most effective in gaining rapid control of bulimia nervosa and maintaining these gains over the long term. a. dysfunctional thoughts; actual disordered behaviors Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

b. family functioning; social relationships c. classical conditioning; operant learning d. biological processes; genetics ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 50. The hallmark of bulimia nervosa is a. repeated vomiting. b. out of control eating followed by compensatory behavior. c. over-exercise in conjunction with fasting. d. being extremely underweight.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 51. The most serious medical consequence of bulimia nervosa excluding death is potential a. electrolyte imbalance. b. salivary gland damage. c. starvation. d. tooth erosion.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 52. Jill has been in treatment for anorexia nervosa for the past two months. Over this time, she has gained weight to the point where she is in the average range for a woman of her height. The fact that she gained weight fairly quickly in treatment means a. her prognosis for a full recovery is very good. b. she is probably in need of little, if any, more treatment. c. she has completed the most difficult part of her treatment. d. little in terms of how likely she is to be successful in the long term.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 53. Many clinicians suggest that the most difficult part of treatment for anorexia nervosa, and the part of treatment where many people with anorexia nervosa are not successful, is a. initial weight gain. b. admitting that there is a problem and agreeing to begin treatment. c. changing their attitudes regarding body and self-image d. when they become bulimic.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 54. Which of the following statements is true regarding body fat in those with bulimia nervosa? a. Women with bulimia tend to have less body fat than those without the disorder. b. Women with bulimia tend to have the same amount of body fat than those without the disorder. c. Women with bulimia tend to have more body fat than those without the disorder. d. Body fat fluctuates very quickly between higher and lower than average in women with bulimia.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 55. What body mass index (BMI) level is considered starvation? a. 20 b. 16 c. 13 d. 4 ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 56. In studies of Internet-based eating disorder prevention programs such as the “Student Bodies” program, a. the participants showed no beneficial effects.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

b. participants reported improvement in body image and decreased drive for thinness. c. Virtually no participant has developed symptoms of an eating disorder. d. the drop-out rate has been extremely high.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 57. The percentage of the adult population of the United States with a body mass index in the obese range was approximately ____ in 2000, rising to approximately ____ in 2014. a. 10%; 15% b. 20%; 28% c. 30.5%; 37.7% d. 40%; 42% ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obesity LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 58. Two forms of maladaptive eating patterns associated with obesity are ________ and ________. a. binge eating disorder; night eating syndrome b. binge eating disorder; pica c. pica; night eating syndrome d. night eating syndrome; caloric deregulative disorder ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Obesity LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 59. Henderson and Brownell (2004) believe that the largest contributor to the obesity epidemic is a. the increase in amount of food available due to modern agricultural technology. b. the changing standards of beauty that people are resisting. c. an inactive, sedentary lifestyle combined with high-fat, high-energy diet. d. the lack of nutritional science and understanding of human metabolism.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Obesity Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 60. The most accurate statement regarding the use of self-help diet books in the treatment of obesity is that a. there is a moderate level of long-term effectiveness. b. they are effective only when used in combination with physician counseling. c. they are more effective than commercial self-help programs such as Jenny Craig. d. some individuals may lose some weight in the short term but almost always regain that weight.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Obesity LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 61. People who do not get enough sleep are also more susceptible to a. obesity. b. illnesses. c. hypersomnolence. d. rapid eye movement.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 62. Joe has recently started having a great deal of difficulty falling asleep. In addition, he frequently wakes up during the night and has trouble falling back to sleep once awakened. At this point we can conclude that Joe’s sleep problems are influenced by a. medical conditions. b. psychological concerns. c. a genetic variant. d. either medical or psychiatric conditions.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 63. Individuals who complain about the quality of sleep despite sleeping a reasonable number of hours might be suffering from Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

a. a dyssomnia. b. a parasomnia c. a dream anxiety disorder. d. a sleepwalking disorder.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 64. Of the following, the correct pairing is a. dyssomnia–sleepwalking. b. dyssomnia–a sleep disturbance. c. parasomnia–waking up after three or four hours of sleep and then being unable to fall back to sleep. d. parasomnia–lack of REM sleep.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 65. The most comprehensive evaluation of sleep is performed by a(n) a. polysomnographic evaluation. b. actigraphic evaluation. c. electromyographic evaluation. d. electroencephalographic evaluation ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 66. While a patient sleeps, a polysomnographic evaluation collects data on all of the following characteristics EXCEPT a. respiration. b. leg movement. c. brain waves. d. metabolic rate.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 67. Individuals with a sleep efficiency of 90% a. spend more of their “bed time” awake than asleep. b. have a diagnosable sleep disorder. c. need to increase the number of hours in bed. d. spend 10% of their “bed time” awake.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 68. Individuals suffering from insomnia disorder a. do not sleep at all. b. have difficulty initiating or maintaining sleep. c. wake up during their sleep cycle with severe nightmares. d. frequently sleepwalk.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 69. In the diagnosis of insomnia, the clinician takes into account several factors, one of which is the patient’s a. behavior while awake. b. sleeping muscle movement as measured by an electromyogram. c. amount of sleep time that the patient believes is appropriate. d. objective measure of the polysomnographic (PSG) evaluation.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 70. The term “primary” in the diagnosis of primary insomnia refers to the fact that a. the person has never been diagnosed with insomnia before. b. the sleep disturbance is not due to another medical or psychiatric condition.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

c. the sleep disorder is a primary cause of other medical or psychiatric conditions that the individual is experiencing. d. other sleep disorders generally follow a diagnosis of primary insomnia.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 71. Fred has been having a great deal of trouble initiating and maintaining sleep. He guesses that he is sleeping for an average of about three hours each night and complains that he feels terrible during the day. In addition, Fred has always experienced some anxiety but has recently felt a tremendous increase in his overall anxiety level. The existence of both a sleep disorder and anxiety a. makes the diagnosis of primary insomnia incorrect. b. increases our confidence that primary insomnia is the correct diagnosis. c. indicates that the insomnia is a result of the anxiety rather than a cause of the anxiety. d. is extremely common, since sleep problems can be both a cause and a result of anxiety.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 72. The percentage of the general population that reports some symptoms of insomnia during any given year is approximately ____. a. 10% b. 20% c. 33% d. 50% ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 73. Which of the following statements best describes the relationship between alcohol and sleep? a. Alcohol may help initiate sleep, but it interrupts ongoing sleep and can be the cause of a sleep disorder. b. Alcohol may help initiate sleep and enhance ongoing sleep, but it leads to addiction if used as a sleep aid. c. Alcohol increases REM sleep.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

d. Alcohol increases total sleep time in an effective manner, but continued use produces tolerance that negates this beneficial effect.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 74. One biological factor that has been related to individuals who experience insomnia is a. lower body temperature. b. higher body temperature. c. low body weight. d. percentage of body fat.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 75. The fact that people who have unrealistic expectations, such as “I must sleep a full eight hours every night” or “I will be unable to function,” are more likely to experience insomnia suggests that insomnia is at least partially influenced by a. cognition. b. early learning. c. biological predisposition. d. our current hectic lifestyle.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 76. Samantha started having difficulty falling asleep during final exam week. Although exams are over, she now starts to worry about sleep right after dinner. Even the sight of her bed makes her very anxious. The fact that Samantha’s insomnia continues long after the stress of exams is over points to the role of ________ in the maintenance of sleep disorders. a. biology b. other medical conditions c. learning d. unknown factors ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 77. The integrative model of the causes of sleep disorders suggests that most individuals develop sleep disorders as a result of the interaction between a. biological and lifestyle factors. b. learning and family stress. c. genetics and bedtime habits. d. learning and cognition.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 78. Before a clinician can diagnose hypersomnia, it is necessary to rule out all of the following EXCEPT a. sleep apnea. b. insomnia c. early life exposure to a viral infection such as mononucleosis. d. current medical conditions that would account for the symptoms.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 79. Of the following, the only symptom that both patients with narcolepsy and patients with hypersomnia experience is a. falling asleep during normal waking hours. b. sudden loss of muscle tone. c. sleep paralysis. d. hypnagogic hallucinations.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

80. In which of the following situations is Bill, who has narcolepsy, most likely to experience cataplexy? a. Immediately upon waking up after a long, restful sleep b. At any random moment c. Under hypnosis d. While jumping up and cheering for his favorite team ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 81. Because Pat is obese Pat is a. likely to be subjected to prejudice and discrimination. b. less likely to be diagnosed with type 2 diabetes. c. less likely to die prematurely. d. more likely to be female than male.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Obesity LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 82. Cataplexy, as experienced by patients with narcolepsy, can be characterized by a. sudden loss of muscle tone. b. physical collapse. c. slight muscle weakness. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 83. Sam sleeps for eight or more hours every night but never feels rested. He can’t understand why he is always tired despite the fact that he reports no difficulties with the quality or quantity of his sleep. Of the following, Sam’s most likely diagnosis is a. hypersomnia. b. sleep apnea. c. narcolepsy. d. nonspecific parasomnia.

ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 84. Obstructive sleep apnea is characterized by a. complete cessation of respiratory activity for brief periods. b. interruption of air flow and brief cessation of respiratory activity. c. interruption of air flow without cessation of respiratory activity. d. central nervous system disorders and trauma.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 85. A severe difficulty in regulating sleep that is induced by jet lag or by working rotating shifts is an example of a. circadian rhythm disruption. b. sleep apnea. c. hypersomnia. d. narcolepsy.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 86. Two factors that help regulate our natural sleep/wake cycles are a. melanin and auditory stimulation. b. melatonin and auditory stimulation. c. melatonin and light. d. light and blood sugar levels.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 87. All of the following are examples of causes of circadian rhythm sleep disorder EXCEPT Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

a. jet lag. b. shift work. c. delayed sleep phase. d. sleep rebound.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 88. Benzodiazepine medication is not recommended as a long-term solution for the treatment of insomnia because of a. the addictive properties of these medications. b. rebound insomnia that occurs after the medication is discontinued. c. excessive sleepiness that may persist during the day. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Sleep Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 89. The reason that antidepressant medications are sometimes used to treat narcolepsy is that a. narcolepsy is often caused by depression. b. the anti-anxiety properties of these medications reduce narcolepsy. c. these medications suppress REM sleep that can trigger cataplexy. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Treatment of Sleep Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 90. Medical treatments for severe sleep apnea include medication, mechanical devices, and a. surgery. b. exercise of the neck muscles. c. a high-protein diet. d. changing the patient’s sleep schedule.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

REFERENCES: Treatment of Sleep Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 91. When attempting to “reset the biological clock” of an individual with a circadian rhythm sleep disorder, it is generally easier and more effective to a. make the patient’s bedtime earlier. b. leave the patient’s bedtime alone and change the duration of sleep. c. make the patient’s bedtime later. d. keep the person awake for several days in a row.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Sleep Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 92. One method that may help sleep disorder patients to “reset” their biological clock (circadian rhythms) is exposure to a. very loud noises. b. strong smells. c. very bright lights. d. strong magnetic fields.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Sleep Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 93. Given what we know about classical conditioning and learning through association, sleep experts generally recommend a. at least eight hours of sleep each night. b. using the bed for sleep and sex only. c. spending a bit of time thinking about sleep before going to bed. d. learning as much as possible about all of the various sleep disorders.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Sleep Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

94. The term sleep hygiene refers to a. washing oneself before going to bed. b. lifestyle behaviors that facilitate sleep. c. use of medications to induce sleep. d. the physical environment of the bedroom.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Sleep Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 95. Which of the following is a problem with getting to sleep or in obtaining a sufficient amount of quality sleep? a. Actigraph b. Dyssomnias c. Parasomnias d. Polysomnographic evaluation ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep–Wake Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias 96. Abnormal events such as nightmares, sleep terrors, and sleepwalking that occur during sleep or during the twilight time between sleep and waking are classified as a. parasomnias. b. dyssomnias. c. narcolepsy. d. REM disorders.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Sleep Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 97. Sleep terrors and sleepwalking generally occur a. during REM sleep. b. during the twilight stages between sleep and waking. c. during NREM sleep. d. after some severe daytime stressor.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Sleep Disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 98. Sleepwalking is characterized by all of the following EXCEPT a. acting out a dream. b. occurrence during the deepest stage of sleep. c. no memory of the sleepwalking event. d. occurrence primarily in children.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 99. Martin sits up every night screaming. He does not remember these terrors, nor is he easily awakened or comforted. What should Martin’s mother do? a. Wake Martin up during the attack. b. Make sure that Martin is very tired before going to bed. c. Use scheduled awakenings to briefly awaken Martin before an attack occurs. d. All of these have been demonstrated to reduce the frequency and duration of sleep terrors.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 100. Joan is a six-year-old child who cries out in the middle of the night, appearing frightened and inconsolable.

Her parents are unable to comfort her during these episodes, and Joan has no memory of the event in the morning. Joan appears to be experiencing a. dyssomnia. b. hypersomnia. c. nightmares. d. sleep terrors.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Sleep Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 101. Approximately what percentage of obese people present with binge eating? a. 1% to 5% Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

b. 7% to 19% c. 21% to 33% d. Over 80% ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Obesity LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 102. Which of these factors does NOT contribute to obesity? a. Modernized environment b. Genetics c. Personality d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Obesity LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 103. Individuals who experience less control over eating and feelings of withdrawal if access to food is limited show similar patterns of _____________ as do those with substance abuse. a. Impulsive behavior b. Personality dysfunction c. Hormone imbalance d. Reward neurocircuitry in the brain ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Obesity LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 104. Which of the following is a condition in which insufficient sleep interferes with normal functioning? a. Insomnia disorder b. Microsleeps c. Primary insomnia d. Sleep efficiency ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sleep–Wake Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

105. Eating disorders such as anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa are generally “blamed” on culture and society. At the same time, there appears to be a genetic influence as well. Explain how culture and genetics may interact in the development of anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa.

Sample Answer: Cultures and societies tend to develop specific ideals regarding body ANSWER: weight and appearance. In the modern world, thinness is seen as highly desirable and is promoted through advertising and entertainment sources. Because the ideals are unrealistic and unattainable, this experience may be contributing to the high rates of body dissatisfaction seen in the United States.

Genetic factors can predispose people to weight gain, or predispose people to stress, anxiety, and mood disorders thus triggering behaviors such as starving or bingeing.

In combination, cultural pressure to be thin and increasingly unattainable body ideals are thought to be contributing to the increase seen in body dissatisfaction and eating disorders.

REFERENCES: Causes of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Biological Dimensions OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 106. In what ways do patients with anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa tend to be similar and in what ways do they differ? Make certain to include similarities and differences in the symptoms of the disorders as well as the dysfunctional thoughts typically associated with each disorder.

Sample Answer: Anorexic individuals voluntarily starve themselves while simultaneously ANSWER: believing that they can never be thin enough. By definition, anorexics are extremely underweight, and so compromise their health. Anorexics may engage in excess exercise or purging behaviors, but don’t necessarily do so.

Bulimic individuals tend to binge eat and then purge by throwing up or using laxatives.

They may be of any weight, but do experience health problems related to their purging behaviors.

REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Bulimia Nervosa, Anorexia Nervosa OTHER: TYPE: Analysis 107. Describe the typical treatment goals and treatment methods implemented for patients suffering from bulimia nervosa.

Sample Answer: Short-term cognitive-behavioral treatments target problem eating ANSWER: behavior and associated attitudes about the overriding importance and significance of body weight and shape, and these strategies have become the treatment of choice for bulimia nervosa. In the cognitive-behavioral treatment approach, the first stage is teaching the patient the physical consequences of binge eating and purging, as well as the ineffectiveness of vomiting and laxative abuse for weight control. The adverse effects of dieting are also described, and patients are scheduled to eat small, manageable amounts of food five or six times per day with no more than a three-hour interval between any planned meals and snacks, which eliminates the alternating periods of overeating and dietary restriction that are hallmarks of bulimia nervosa. In later stages of treatment, cognitive therapy focuses on altering dysfunctional thoughts and attitudes about body shape, weight, and eating. Coping strategies for resisting the impulse to binge and purge are also developed, including arranging activities so that the individual will not spend time alone after eating during the early stages of treatment. Evaluations of short-term (approximately three months) cognitive-behavioral treatments for bulimia nervosa have been good, showing superior efficacy to credible alternative psychological treatments not only for

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

bingeing and purging but also for distorted attitudes and accompanying depression.

Furthermore, these results seem to last.

REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Psychological Treatments OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 108. Describe the characteristics of binge eating disorder and the effectiveness of its major treatment strategies.

Sample Answer: Individuals who report distress due to binge eating but do not engage in ANSWER:

extreme compensatory behaviors are currently difficult to diagnose. Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) and interpersonal psychotherapy (IPT) are both effective approaches.

Weight loss programs such as Weight Watchers are somewhat effective, but not as much as CBT, and if the person is binging, standard weight loss procedures will be ineffective without treatment directed at binging itself. Self-help procedures too (based on CBT) can be useful, but much as with bulimia, more severe cases may need the more intensive treatment delivered by a therapist, particularly cases with multiple (comorbid) disorders in addition to BED, as well as low self-esteem.

REFERENCES: Major Types of Eating Disorders, Treatment of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Binge Eating Disorder, Psychological Treatments OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 109. Describe how the internet has been both helpful and a hindrance in cases of eating disorders.

Sample Answer: The Internet has been helpful in cases of eating disorders by providing a ANSWER:

structured, interactive health education program designed to improve body image. Program participants reported a significant improvement in body image and a decrease in drive for thinness. Recently, developers have added an online-guided discussion group to accompany the program with initial results indicating more substantially reduced weight/shape concerns in students at risk for eating disorders. The Internet can be a hindrance in cases of eating disorders when it is used to promote thinness. Groups of girls and young women with eating disorders seek one another out on the Internet through “proana,” “pro-mia,” and “thinspiration” websites and social networks, where they find support and, in some cases, inspiration. Additionally, the Internet is a source of mass media that promotes idealistic human forms that contribute toward poor self-image and self-esteem.

REFERENCES: Treatment of Eating Disorders, Causes of Eating Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Anorexia, Psychological Treatments OTHER: TYPE: Analysis 110. Describe insomnia disorder and contrast it with hypersomnia. and narcolepsy.

Sample Answer: Primary insomnia refers to an inability to sleep that is not related to ANSWER:

another medical or psychiatric problem. Such insomnia may be related to problems with the biological clock or temperature control, but can also stem from environmental influences such as changes in light, noise, or temperature. People may also have unrealistic expectations about how much they sleep and may even learn to associate sleep and things like their beds with anxiety and worry about sleep. Poor behaviors such as drug or alcohol

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

use can interfere with sleep.

Hypersomnia is a problem of sleeping too much or feeling that one is sleeping too much. It seems to be genetically influenced, as hypersomnia runs in families, but it also may be related to viral infection exposure.

Narcolepsy is a specific sleep disorder characterized by daytime sleepiness, sudden loss of muscle tone (cataplexy), sleep paralysis, or a brief period after waking when it is hard to move or speak, and hypnagogic hallucinations or vivid scary experiences that begin at the start of sleep

REFERENCES: Sleep-Wake Disorders: The Major Dyssomnias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Insomnia Disorder, Hypersomnolence Disorders, Narcolepsy OTHER: TYPE: Analysis 111. Describe the problems associated with using medications such as benzodiazepines as a treatment for insomnia disorder.

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: There are several drawbacks to medical treatments for insomnia. First, benzodiazepine medications can cause excessive sleepiness. Second, people can easily become dependent on them and rather easily misuse them, deliberately or not. Third, these medications are meant for short-term treatment and are not recommended for use longer than four weeks. Longer use can cause dependence and rebound insomnia. A newer concern for some medications (e.g., Ambien) is that they may increase the likelihood of sleepwalking-related problems, such as sleep-related eating disorder. Therefore, although medications may be helpful for sleep problems that will correct themselves in a short period (e.g., insomnia because of anxiety related to hospitalization), they are not intended for long-term chronic problems.

REFERENCES: Treatment of Sleep Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Medical Treatment OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 112. Describe the psychological treatments that are generally used for the treatment of insomnia disorder, listing at least five “sleep hygiene” behaviors that are associated with improved sleep.

Sample Answer: Research shows that some psychological treatments for insomnia may be ANSWER: more effective than others. For adult sleep problems, stimulus control may be recommended. People are instructed to use the bedroom only for sleeping and for sex and not for work or other anxiety-provoking activities (e.g., watching the news on television).

Progressive relaxation or sleep hygiene (changing daily habits that may interfere with sleep) alone may not be as effective as stimulus control alone for some people (Means & Edinger, 2006). Because sleep problems are so widespread, there is a growing interest in developing Internet-based treatments to determine if certain sufferers can help themselves with appropriate guidance. One study, for example, randomly assigned adults to a control group or an Internet-based education group (Ritterband et al., 2009). The Internet group received online instruction on the proper use of several of the psychological treatments (e.g., sleep restriction, stimulus control, sleep hygiene, cognitive restructuring, and relapse prevention). The findings were striking, suggesting that not only could the treatment be delivered over the Internet but also that sleep improved in this group even six months later.

Under certain circumstances, people are able to use evidence-based instruction (education on the use of a treatment that has empirical support) to improve a variety of psychological problems. For young children, some cognitive treatments may not be possible. Instead, treatment often includes setting up bedtime routines such as a bath, followed by a parent’s Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

reading a story, to help children go to sleep at night. Graduated extinction has been used with some success for bedtime problems, as well as for waking up at night

REFERENCES: Treatment of Sleep Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Psychological Treatments OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 113. Discuss possible reasons for the current obesity epidemic seen in the United States and other countries and the relative efficacy of currently available obesity treatment options and preventions.

Sample Answer: The causes of obesity in the modern world tend to be related to advances ANSWER: in technology. People are sedentary and prone to eat unhealthy, caloric dense, inexpensive food. It is also possible that genetic factors are interacting with these dietary choices.

Although most overweight individuals start with self-directed weight loss programs or commercial weight loss programs, people tend to lose only four to seven pounds, have trouble sticking with the diet, and gain weight back again over time. Professionally directed behavior modification programs have better success rates if people comply, but the results do not appear to be permanent. For the dangerously obese, the combination of diets, behavior modification, and medication can result in minimal weight loss, but surgery may eventually be the best option for this population.

A suggestion that has gained nationwide interest is the taxing of unhealthy foods and the price reduction of health foods. There has been a great deal of controversy over a “junk” food tax. The idea is that like cigarettes, for example, the more they cost, the less likely people are to buy them while healthy foods that are reduced in price become a more health alternative.

REFERENCES: Obesity LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Causes OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 114. Describe how cross-cultural differences in prevalence of eating disorders and obesity are changing.

While cultural differences exist in the prevalence of eating disorders, some of these ANSWER:

differences may be changing. The prevalence of eating disorders in now more similar among non-Hispanic whites, African American, Asian American, and Hispanic females.

Eating disorders are generally more common among Native Americans than other ethnic groups. Additionally, eating disorders are going global. Recent studies show estimates of prevalence in China and Japan are approaching those in the United States and other Western countries. Ethnicity also is a factor in rates of obesity. In the United States, 40% to 50% of African American and Hispanic American women are obese. Rates among minority adolescents are even higher. Rates of obesity in eastern and southern European nations are as high as 50% and the rate is increasing in developing nations. In Japan, although still comparatively low, obesity rates in men have doubled since 1992 and have nearly doubled in young women. Although less extreme, increases in obesity are also occurring in China, where the proportion of Chinese who are overweight increased from 6% to 8% in a seven-year period.

REFERENCES: Types of Eating Disorders, Obesity LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Statistics OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

1. Recent surveys of sexual practices in Western countries have suggested that the percentage of men engaging in homosexual activity is a. about 10%, which is the same as estimated by the 1953 Kinsey surveys. b. about 10%, which is higher than estimated by the 1953 Kinsey surveys. c. under 5%, which is significantly lower that the estimates of the 1953 Kinsey surveys. d. between 5% and 10%, which is the same as estimated by the 1953 Kinsey surveys.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: What Is Normal Sexuality?

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 2. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, ____% of men and ____% of women had 15 or more partners during their lifetime. a. 15; 10 b. 21; 8 c. 10; 15 d. 26; 6 ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: What Is Normal Sexuality?

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 3. The largest difference in sexual behavior for men versus women is that a. men are more likely to be accepting of homosexuality. b. women are more likely to be accepting of homosexuality. c. men are more likely to masturbate. d. women are more likely to masturbate.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: What Is Normal Sexuality?

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 4. Data from research studies on gender differences in human sexuality reflect all of the following themes EXCEPT that a. men show more sexual desire and arousal than women. b. men emphasize committed relationships more than women. c. men’s self-concept is characterized in part by power, aggression, and independence. d. women’s sexual beliefs are more influenced by cultural, social, and situational factors.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: What Is Normal Sexuality?

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 5. Research regarding sexual orientation suggests that homosexuality is a. purely genetic. b. completely caused by biological factors. c. based on learning and choice only. d. influenced by biological/genetic, psychological, and social factors.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: What Is Normal Sexuality?

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 6. Which surgery is used to alter anatomy physically in order to be consistent with gender identity? a. Plastic surgery b. Vaginoplasty c. Hormone transplant d. Sex reassignment surgery ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sex Reassignment Surgery LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 7. Joe is homosexual and has an identical (monozygotic) twin named Sam. Which of the following statements is true? a. Sam is more likely than the general population to be homosexual. b. Sam is no more likely than the general population to be homosexual. c. Sam is homosexual also. d. Sam is only likely to become homosexual if Joe is a positive role model.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: What Is Normal Sexuality?

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 8. The percentage of identical (monozygotic) twins in which both twins are homosexual is 50%. This means Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

a. homosexuality is determined by genetics. b. genes are only one influence for sexual orientation. c. family relationships determine sexual orientation. d. genes are not an influence for sexual orientation.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: What Is Normal Sexuality?

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 9. Gender dysphoria is diagnosed when a. a person’s physical sex is inconsistent with the person’s sense of who he or she really is. b. an individual receives sexual pleasure from cross-dressing. c. an individual is born with ambiguous genitalia. d. all of these are correct.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Gender dysphoria LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 10. Of the following, the individual who would most likely be diagnosed with gender dysphoria is a. Joe, who gets sexually aroused by wearing women’s bras. b. Lisa, who is a lesbian and has many traditional masculine traits. c. Mark, who feels like a woman trapped in a man’s body. d. Sid, who can only become sexually aroused while dressed like a woman.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Gender dysphoria LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 11. The incidence of gender dysphoria resulting in a rejection of natal sex is a. very low, with far less than 1% of the general population. b. very low, with approximately 1.5% of the general population. c. moderately low, with approximately 1% to 5% of the general population. d. moderately high, in approximately half of those with gender dysphoria.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Gender dysphoria Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 12. According to research on gender dysphoria, a. a biological predisposition contributes approximately 60% to the cause. b. environment and genetics contribute equally to the cause. c. it cannot be determined, as yet, regarding the extent of the genetic and environmental contributions to the cause. d. there is a specific set of genes that seem to contribute most to the cause.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Gender dysphoria LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 13. The new approaches to understanding and treating intersexed individuals who have been proposed recently are based on the concept of “five sexes,” which include all of the following EXCEPT a. “herms.” b. “merms” and “ferms.” c. males and females. d. “andros” and “estros.”

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Gender dysphoria LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 14. Features of gender dysphoria include all of the following EXCEPT a. strong and persistent cross-gender identification. b. persistent discomfort with his or her sex. c. strong homosexual urges. d. belief that he or she was born the wrong sex.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Gender dysphoria LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 15. All of the following statements about sex reassignment surgery are true EXCEPT Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

a. 2% attempt suicide after surgery. b. 1% to 7% later regret surgery. c. female-to-male conversions adjust better than male-to-female conversions. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Gender dysphoria LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 16. Sexual dysfunctions are a. more common in heterosexuals than homosexuals. b. more common in homosexuals than heterosexuals. c. equally common in heterosexuals and homosexuals. d. generally not reported, so little is known about their incidence.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 17. Sexual dysfunction in the United States is experienced by a. approximately 44% of women. b. under 10% for both men and women. c. approximately 21% of women. d. approximately 51% of the population.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 18. Sexual dysfunction can be a(n) _______________ condition. a. lifelong b. acquired c. situational d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 19. The individual with the greatest likelihood of hypoactive sexual desire disorder or sexual interest/arousal disorder is a(n) a. 18-year-old male. b. 30-year-old male. c. 30-year-old female. d. 45-year-old female.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 20. Which of the following statements is true about male hypoactive sexual desire disorder? a. More than 50% of the problems who come to sexuality clinics for help complain of this disorder. b. It is the most common presenting complaint of both men and women. c. For women, the prevalence of this disorder increases with age. d. For men, the prevalence of this disorder decreases with age.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 21. In order to qualify for sex reassignment surgery, candidates must be stable in all of the following ways EXCEPT a. psychologically. b. financially. c. socially. d. physically ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sex Reassignment Surgery LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

22. What is the suicide rate after sex reassignment surgery? a. 10% b. 2% c. 7% d. 15% ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sex Reassignment Surgery LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 23. The main feature of sexual arousal disorders is a. lack of desire for sex despite normal physical sexual response. b. sexual arousal to inappropriate stimuli. c. the experience of pain during sex. d. lack of physical sexual response despite desire for sex.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 24. Sexual arousal disorders are diagnosed when there is an a. inability to achieve or maintain an erection in males or a lack of desire for sex in females. b. inability to achieve or maintain an erection in males or a lack of orgasm in females. c. inability to achieve orgasm for either gender despite erection in males or lubrication in females. d. inability to achieve or maintain an erection in males or a lack of lubrication in females.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 25. Based on stringent criteria, research data indicate that the percentage of men between the ages of 18 and 59 with erectile dysfunction is ____%. a. 1 b. 5 c. 10 d. 17 ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 26. What is the percentage of men over 60 with at least some impairment of erectile function? a. 3% b. 5% c. 20% d. 60% ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 27. The percentage of women reporting significant difficulty reaching orgasm is ____%. a. 5 b. 10 c. 25 d. 40 ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions OTHER: TYPE: Factual 28. One reason that different diagnostic criteria are used for males and females with inhibited orgasm disorder is a. that the disorder is relatively rare in men. b. that only about 20% of women regularly experience orgasm from intercourse. c. both are reasons: that the disorder is relatively rare in men, and that only about 20% of women regularly experience orgasm from intercourse. d. None of these are correct.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 29. Sandra and Jim have been happily married for several years. Sandra reports that she reaches orgasm from intercourse only about half the time and wonders if something is “wrong” with her. Sandra should a. seek treatment for inhibited orgasm disorder. b. have a medical exam.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

c. realize that her inhibited orgasm problem means that she doesn’t really love Jim. d. realize that this is not unusual for women and can work on achieving orgasm with her partner, Jim. ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 30. The most commonly reported of all the male sexual dysfunctions is a. premature ejaculation. b. inhibited orgasm. c. erectile dysfunction. d. sexual aversion.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 31. One reason that it is difficult to provide a precise diagnosis of premature ejaculation is that a. the concept of “too soon” is dependent on the individual and the couple. b. most men are too ashamed to admit the problem. c. women generally are reluctant to tell their partners of the problem. d. men are often unaware of what is considered “normal.”

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 32. What is gender dysphoria? a. Dissatisfaction with one’s biological sex b. The sense of identifying as more than one sex c. Identifying as a gender other than male or female d. Dissatisfaction of one’s perceived sex ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sexual Pain Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

33. Psychophysiological assessment of sexual dysfunction is generally conducted by a. using a device that measures physical arousal during exposure to an erotic video or audio recording. b. asking patients to keep a diary of their sexual activities. c. a physician during a medical exam. d. using a device that measures brain waves during exposure to an erotic video or audio recording.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Factual 34. Which of the following is NOT an important component of an assessment for sexual dysfunction? a. A thorough review of family medical history b. Interviews and questionnaires c. A medical evaluation d. A psychophysiological assessment ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Factual 35. According to your textbook, the features of sexual masochism include a. behaviors involving the act of observing an unsuspecting person engaging in sexual activity. b. fantasies involving the use of nonliving objects. c. sexual urges involving the exposure of one’s genitals. d. sexually arousing fantasies involving the act of being humiliated.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 36. Two common medical causes of erectile dysfunction, in addition to kidney disease, are a. asthma and diabetes. b. vascular disease and diabetes. c. vascular disease and asthma. d. arthritis and diabetes.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 37. What does alcohol do for sexual arousal and behavior? a. It facilitates them, but only in specific environments. b. It suppresses them. c. It facilitates arousal but inhibits behaviors. d. It reduces inhibition but suppresses arousal.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 38. According to your textbook, the features of voyeurism include a. behaviors involving the act of observing an unsuspecting person undressing or naked to become aroused. b. fantasies involving the use of nonliving objects. c. sexual urges involving the exposure of one’s genitals. d. sexually arousing fantasies involving the act of being humiliated.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 39. Sherri and Leo have been having some sexual difficulties lately. Both have experienced some symptoms of sexual arousal disorders. They decide to have a few glasses of wine before engaging in sex tonight. Is this a good idea or a bad idea? a. It’s a good idea, since wine could increase desire. b. It’s a good idea, since wine could help performance. c. It’s a bad idea, since wine could further impair arousal. d. It’s a bad idea, since wine tends to increase inhibition.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

40. The disorder in which a man achieves orgasm only with great difficulty is called as a. delayed ejaculation. b. postmature ejaculation. c. premature ejaculation. d. vaginismus.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sexual Pain Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 41. The condition called premature ejaculation occurs most frequently in a. older men. b. younger men. c. married men. d. divorced men.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 42. As a typical male with erectile dysfunction, we can expect Bill to show a. avoidance of sexual cue awareness and an inaccurate sense of how aroused he is. b. increased awareness of sexual cues and an accurate sense of how aroused he is. c. increased awareness of sexual cues and an inaccurate sense of how aroused he is. d. avoidance of sexual cue awareness and an accurate sense of how aroused he is.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 43. The original concept of performance anxiety as a cause of sexual dysfunction has been replaced with a more modern view that performance anxiety is comprised of factors in a. anxiety, cognition, and depression. b. arousal, anxiety, and depression. c. hormones, arousal, and distraction. d. arousal, cognitive processes, and negative affect.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 44. JP often has problems with premature ejaculation. As he becomes more anxious about his problem, the amount of time between initiating intercourse and ejaculation will most likely a. increase. b. decrease. c. remain the same. d. depend upon what is making him anxious.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 45. The most accurate description for the condition called erotophobia is a. negative feelings toward sexuality. b. negative feelings about other people. c. fear of sex. d. fear of being raped.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 46. Children or young adults who experience sexual victimization are a. no more likely to experience sexual dysfunction as adults than anyone else. b. more likely to experience sexual dysfunction as adults if they are females. c. more likely to experience sexual dysfunction as adults if they are males. d. more likely to experience sexual dysfunction as adults.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 47. What is the difference between gender dysphoria and transvestic fetishism? a. Gender dysphoria is a formal diagnosis in the DSM and transvestic fetishism is not.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

b. Gender dysphoria has to do with one’s sense of identity, while transvestic fetishism is only about sexual gratification. c. Gender dysphoria is not harmful, while transvestic fetishism can be dangerous. d. There are no differences, hence the revisions to DSM-5 to combine them into a single diagnosis.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Gender dysphoria LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 48. Belief in common sexual myths such as “women normally reach orgasm every time they have intercourse” is more commonly held by men a. who do not have sexual disorders. b. with conservative sexual attitudes. c. who have sexual disorders. d. who are homosexual.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions OTHER: TYPE: Factual 49. Who will be most likely to have a sexual dysfunction? a. Santo, a 28-year-old who sometimes gets overexcited and ejaculates after a couple of minutes b. Henry, who is 65 and once had a heart attack c. Imelda, who is 33 and sexually inexperienced d. Katrina, who is 65 and has sex only once a week ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 50. The authors of your textbook suggest that one of the most effective treatments for many sexual dysfunctions is a. exploration of the patient’s sexual orientation. b. improving the relationship with the patient’s partner. c. antianxiety medication. d. education regarding normal sexuality.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 51. Sensate focus and nondemand pleasuring were designed by Masters and Johnson to treat sexual dysfunctions primarily through a. improving a couple’s sexual skills. b. identifying medical conditions that contribute to sexual dysfunction. c. involving an objective third party. d. elimination of psychologically based performance anxiety.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: 52. Maggie and Jim have started sex therapy to deal with Jim’s recent erectile dysfunction. The therapist has instructed them to refrain from intercourse or genital touching but to spend the next several days enjoying each other through hugging, kissing, and mutual massage. This is an example of a. nongenital pleasuring. b. cognitive restructuring. c. nonsensate focus. d. performance “rehearsal.”

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 53. Stage two of sensate focus involves “genital pleasuring” but prohibits intercourse or orgasm. The main purpose of this stage is to a. allow an individual to communicate his or her desires to a partner. b. allow sexual experience without the anxiety of performance. c. change the usual ways that the couple has tried to have sex. d. provide increased anticipation of intercourse.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

54. As a couple completes stage two of sensate focus therapy, they are instructed to a. return to full, prior sexual activity. b. slowly begin sexual activity, continuing nondemand pleasuring as they progress. c. take a break from sexual activity for several weeks and then slowly return to normal sexuality. d. begin the “genital pleasuring” stage of the treatment.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 55. Masters and Johnson reported that the use of sensate focus therapy for the treatment of premature ejaculation was effective in ____% of cases treated. a. 50 b. 65 c. 75 d. almost 100 ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 56. Treatment effectiveness studies of Masters and Johnson’s sensate focus therapy have indicated that a. certain aspects of the treatment, such as two therapists and daily therapy, are not necessary. b. many therapists using Masters and Johnson’s techniques are able to demonstrate even greater treatment effectiveness than Masters and Johnson did. c. daily treatment is a critical component of the method. d. sensate focus is generally only effective when administered by Masters and Johnson.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 57. Sex therapy for erectile dysfunction has produced a positive treatment outcome in approximately ________ of the cases treated. a. 20% to 30% b. 40% to 50% c. 60% to 70% Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

d. 80% to 90% ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 58. The sex therapy technique designed specifically to treat premature ejaculation is a. the squeeze technique. b. sensate focus. c. nondemand pleasuring. d. cognitive restructuring.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 59. The specific treatment found effective in the treatment of female orgasmic disorder is a. antianxiety medication. b. sensate focus. c. training in masturbatory procedures. d. increased sexual relations.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 60. Dilators of gradually increasing sizes are used in the treatment of a. female orgasmic disorder. b. vaginismus. c. hypoactive sexual desire disorder. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

61. According to results reported in your textbook, what is the percentage of women who successfully overcome vaginismus? a. Less than 30 b. 30 to 45 c. 50 to 75 d. 80 to 100 ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 62. Approximately ____% of men and ______% of women age 75 to 85 were found to be sexually active in a large survey. a. 5; 4 b. 11; 6 c. 39; 17 d. 19; 32 ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: What Is Normal Sexuality?

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 63. As reported in your textbook, as many as 30% of Viagra users have experienced a. severe headaches. b. addiction to the medication. c. pelvic pain. d. dizziness.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 64. Drug treatments for male erectile disorder include all of the following EXCEPT a. Viagra. b. Cialis. c. Redux. d. Levitra.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 65. Papaverine and prostaglandin, which are vasodilating drugs used in the treatment of erectile dysfunction, are delivered to the patient a. in a capsule taken orally. b. as a dietary supplement. c. by injection directly into the penis. d. via a skin patch.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 66. Although vasodilating drugs such as papaverine and prostaglandin are effective in producing an erection for patients with erectile dysfunction, many patients discontinue use of the drugs because of a. pain associated with drug administration. b. the fact that these drugs eventually cure the disorder. c. the expense of the drug. d. the fact that the effectiveness of the drug decreases with continued use.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 67. Which of the following treatments is NOT currently used in the treatment of erectile dysfunction? a. Vasodilating drugs b. Antianxiety medication c. Surgical prosthetic implant d. Vacuum device therapy ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

68. One of the reasons that Viagra has become so widely accepted as a treatment for erectile dysfunction is that a. it is more effective than the other available treatments. b. it is less expensive than other medications, such as vasodilators. c. people are unaware of the other options. d. an oral medication is less awkward and intrusive than other treatments.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 69. Therapy for sexual dysfunctions such as hypoactive sexual desire disorder can best be described as a. well studied and widely available. b. well studied but only available in specialty clinics. c. not well studied and not available in all locations. d. not well studied but generally available everywhere.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 70. A paraphilic disorder is defined as a. a sexual dysfunction that inhibits pleasure. b. an attraction to inappropriate or odd individuals or objects. c. sexual disorders and deviations in which sexual arousal occurs almost exclusively in the context of inappropriate objects or individuals. d. an extremely heightened sexual drive that causes distress.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Paraphilia: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 71. A fetish is a a. source of dysfunction. b. attraction to nonconsenting individuals. c. attraction to inanimate objects. d. a sexual desire that dominates the personality.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Paraphilia: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 72. Charles gets very sexually excited by women’s shoes. While he used to fantasize about women wearing particular shoes, he now focuses almost exclusively on the shoes themselves. Charles has a(n) a. sexual dysfunction. b. paraphilic disorder. c. fetish. d. frotteuristic obsession.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Paraphilia: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 73. Greg and Diana often begin their sexual activity with Greg putting on a striptease show for Diana. They both report great satisfaction and excitement with this activity. In fact, Greg says that he gets aroused by exposing himself, and Diana reports getting aroused when she watches him undress. Which of the following statements is true? a. Greg is an exhibitionist, and Diana is a voyeur. b. Greg has gender dysphoria, and Diana has a fetishistic disorder. c. Both Diana and Greg have nonspecific fetishes because they admit to getting sexually excited by their atypical behaviors. d. Neither Greg nor Diana should be diagnosed with an exhibitionist or voyeuristic disorder because these behaviors involve consenting individuals.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Paraphilia: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 74. Recurring ejaculation that occurs before the person wishes it with minimal sexual stimulation is called a. delayed ejaculation. b. postmature ejaculation. c. premature ejaculation. d. vaginismus.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sexual Pain Disorder Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 75. All of the following are true statements regarding transvestic disorder EXCEPT a. people with transvestic disorder are either homosexual or transsexual. b. a significant percentage of individuals with this disorder are married. c. a survey found that 3% of men had experienced it at least once. d. sexual arousal is primarily focused on the clothing itself or thoughts or images of oneself as the opposite sex.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Paraphilia: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 76. ________ are individuals who receive a sexual thrill from inflicting pain on others, and ________ are individuals who receive a sexual thrill from receiving physical pain. a. Sadists; masochists b. Masochists; sadists c. Transvestites; paraphiliacs d. Paraphiliacs; transvestites ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Paraphilia: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 77. According to the authors of your textbook, on many occasions, the sexual sadomasochistic behaviors themselves are a. very rare. b. dangerous. c. always present. d. mild and harmless.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Paraphilia: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 78. Most instances of rape a. are committed by those with a paraphilic disorder.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

b. are better characterized as an assault than by an act of sexual desire. c. are sadistic. d. are opportunistic.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Paraphilia: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 79. When the term paraphilia is used to describe the behavior of a rapist, it means that the rapist is aroused by a. images of forced sex. b. enjoyable intercourse. c. underaged children. d. unusual objects.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Paraphilia: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 80. Which of the following individuals is most likely to be diagnosed with a paraphilic disorder? a. Ms. A, who is married to a man but often fantasizes about sex with women b. Mr. B, who is sexually aroused by rubbing against strangers on the subway c. Ms. C, who stumbled across a video of animals having sex and enjoyed watching it d. Mr. D, who feels like he is addicted to masturbation, sometimes doing it five times per day ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Paraphilia: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 81. Which of the following is true about most rapists? a. They are sexually aroused only by violence. b. They are aggressive and have little regard for others. c. They have a paraphilic disorder. d. They are hypersexual and generally obsessed with sex.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Paraphilia: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

OTHER:

empirically TYPE: Factual

82. Victims of incest tend to be________, and victims of nonincest pedophilia tend to be ________. a. male; female b. young children; girls who are beginning to mature physically c. girls who are beginning to mature physically; young children d. female; male ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Paraphilia: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 83. Which of the following most correctly describes the victim of an incest perpetrator? a. Any relative b. A daughter only c. A blood relative only d. A son or daughter ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Paraphilia: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 84. The typical adult who molests a child a. is violent and aggressive. b. threatens the child physically but is not violent. c. does not use physical force. d. is fully aware of the psychological damage that he is causing to the child.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Paraphilia: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 85. Sexual gratification attained by exposing genitals to unsuspecting strangers is called a. exhibitionistic disorder. b. fetishistic disorder. c. paraphilic disorder.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

d. transvestic disorder.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sexual Sadism and Sexual Masochism Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 86. According to the classical conditioning model of learning, which boy might grow up to be a voyeur? a. Sameer, who masturbates while peeping at his neighbor b. Lee, who watches a lot of pornography c. Tim, whose father is a voyeur d. Ming, who thinks it’s funny to spy on people ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 87. Of the various hypothesized influences of paraphilia, the ones that we know the least about involve a. biological influences such as genetics and neurotransmitters. b. reinforced but inappropriate masturbatory fantasies. c. social influences such as inadequate development of social skills. d. paradoxical effects of repeated attempts to suppress unwanted arousal.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 88. The procedure that is carried out entirely in the patient’s imagination and used to reduce the inappropriate sexual arousal that exists in fetishistic behavior is called a. classical conditioning. b. sexual retraining. c. sensate focus. d. covert sensitization.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

89. The basic concept behind the covert sensitization method of treating unwanted sexual arousal is to a. create empathy for the victim of the behavior. b. replace the immediate reinforcement of the behavior with the unpleasant consequences that ordinarily take longer to be experienced. c. create a physically painful experience to replace the immediate reinforcement that the unwanted behavior has previously produced. d. improve family functioning, social skills, and overall effectiveness of appropriate adult relations.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 90. Patients undergoing the procedure called orgasmic reconditioning are instructed to a. masturbate to their usual fantasies but to substitute more desirable ones just before ejaculation. b. masturbate to their usual fantasies but substitute images of the consequences associated with their behavior (such as getting caught, hurting someone else, etc.) just before ejaculation. c. substitute images of the consequences associated with their behavior (such as getting caught, hurting someone else, etc.) every time they feel aroused by thoughts of their inappropriate desires. d. watch video tapes of normal adult sexuality repeatedly until such images result in arousal.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 91. Treatment for paraphilic disorders is considered successful when someone has a. completed all treatment sessions. b. demonstrated no deviant sexual arousal on objective physiological testing. c. had no legal record of any charges of deviant sexual activity. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 92. Research regarding the success of treating paraphilic disorders with procedures such as orgasmic reconditioning and covert sensitization indicates that a. treatment is generally not successful.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

b. treatment is successful in only the small number of cases where the patient completes all treatment sessions. c. the number of cases in the research studies is too small to make conclusions at this point. d. treatment is generally effective.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 93. A poor prognosis associated with the treatment of paraphilic disorders is related to all of the following factors EXCEPT a. having multiple paraphilias. b. having had the paraphilia for more than 10 years. c. a history of unstable social relationships. d. continuing to live with the victim (an incestuous situation, for example).

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 94. Which of the following is true regarding drugs currently available for the treatment of paraphilic disorders? a. The drugs eliminate sexual desire but are only effective while they are being taken. b. The drugs reduce sex drive and continue to be effective long after the patient stops the medication. c. The drugs dramatically reduce sex drive but have side effects that make them harmful to many patients. d. They produce a “chemical castration” that effectively eliminates all sex drive permanently so that the patient will never desire sex even after discontinuing the medication.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 95. In which paraphilia is sexual arousal associated with experiencing pain or humiliation? a. Sexual sadism paraphilia b. Transvestic paraphilia c. Sexual masochism paraphilia d. Voyeuristic paraphilia ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Sexual Sadism and Sexual Masochism Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 96. The scandal in the Catholic Church that came to widespread public awareness in the late 20th and early 21st centuries focused on priests who met the criteria for a. voyeurism. b. exhibitionism. c. pedophilia. d. incest.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 97. The penile strain gauge and the vaginal photoplethysmograph are both used a. in the psychophysiological assessment of sexual functioning. b. to treat sexual disorders. c. as part of the interview process for couples with sexual dysfunctions. d. in sex therapy sessions.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.c - Incorporate feedback from educators and mentors to change performance OTHER: TYPE: Factual 98. All of the following drugs EXCEPT ________ are used as “chemical castration” for paraphilics. a. sildenafil b. Depo-Provera c. cyproterone acetate d. antiandrogens ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 99. All of the following terms are associated with treatments for paraphilias EXCEPT a. sexual surrogacy.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

b. covert sensitization. c. orgasmic reconditioning. d. chemical castration.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilias LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 100. Which of the following men is more likely to be homosexual, according to the fraternal birth order hypothesis? a. Peter, who has three younger sisters b. Mohammed, who has four younger brothers and sisters c. Young-in, who has three older brothers and 1 older sister d. Luis, who has three older sisters and a twin brother ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: What Is Normal Sexuality?

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 101. Explain the modern definition of the term disorder as it relates to sexual behavior. Why is the determination of a sexual disorder a somewhat subjective decision?

Sample Answer: Current views tend to be quite tolerant of a variety of sexual expressions, ANSWER: even if they are unusual, unless the behavior is associated with a substantial impairment in functioning or involves nonconsenting individuals such as children. Three kinds of sexual behaviors meet this definition. In gender dysphoria, there is psychological dissatisfaction with one’s biological sex. The disorder is not specifically sexual but rather a disturbance in the person’s sense of identity as a male or a female. But these disorders are often grouped with sexual disorders. Individuals with sexual dysfunction find it difficult to function adequately while having sex, for example, they may not become aroused or achieve orgasm. Finally, paraphilia, the relatively new term for sexual deviation, includes disorders in which sexual arousal occurs primarily in the context of inappropriate objects or individuals. Philia refers to a strong attraction or liking, and para indicates the attraction is abnormal. Paraphilic arousal patterns tend to be focused rather narrowly, often precluding mutually consenting adult partners, even if desired.

REFERENCES: What Is Normal Sexuality?

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Sexual Dysfunctions, Paraphilia Disorders, Gender Dysphoria OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 102. Describe the impact of culture on the definition of a sexual disorder. What cross-cultural evidence suggests that “normal” sexual behavior is culturally defined?

Sample Answer: Cultural influences affect what people are told about sexual behavior, as ANSWER: Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

well as what they experience and observe around them. Variations in the age of sexual intercourse, gender roles, and types of behaviors judged acceptable are all functions of cultural values. For example, researchers know that in Papua New Guinea, young boys engage in homosexual oral sex with teenage boys and avoid masturbation because it is believed that semen is crucial for male development. In northeast India, adolescents and children are encouraged to live together, and the sexual activity, consisting mostly of petting and mutual masturbation, is all heterosexual. In global cultures, half accept premarital sexual behavior and half discourage it.

REFERENCES: What Is Normal Sexuality?

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Cultural Differences OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 103. Describe the evidence for the genetic and/or biological basis for homosexuality, as well as the evidence for the environmental influences on sexual preference.

Sample Answer: Homosexuality appears to run in families, with concordance rates for ANSWER: homosexuality more common among identical twins than fraternal twins or siblings. Other evidence suggests that homosexuality is associated with differential exposure to hormones in utero. Research also suggests that the structure of the brain may differ in homosexuals.

However, temperamental factors may also interact with environmental factors to produce sexual orientation. Bem (1996) argues that those things that seem exotic tend to become erotic. In support of environmental influences, even identical twins don’t always have the same sexual orientation, and boys with an increased number of older brothers are more likely to be gay.

REFERENCES: What Is Normal Sexuality?

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: The Development of Sexual Orientation OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 104. Explain the features of the treatment options (psychosocial and surgical sex reassignment) for gender dysphoria.

Why is it so important for the patient to consider treatment options very carefully?

Sample Answer: The treatment for gender dysphorias is controversial and can only been ANSWER: done in specialty clinics. Treatment begins with a full psychological evaluation and education before proceeding. In some cases, hormones are then used to reversibly alter physical characteristics. Finally, a nonreversible step is taken to surgically alter the genitals to be consistent with gender identity. In order to undergo sex reassignment surgery, individuals are typically asked to live in the opposite-sex role for one to two years and to be psychologically, financially, and socially stable. Careful consideration of this surgery is important because approximately 7% of sex reassignment cases later regret surgery, and 2% may even attempt suicide after surgery.

REFERENCES: Gender Dysphoria LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Treatment OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 105. Describe and contrast male erectile disorder and female sexual arousal disorder with inhibited orgasmic disorders.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: Males with erectile disorder become aroused and are interested in sexual activity but have trouble achieving or maintaining an erection. Females have trouble achieving or maintaining adequate lubrication. Men tend to be more disturbed by arousal issues than women, and the disorder is exacerbated by age and becomes common after age 60.

Orgasm disorders consist of the inability to have an orgasm despite adequate sexual desire and arousal, and are far more common in women than men. Approximately, 20% of all women reliably experience regular orgasms during sexual intercourse, meaning that in order to make the diagnosis, it is important to take into account the couple’s level of distress about the situation. Studies indicate that about 8% of men report delayed or nonexistent orgasms during sexual interactions but are unlikely to seek treatment for this condition.

REFERENCES: An Overview of Sexual Dysfunctions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Sexual Desire Disorders, Orgasm Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 106. Describe the symptoms of three different forms of paraphilia. What do all paraphilias have in common?

Sample Answer: Paraphilias are all characterized by sexual arousal occurs almost ANSWER:

exclusively in the context of inappropriate objects or individuals. Individuals may exhibit more than one paraphilic pattern and often experience mood, anxiety, and substance abuse disorders as well.

Frotteurism refers to a male in a crowded place rubbing against someone he doesn’t know until he is stimulated to the point of ejaculation.

A sexual attraction to a nonliving object is referred to as a fetish. Women’s undergarments and shoes are typical objects, although individuals may have very specific objects of sexual attraction.

Voyeurism refers to watching an unsuspecting individual undressing or naked in order to get aroused.

Exhibitionism involves exposing one’s genitals to unsuspecting strangers for sexual gratification.

Transvestic fetishism involves sexual arousal associated with the act of dressing in clothes of the opposite sex.

Sexual sadism and masochism refer to achieving sexual gratification either by inflicting pain or humiliation or suffering pain or humiliation, respectively.

Sadistic rape refers to rapists who are particularly aroused when force and acts of cruelty are involved.

Pedophilia refers to sexual attraction to children or very young adolescents.

Incest refers to deviant sexual attraction directed toward a family member

REFERENCES: Paraphilic Disorders: Clinical Descriptions LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Paraphilic Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 107. Explain the treatment methods of covert sensitization and orgasmic reconditioning. What do these two methods have in common?

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: In covert sensitization, patients associate sexually arousing images in their imagination with some reasons why the behavior is harmful or dangerous. Before treatment, the patient knows about these reasons, but the immediate pleasure and strong reinforcement the sexual activity provides is enough to overcome any thoughts of possible harm or danger that might arise in the future. In imagination, harmful or dangerous

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

consequences can be associated quite directly with the unwanted behavior and arousal in a powerful and emotionally meaningful way.

In orgasmic reconditioning, patients are instructed to masturbate to their usual fantasies but to substitute more desirable ones just before ejaculation. With repeated practice, patients should be able to begin the desired fantasy earlier in the masturbatory process and still retain their arousal. This technique has been used with some success in a variety of settings.

Both treatments utilize imagination and fantasizing to produce results.

REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilic Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Psychological Treatment OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 108. Describe Masters and Johnson’s approach to sex therapy.

Masters and Johnson introduced sensate focus and nondemand pleasuring. In this exercise, ANSWER: couples are instructed to refrain from intercourse or genital caressing to explore and enjoy each other’s body. Next, the couple moves to genital pleasuring but with a ban on orgasm and intercourse and clear instructions to the man that achieving an erection is not the goal.

Finally, arousal should be reestablished and the couple should be ready to attempt intercourse. This stage is also broken down into parts. A couple might be instructed to attempt the beginnings of penetration; that is, the depth of penetration and the time it lasts are only gradually built up, and both genital and nongenital pleasuring continue.

Eventually, full intercourse and thrusting are accomplished.

REFERENCES: Causes and Treatment of Sexual Dysfunciton LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Psychological Treatment OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 109. Discuss possible reasons why sexual activity for men is higher than for women during the years of old age.

Possible reasons for the discrepancy between male and female rates of sexual activity in ANSWER:

old age are not clear. One reason is the earlier mortality of men, leaving many older women without a suitable partner. Also, some women are married to men in an older age bracket and their older age reduces their abilities to perform sex. Many older women also indicate that sex was “not at all important” and reported less interest in sex than their male counterparts report. Decreases in sexual activity are correlated with decreases in general mobility and various disease processes and consequent medication, which may reduce arousal. Finally, the speed and intensity of various vasocongestive responses decrease with age.

REFERENCES: What Is Normal Sexuality?

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Gender Differences OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 110. Joe was imprisoned three times and released for attacks he made against women to steal their shoes. He has a strong sexual attraction to women’s shoes and despite efforts to change the attraction remains. Joe sees his doctor for help with his concern about his paraphilic sexual attraction to women’s shoes returning even after intense treatment. Describe possible drug treatments Joe’s doctor might consider in treating Joe’s paraphilia.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

ANSWER:

Paraphilia can be treated with cyproterone acetate. This “chemical castration” drug eliminates sexual desire and fantasy by reducing testosterone levels, but fantasies and arousal return as soon as the drug is removed. A second drug is medroxyprogesterone, a hormonal agent that reduces testosterone. These drugs may be useful for dangerous sexual offenders who do not respond to alternative treatments, or temporarily to suppress sexual arousal in patients who require it, but they are not always successful. The outlook for most individuals with these disorders is bleak because paraphilic disorders run a chronic course and recurrence is common.

REFERENCES: Assessing and Treating Paraphilic Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Drug Treatments OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

1. Auburn has a cup of coffee every morning, smokes 10 cigarettes a day, and has a beer with dinner. This is an example of a. substance use. b. a substance use disorder. c. polysubstance abuse. d. substance intoxication.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 2. Which of the following would NOT be an example of substance use, as opposed to substance intoxication, substance abuse, or substance dependence? a. Smoking a cigarette b. Drinking a cup of coffee c. Taking a sleeping pill d. Getting drunk ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 3. The American Psychiatric Association defines substance abuse in terms of a. how drunk or intoxicated a person gets after ingesting a psychoactive substance. b. whether or not the substance interferes with the person’s life. c. the type and intensity of the substance abuser’s biological reaction. d. which drug is used and how much of it is consumed in one episode.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 4. Substance intoxication is determined by all of the following EXCEPT a. the specific drug that is used. b. how much of a drug is used or ingested. c. the drug user’s individual biological reaction. d. physiological dependence on the drug.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 5. In terms of substance-related disorders, the word addiction is most closely associated with a. substance use. b. intoxication. c. substance dependence. d. polysubstance abuse.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 6. A person who is physiologically dependent on a drug will experience a. tolerance to the effects of the drug. b. withdrawal symptoms if the drug is withdrawn. c. psychological craving d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 7. Carol has been addicted to narcotics for many years. Recently, she has been trying to quit and has not used any drugs for the last week. We can expect that Carol will be experiencing a. fever and chills. b. nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea. c. aches and pains. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

8. The condition called delirium tremens, also known as the DTs, involves hallucinations and body tremors during withdrawal from a. heroin. b. cocaine. c. alcohol. d. marijuana.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 9. A perspective of substance dependence that involves “drug-seeking behaviors” includes all of the following EXCEPT a. repeated use of the drug. b. a desperate need to ingest more of the drug. c. resuming drug use after a period of abstinence. d. physical symptoms when the drug is no longer used.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 10. Researchers estimate that almost ________________ of the people in addiction treatment centers have an additional psychiatric disorders. a. one-fifth b. one-third c. one-half d. three-fourths ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 11. ______________ disorders are observed in more than 40% of people in addiction treatment centers. a. Mood b. Anxiety c. Personality d. Dissociative Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 12. The need for increased amounts of a substance to achieve the desired effect, and the diminished effect with continued use of the same amount, is referred to as a. resistance. b. dependence. c. tolerance. d. intoxication.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 13. The _________ system seems to be particularly sensitive to alcohol. a. dopamine b. GABA c. Wernicke d. olfactory ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 14. According to the text, researchers estimate what percentage of individuals in America engage in binge drinking? a. 25% b. 30% c. 44% d. 98% ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

15. Alcohol and the drugs Seconal, Amytal, and Valium are all classified as a. stimulants. b. opiates. c. depressants. d. narcotics.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 16. All of the following substances are classified as opiates EXCEPT a. cocaine. b. codeine. c. heroin. d. morphine.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 17. Both morphine and codeine are analgesics, which means that they a. activate the central nervous system. b. relieve pain and produce euphoria. c. increase alertness. d. cause delusions and dissociative experiences.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 18. Which of the following is an example of alcohol’s effects on brain functioning? a. Faster reaction time b. Improved judgment c. Impaired motor coordination d. Greater creativity ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 19. What explains the apparent stimulation, feeling of well-being, and outgoing behavior as the initial effects of alcohol ingestion? a. Depression of the inhibitory centers in the brain b. Activation of the inhibitory centers in the brain c. Depression of the autonomic nervous system d. Stimulation of the autonomic nervous system ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 20. Although most psychoactive substances interact with specific substances in the brain cells, the effects of ________ are much more complex because several different neurotransmitter systems are affected. a. opiates b. tranquilizers c. alcohol d. marijuana ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 21. Which of the following does NOT represent the specific effect of alcohol on a particular neurotransmitter system? a. Serotonin—alcoholic cravings b. Glutamate—alcoholic blackouts c. Dopamine—slurred speech d. GABA—anti-anxiety effect ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

22. All of the following are symptoms of withdrawal from alcohol EXCEPT a. nausea and/or vomiting. b. hypersomnia. c. hallucinations. d. delirium tremens.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 23. In some individuals, chronic alcohol use causes physical damage to the body. Whether this occurs depends on all of the following factors EXCEPT a. blood alcohol levels during drinking periods. b. the type of alcohol consumed. c. genetic vulnerability. d. how frequently drinking binges occur, how long they last, and how much time elapses between binges.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 24. Consequences of long-term excessive drinking include a. liver disease and/or pancreatitis. b. cardiovascular disorders. c. brain damage. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 25. All of the following can occur in people who are alcohol dependent for even short periods of time EXCEPT a. blackouts and/or seizures. b. hallucinations. c. memory loss. d. dementia.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 26. Annabelle has been a heavy drinker for years. Her behavior reflects confusion, loss of muscle coordination, and unintelligible speech. Such behavior is probably the result of a. dementia. b. substance abuse psychotic disorder. c. fetal alcohol syndrome. d. Wernicke–Korsakoff syndrome.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 27. Different rates of alcohol dependence in different countries/regions can be attributed to differences in all of the following EXCEPT a. impulse control. b. attitude toward alcohol. c. availability of alcohol. d. physiological reactions.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 28. Fetal alcohol syndrome (FAS) is a combination of problems that can occur in a child whose mother drank alcohol while pregnant. Symptoms of FAS include all of the following EXCEPT a. cognitive deficits and behavior problems. b. distorted facial features. c. learning difficulties. d. excessive fetal growth.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 29. Research that asks individuals to indicate alcohol use during the previous one-month period has found that alcohol use is highest among a. Hispanics. b. Asian Americans. c. Caucasian Americans. d. people with multiracial backgrounds.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 30. Which of the following is an accurate statement about alcohol use? a. Education is negatively correlated with recent alcohol use. b. Half of all Americans over the age of 12 report being current drinkers of alcohol. c. Female college students were more likely than male college students to report several episodes of binge drinking in a two-week period. d. Alcohol use in the elderly population is typically high.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 31. In a large survey among college-aged men and women, it was found that a. about 75% of the respondents said that they had gone on a binge of heavy drinking once in the preceding two weeks. b. there was no relationship between frequency of drinking and grades. c. students with a grade-point average of “A” had no more than one drink per week. d. ”D” and “F” students averaged 11 alcoholic drinks per week.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 32. Lifetime prevalence rates for alcohol use disorder, meaning a person met criteria for an alcohol use disorder Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

at some point in during his or her life, are more than a. 35% b. 29% c. 21% d. 16% ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 33. Which of the following is an accurate statement about alcoholism? a. A progressive pattern leading to alcoholism is inevitable for those who drink alcohol. b. The factors that determine a drinker’s susceptibility to alcoholism are not yet known. c. Alcohol use and aggressive behavior are negatively correlated. d. Use of alcohol by preteens and young teenagers does not predict later abuse.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 34. Casey was offered a full scholarship to a prestigious conservatory, but his alcohol use got more and more out of control, and in addition to suffering from several interfering symptoms, he was forced to drop out of school after the first semester. He was also very much in debt because of his alcohol use and had estranged himself from his family. Casey’s alcohol use disorder would be specified as a. combined type b. interfering type c. moderate d. severe ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 35. Mixing caffeinated energy drinks with alcohol can reduce the sedative effect of alcohol, which may a. increase the depressant effects of alcohol. b. lead to alcohol causing violent behavior. c. increase the likelihood of later abuse. d. reduce the stimulant effects of alcohol.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 36. You have just heard about a situation in which someone who was drunk vandalized a building and assaulted a security guard. From your knowledge of abnormal psychology, you are aware that although alcohol does not cause aggressive behavior, it may a. stimulate the inhibitory center of the brain, causing aggressive behavior. b. activate the aggressive genes in the person’s DNA. c. impair the ability to consider the consequences of acting impulsively. d. increase the anxiety associated with being punished for one’s actions.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 37. Which of the following is the definition of anxiolytic? a. Sleep-inducing b. Anxiety-reducing c. Antiseizure d. Calming ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 38. Which of the following is the definition of sedative? a. Sleep-inducing b. Anxiety-reducing c. Antiseizure d. Calming ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

39. Minerva was extremely anxious and worried about everything. She thought that something terrible would happen and worried what people thought about her. She was also jumpy and suffered from episodes of heart palpitations due to anxiety. Her doctor most likely prescribed____________ to help her. a. an opiate b. a benzodiazepine c. an anxiolytic d. an antidepressant ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 40. Which of the following is the definition of hypnotic? a. Sleep-inducing b. Anxiety-reducing c. Antiseizure d. Calming ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 41. Which of the following is the definition of anticonvulsant? a. Sleep-inducing b. Anxiety-reducing c. Antiseizure d. Calming ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 42. In early editions of the DSM, into what disorder category did alcoholism and drug abuse fall? a. Mood and anxiety disorders b. Impulse control disorders c. Sociopathic personality disturbances Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

d. Obsessive compulsive disturbances ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 43. Which of the following drugs is NOT classified as a benzodiazepine? a. Ativan b. Valium c. Xanax d. Seconal ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 44. The benzodiazepine medications are prescribed primarily to treat a. pain. b. depression. c. anxiety. d. addiction.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 45. Misuse of the benzodiazepine ________ has resulted in it being referred to as the “date rape drug.” a. Amytal b. Halcion c. Ritalin d. Rohypnol ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

46. According to the text, the overdose of which of the following drugs is a common means of suicide? a. Benzodiazepines b. Barbiturates c. Stimulants d. Hallucinogens ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 47. Since 1960 _____________ use has decline and ______________________ use has increased. a. benzodiazepine; barbiturate b. barbiturate; benzodiazepine c. stimulant; barbiturate d. alcohol; LSD ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 48. The most commonly consumed of all the psychoactive drugs are the stimulants, which include all of the following EXCEPT a. caffeine. b. cocaine. c. nicotine. d. mescaline.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 49. Which of the following is an accurate statement about amphetamines and/or amphetamine use disorders? a. Amphetamines cause a period of depression and fatigue (called “crashing”), which is followed by feelings of elation and euphoria. b. Amphetamines cause an increase in appetite and a decrease in fatigue. c. Amphetamines decrease the availability of dopamine and norepinephrine in the nervous system. d. Amphetamine overdose can cause hallucinations, panic, agitation, and paranoid delusions.

ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 50. According to the DSM, one of the features of cannabis intoxication is a. psychomotor agitation. b. gastrointestinal disturbances. c. mood swings. d. blurring of vision.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 51. Ecstasy is a pressed pill; ___________ is a purified powder in capsules. a. ”Mary Jane” b. ”Lucy” c. ”Molly” d. ”Angel” ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 52. Methamphetamine was invented in the a. 1930s b. 1950s c. 1970s d. 1990s ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 53. Which of the following effects is associated with cocaine use? a. Decreased alertness Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

b. Increased appetite c. Decreased pulse and blood pressure d. Rapid and irregular heartbeat ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 54. Stimulation of the ________ neurons in the “pleasure pathway” (the site in the brain that seems to be involved in the experience of pleasure) probably causes the “high” associated with cocaine use. a. dopamine b. serotonin c. adrenaline d. endorphin ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: YPE: Factual 55. Your shy and introverted friend tells you that she has discovered a wonder drug that produces feelings of euphoria and is not addictive. When you realize that she is talking about cocaine, you inform her that a. scientists agree that it is wonder drug just as she describes. b. in the early 20th century, cocaine was an ingredient in Pepsi-Cola. c. cocaine will make her more social and outgoing. d. she will develop a growing inability to resist taking more.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 56. Nikolay has decided to stop smoking (again). He can expect to experience which of the following withdrawal symptoms? a. Elevated mood b. Decreased appetite c. Weight loss d. Irritability ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 57. The DSM-5 does not describe an intoxication pattern for ____________ disorders. a. stimulant-related b. tobacco-related c. depressant-related d. opioid-related ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 58. From a physiological perspective, the reason that a nicotine addict smokes cigarettes frequently throughout the day is to prevent withdrawal symptoms, which include all of the following EXCEPT a. irritability. b. weight loss. c. depression. d. difficulty concentrating.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 59. Women may relapse more than men from quitting smoking because a. of weight gain experienced after quitting. b. they tend to have more symptoms of depression and anxiety. c. they experience higher levels of stress at work. d. women have higher levels of stress due to the imbalance of childcare in the home.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 60. The most common of the psychoactive substances, used by 90% of Americans, is a. nicotine.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

b. caffeine. c. marijuana. d. opium.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 61. Caffeine seems to block ____________________ reuptake. a. dopamine b. serotonin c. GABA d. adenosine ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 62. Among the opioids are both natural substances (opiates) and the synthetic narcotic called a. morphine. b. heroin. c. methadone. d. codeine.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Opioids LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 63. Legally available narcotic medications, including morphine and codeine, are used primarily as a. antagonists. b. analgesics. c. antibiotics. d. antidotes.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Opioids LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

OTHER:

empirically TYPE: Factual

64. Which of the following are examples of opioids? a. Chemicals in the poppy b. Hydrocodone c. Enkephalins d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Opioids LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 65. Steven had been “hooked” for a while before he decided to “go clean.” Within 6 to 12 hours, he started to experience excessive yawning, nausea and vomiting, chills, muscle aches, diarrhea, and insomnia. His behavior disrupted his work and social relationships. These symptoms persisted for three days. After a week, he felt better. Steven is probably withdrawing from a. alcohol. b. cocaine. c. heroin. d. LSD. ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Opioids LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 66. Enkephalins and endorphins are natural opioids found in a. the brain. b. the humoral system. c. DNA. d. poppy seeds.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Opioids LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

67. Illicit use of opioid-containing prescriptions is the _____________ most common type of illicit drug use in 2014 after marijuana. a. second b. third c. fourth d. fifth ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Opioids LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 68. Major signs of withdrawal do not usually occur with ___________. a. heroin b. nicotine c. cannabis d. cocaine ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Hallucinogens LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 69. The brain’s own version of THC is a neurochemical called a. endorphin. b. cannabinoid. c. encephalin. d. anandamide.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Hallucinogens LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 70. Substances that distort sensory experiences, feelings, and perceptions are known as a. opiates. b. hallucinogens. c. ”roofies.” d. ”benzos.”

ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Hallucinogens LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 71. According to the DSM, one of the features of hallucinogen intoxication is a. psychomotor agitation. b. gastrointestinal disturbances. c. dry mouth. d. blurring of vision.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Hallucinogens LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 72. Which of the following is an accurate statement concerning marijuana use and abuse? a. Paranoia and hallucinations can occur. b. Tolerance develops rapidly. c. Psychological dependence can occur with even occasional use. d. Marijuana is free of carcinogens.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Hallucinogens LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 73. Which of the following hallucinogenic substances is processed synthetically? a. Marijuana b. LSD c. Psilocybin d. Mescaline ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Hallucinogens LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 74. Even after Timon read Psychedelics for Dummies, he was unable to produce LSD in the lab. He decided he would have to find a hallucinogen naturally. Therefore, he should look for which naturally occurring Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

hallucinogen? a. Peyote b. Psilocybe mushroom c. Seeds of the morning glory plant d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Hallucinogens LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 75. Which of the following substances is NOT physiologically addicting? a. Alcohol b. LSD c. Cocaine d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 76. All of the following are informative and accurate statements about inhalants EXCEPT that a. inhalant use is most commonly observed among college students. b. symptoms of inhalant use include slurred speech, dizziness, and euphoria. c. long-term inhalant use can damage bone marrow, the kidneys, the liver, and the brain. d. use of inhalants can cause users to be antisocial and aggressive.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Other Drugs of Abuse LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 77. Use of testosterone-derived anabolic-androgenic steroids differs from other illicit drug use because a. the “high” produced from steroid use is more intense than that experienced with other drugs. b. steroids are used to increase body mass and enhance performance. c. more females than males use anabolic steroids. d. steroids can be taken orally or by injection.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

REFERENCES: Other Drugs of Abuse LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 78. Among the so-called recreational or illicit “designer drugs” is a dissociative anesthetic that produces a sense of detachment along with a reduced awareness of pain. It is called a. ecstasy (MDMA). b. “Special K.” c. Eve. d. Nexus.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Other Drugs of Abuse LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 79. A recent research study on alcoholism suggests that while use of illegal drugs is influenced by environmental factors, abuse and dependence are more influenced by a. genetic factors. b. psychological factors. c. nonbiological factors. d. cultural factors.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 80. The common factor among psychoactive drugs may be a. their ability to activate the “pleasure pathways” of the brain. b. the ease of obtaining them and the relatively inexpensive cost. c. the similar way in which they are metabolized in the body. d. their identical effect on neurotransmitters at the synapse.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 81. In the 1950s, James Olds used electrical stimulation on the brains of rats and discovered Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

a. the aggressive center of the brain. b. the pleasure center of the brain. c. that rats did not like to have their brains electrically stimulated. d. that rats had no brains.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 82. The field of research that studies how genes work to affect addiction is called a. behavior genetics. b. the genome project. c. functional genomics. d. genetic cross-transformation.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 83. The “pleasure pathways” or internal reward centers in the human brain are primarily made up of a. dopamine-sensitive neurons. b. serotonin-sensitive neurons. c. both dopamine-sensitive and serotonin-sensitive neurons. d. none of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 84. Substance abuse and substance dependence are a. different terms for the same condition. b. two similar but separate diagnoses in the DSM-5. c. outdated terms that reflect incomplete understanding of neurobiology. d. combined into a single diagnosis in the DSM-5.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 85. Yesterday you asked your friend Ray for a couple of aspirin tablets to relieve your headache. Ray has been taking a psychology course and informs you that, in behavioral terms, aspirin is a ________ reinforcer. a. positive b. negative c. neutral d. variable ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 86. In behavioral terms, drugs like aspirin are considered negative reinforcers because they a. make a person feel good. b. stop a person from feeling pain. c. have toxic effects on the nervous system. d. can cause frequent users to become dependent on them.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 87. In trying to understand why some individuals become addicted to anxiolytics and others do not, it is important to consider the negative reinforcement that is associated with the drug’s ability to a. produce a “high.” b. reduce anxiety. c. metabolize quickly. d. relieve pain.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 88. Which of the following drugs is known to have an anxiolytic effect? a. Methamphetamine Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

b. Alcohol c. Caffeine d. LSD ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 89. Many drugs provide escape from physical pain, from stress, or from panic and anxiety. This phenomenon has been explored under a number of different names, including all of the following EXCEPT a. self-medication. b. tension reduction. c. negative affect. d. withdrawal escapism.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 90. The neurotransmitter GABA plays what role in drug use and addiction? a. It acts as the “brain police.” b. It acts as the “gatekeeper.” c. It acts as the “transporter.” d. It acts as the “stimulator.”

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 91. The integration of both positive and negative reinforcement in explaining why the “crash” that follows the initial euphoria of drug use is not a deterrent to further drug use is called a. the opponent-process theory. b. amotivational syndrome. c. substance-induced myopia. d. an expectancy effect.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 92. Which of the following is an accurate statement about the opponent-process explanation of drug addiction? a. An increase in positive feelings will be followed by an increase in negative feelings. b. An increase in negative feelings will be followed by an increase in positive feelings. c. both of these are correct d. Neither of these are correct ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 93. Two views of substance-related disorders characterize contemporary thought: the moral weakness and the disease models of dependence. According to your textbook, which is the best way to understand substancerelated disorders? a. Moral weakness b. Disease models of dependence c. Together, they paint a comprehensive picture d. Neither perspective does justice ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 94. Jamie, who expects to be less inhibited when she drinks alcohol, will act less inhibited whether she actually drinks alcohol or drinks a placebo she thinks is alcohol. This phenomenon is called a. the expectancy effect. b. Wernicke–Korsakoff effect. c. the lysergic effect. d. klepto–pyro effect.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

95. One of the parental factors that appears to contribute significantly to early adolescent drug use is a. parents who are over-involved in the children’s lives. b. parents expecting children to achieve in school. c. parents who spend little time monitoring their children. d. parents having experimented with drugs during their own youth.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 96. Viewing drug use as _____________ leads to __________ those afflicted with the disorder. a. moral weakness; punishing b. a disease; punishing c. moral weakness; seeking treatment for a medical problem d. genetically based; discriminating against ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 97. After studying the text, you now should understand that the integrative approach to substance abuse is a. that a genetic factor alone is the cause of substance abuse. b. that neurobiological factors determine whether substance abuse will develop. c. that psychological factors are the primary determinants of whether or not a person becomes a drug addict. d. that for any particular individual, substance abuse may arise from multiple and different causes.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 98. Which of the following is an example of the agonist substitution type of treatment for substance abuse? a. The use of methadone to treat heroin addiction b. A nicotine patch or nicotine gum to treat addiction to cigarette smoking c. Both of these d. Neither of these ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 99. The drug opiate-antagonist naltrexone is a treatment for substance abuse that works by a. substituting a chemically similar drug for the addictive drug. b. both counteracting the effects of opiates and producing withdrawal symptoms. c. producing a cross-tolerance effect in a drug user. d. producing only a temporary euphoric effect if opiates continue to be used.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 100. Aversive treatments are prescribed to a. cause the abused substances to taste bitter. b. make ingesting the abused substances extremely unpleasant. c. make people allergic to the abused substances. d. increase the pleasurable feelings that are associated with alcohol.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 101. When an individual who has previously taken Antabuse drinks alcohol, he or she will probably a. become very ill. b. have a convulsion. c. develop a skin rash. d. become feverish.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 102. A person who suffers from alcoholism, who is highly motivated to stop drinking, and who understands the possibly severe consequences of treatment may be prescribed the drug Antabuse. This medication is an example Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

of an ________ treatment for alcoholism. a. agonist substitution b. antagonist c. aversive d. AA ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 103. Which of the following is NOT an accurate statement about Alcoholics Anonymous? a. AA seems an effective treatment for some people with alcohol dependence. b. More than 3% of the adult population of the United States has attended an AA meeting. c. AA advocates believe that former alcoholics can become social drinkers. d. Accurate data has not been gathered as to the overall success of AA because participation is anonymous.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 104. In the alcoholism treatment field, the notion of teaching people ______________ is extremely ____________. a. aversive techniques; ineffective b. abstinence strategies; effective c. controlled drinking; controversial d. self-hypnotic techniques; effective ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 105. The community reinforcement approach, a new type of program that has been started to address the problem of substance abuse, includes all of the following components EXCEPT a. a non-substance-abusing relative participates with the alcoholic in relationship improvement sessions. b. the substance abuser is encouraged to accept that his or her friends may continue to be users but associating with them is still OK. Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

c. assistance with employment, education, finances, or other social service areas is provided to help reduce stress. d. options are suggested for new recreational activities to replace previous drug-related activities.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 106. Of the following types of drug prevention strategies, which one has the potential for the most successful outcome (according to the information in your textbook)? a. Education-based programs (e.g., DARE) b. Skills training to resist social, media, and peer pressure to use drugs c. Relapse prevention programs focusing on the learned aspects of dependence d. Cultural attitude change (e.g., widespread enactment of no-smoking legislation) ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 107. Relapse prevention refers to a treatment mode that views relapse as a. a failure of cognitive and behavioral coping skills. b. a failure of willpower. c. proof that a person will never be able to control his or her drinking. d. an insurmountable obstacle to treatment for substance abuse.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 108. An impulse-control disorder involving the recurrent failure to resist urges to steal things for neither personal nor monetary value is called a. pyromania. b. kleptomania. c. trichotillomania. d. erotomania.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Impulse-Control Disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 109. Pyromania a. is fairly common among arsonists. b. is a disorder where an individual is preoccupied with setting fires and the associated equipment involved in putting out those fires. c. is fairly common among people who were bed wetters as children. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Impulse-Control Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 110. Kleptomania seems to be highly comorbid with which type of disorders? a. Mood b. Obsessive-compulsive c. Personality d. All of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Impulse-Control Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 111. Which of the following statements is true about kleptomania? a. The stolen objects are not needed for personal use or their monetary value. b. The disorder appears to be more common than many disorders. c. The disorder has been fairly well-studied because of the somewhat high prevalence. d. All of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Impulse-Control Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 112. In the impulse-control disorders, the individual feels ________ prior to carrying out the act.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

a. relaxed and calm b. tense and sometimes aroused c. spaced out d. angry and aggressive ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Impulse-Control Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 113. Intermittent explosive disorder is usually associated with type of course? a. Episodic b. Cyclic c. Chronic d. Insidious ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Impulse-Control Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 114. Although AA (Alcoholics Anonymous) programs are considered effective, the dropout rate for GA (Gamblers Anonymous) programs is ________. a. 10% to 30%. b. 30% to 50%. c. 50% to 70%. d. 70% to 90%.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Impulse-Control Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 115. In a laboratory research study involving “drug addiction” in animals, it was demonstrated that the positivereinforcing effect (i.e., pleasure) of drugs a. is a uniquely human weakness. b. is primarily asocial and cultural phenomenon. c. existed even without social and cultural influences. d. is biological, social, and cultural.

ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 116. Gambling disorder affects approximately ____% of adult Americans. a. 0.5 b. 2 c. 4 d. 7 ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Impulse-Control Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 117. Which of the following is common to both gambling disorder and substance use disorders? a. Withdrawal symptoms b. Tolerance c. Craving d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Impulse-Control Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 118. Describe and give an example for the “levels of involvement” of psychoactive substances. Include “use,” “intoxication,” and “use disorder” in your response.

Sample Answer: Substance use refers to the ingestion of psychoactive substances in ANSWER: moderate amounts that does not significantly interfere with social, educational, or occupational functioning. For example, drinking a cup of coffee in the morning to wake up or smoking a cigarette and having a drink with a friend to relax. Substance intoxication is our physiological reaction to ingested substances. For example, drunkenness or getting high.. Substance use disorder is defined in terms of how significantly the use interferes with the user’s life. If substances disrupt your education, job, or relationships with others, and put you in physically dangerous situations you would be considered to have a disorder.

For example, the inability to complete a semester of community college as a direct result of drug use, repeated arrests for driving while drunk or under the influence of other drugs, and the relentless and pervasive use of multiple substances.

REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

TOPICS: OTHER:

Levels of Involvement TYPE: Conceptual

119. Define “psychoactive substance” and give examples of the different categories of psychoactive drugs. Discuss whether these drugs are psychologically or physiologically addictive.

Sample Answer: Psychoactive substances alter mood, behavior, or both.

ANSWER:

Depressants result in behavioral sedation and can induce relaxation. They include alcohol (ethyl alcohol) and the sedative, hypnotic, and anxiolytic drugs in the families of barbiturates (e.g., Seconal) and benzodiazepines (e.g., Valium, Xanax). Depressants are physiologically addictive.

Stimulants cause us to be more active and alert and can elevate mood. Included in this group are amphetamines, cocaine, nicotine, and caffeine. Stimulants can be physiologically and psychologically addictive.

Opiates produce analgesia temporarily (reduce pain) and euphoria. Heroin, opium, codeine, and morphine are included in this group. Opiates are physiologically and psychologically addictive.

Cannabis (marijuana) produces reactions that usually include mood swings and/or heightened sensory experiences. The feelings of well-being produced by small doses can change to paranoia, hallucinations, and dizziness when larger doses are taken. Research suggests that impairments of memory, concentration, relationships with others, and employment may be negative outcomes of long-term use.

Hallucinogens alter sensory perception and can produce delusions, paranoia, and hallucinations. Marijuana and LSD are included in this category. Hallucinogens are not physiologically addictive but are psychologically addictive.

Other Drugs of Abuse do not fit neatly into one of the categories here include inhalants (e.g., airplane glue), anabolic steroids, and other over-the-counter and prescription medications (e.g., nitrous oxide). These substances produce a variety of psychoactive effects that are characteristic of the substances described in the previous categories.

REFERENCES: Perspectives on Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Diagnostic Issues OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 120. Compare and contrast the applications for and effects of benzodiazepines and barbiturates.

Sample Answer: Benzodiazepines and barbiturates compare in that they have medical ANSWER:

applications. Benzodiazepines are drugs used to reduce anxiety, including Valium, Xanax, and Ativan. Barbiturates include Amytal, Seconal, and Nembutal and are prescribed to help people sleep.

Benzodiazepines and barbiturates contrast in that they are considered to have different “addictive” properties. In general, benzodiazepines are considered much safer than barbiturates, with less risk of abuse and dependence. With continued use, however, tolerance and dependence can develop. Barbiturates were widely prescribed by physicians during the 1930s and 1940s, before their addictive properties were fully understood. By the 1950s , they were among the drugs most abused by adults in the United States..

REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Sedative-, Hypnotic-, or Anxiolytic-Related Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 121. Describe the psychological and behavioral effects of alcohol. Discuss both the short- and long-term consequences of alcohol-related disorders..

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: It appears that the course of alcohol dependence may be progressive for most people, whereas the course of alcohol abuse may be more variable. Among chronically alcohol-dependent men, a general progression of alcohol-related life problems did emerge. Three-quarters of the men reported moderate consequences of their drinking, such as demotions at work, in their 20s. During their 30s, men had serious problems including regular blackouts and signs of alcohol withdrawal. By their late 30s and early 40s, these men demonstrated long-term serious consequences of their drinking, which included hallucinations, withdrawal convulsions, and hepatitis or pancreatitis. This study suggests a common pattern among people with chronic alcohol abuse and dependence, one with increasingly severe consequences. This progressive pattern is not inevitable for everyone who abuses alcohol, although we do not yet understand what distinguishes those who are and those who are not susceptible. Finally, statistics often link alcohol with violent behavior. Laboratory studies show that alcohol does make participants more aggressive. However, whether a person behaves aggressively outside the laboratory probably involves a number of interrelated factors, such as the quantity and timing of alcohol consumed, the person’s history of violence, expectations about drinking, and what happens to the individual while intoxicated. Alcohol does not cause aggression, but it may increase a person’s likelihood of engaging in impulsive acts and it may impair the ability to consider the consequences of acting impulsively. Given the right circumstances, such impaired rational thinking may increase a person’s risk of behaving aggressively.

REFERENCES: Depressants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Alcohol-Related Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 122. Discuss current research on the genetic/biological, social, and cultural factors related to alcoholism. Which factors appear most strongly related to the development and progression of the disorder?

Sample Answer: Alcohol is thought to have an anxiolytic effect as a result of its effects on ANSWER: the septal/hippocampal system, which includes a large number of GABA-sensitive neurons. Studies of the sons of alcoholics suggest that there may be a genetic predisposition to being less sensitive to alcohol when it is first ingested and then less sensitive to its effects over time, meaning that the euphoric effects take precedence.

Alcoholics and their sons also tend to show altered brain-wave activity, although it is not clear whether this pattern is connected to the reasons people become alcohol dependent or a sign of some other similarity. Alcohol may also enable people to cope with stress or anxiety, and so becomes a negative reinforce; people who experience stress or abuse are at risk for increased drinking. People’s expectancies about how a drug such as alcohol can affect their response to the substance and their tendency to use or abuse the drug. Cultural guidelines influence people’s definitions of what is acceptable regarding substance use, how such use is linked to daily activities and social events, and may affect the social and legal consequences of such drinking.

REFERENCES: Causes of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Biological, Social, and Cultural Factors OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 123. Compare and contrast the stimulant drugs. Discuss the history of cocaine as well as its atypical type of addictive process.

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: At low doses, amphetamines can induce feelings of elation and vigor and

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

can reduce fatigue. You literally feel “up.” However, after a period of elevation, you come back down and “crash,” feeling depressed or tired. In sufficient quantities, stimulants can lead to stimulant-related disorders. Like amphetamines, in small amounts cocaine increases alertness, produces euphoria, increases blood pressure and pulse, and causes insomnia and loss of appetite. The nicotine in tobacco is a psychoactive substance that produces patterns of dependence, tolerance, and withdrawal—tobacco-related disorders.

Nicotine in small doses stimulates the central nervous system; it can relieve stress and improve mood. But it can also cause high blood pressure and increase the risk of heart disease and cancer. High doses can blur your vision, cause confusion, lead to convulsions, and sometimes even cause death. Caffeine is the most common of the psychoactive substances, used regularly by almost 90% of all Americans. Called the “gentle stimulant” because it is thought to be the least harmful of all addictive drugs, caffeine can still lead to caffeine-related disorders. This drug is found in tea, coffee, many cola drinks sold today, and cocoa products. High levels of caffeine are added to the “energy drinks” that are widely consumed in the United States today but are banned in some European countries (including France, Denmark, and Norway) due to health concerns. Caffeine in small doses can elevate your mood and decrease fatigue. In larger doses, it can make you feel jittery and can cause insomnia.

Cocaine makes the heart beat more rapidly and irregularly, and can have fatal consequences, depending on a person’s physical condition and the amount of the drug ingested. As late as the 1980s, many felt cocaine was a wonder drug that produced feelings of euphoria without being addictive. It was touted as a drug that gives you extra energy, helps you think clearly and more creatively, and lets you accomplish more throughout the day, all without any negative side effects! Dependence does not resemble that of many other drugs early on; typically, people find only that they have a growing inability to resist taking more. Few negative effects are noted at first; however, with continued use, sleep is disrupted, increased tolerance causes a need for higher doses, paranoia and other negative symptoms set in, and the cocaine user gradually becomes socially isolated. Cocaine withdrawal isn’t like that of alcohol. Instead of rapid heartbeat, tremors, or nausea, withdrawal from cocaine produces pronounced feelings of apathy and boredom. First, you’re bored with everything and find little pleasure from the everyday activities of work or relationships. The one thing that can “bring you back to life” is cocaine.

As you can imagine, a particularly vicious cycle develops: cocaine is abused, withdrawal causes apathy, cocaine abuse resumes. The atypical withdrawal pattern misled people into believing that cocaine was not addictive. We now know that cocaine abusers go through patterns of tolerance and withdrawal comparable to those experienced by abusers of other psychoactive drugs.

REFERENCES: Stimulants LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Stimulant-Related, Tobacco-Related, and Caffeine-Related Disorders OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 124. Describe the most common pathway to opioid addiction in the 21st century.

Sample Answer: The most common pathway to opioid addiction in the 21st century is ANSWER:

through the illicit use of opioid-containing prescription medications. Illicit use of this class of drugs has risen in recent years with 4.13 million people over the age of 12 reporting non-medical use. This rise in opioid use has been deemed an epidemic and public health crisis in the United States; in fact, 1.9 million people met criteria for opioid use disorder in 2013. Additionally, illicit opioid use was the leading cause of death for drug users in 2013, a 360% increase from 1999. Research also suggests that individuals who first become addicted to prescription pain medication transitioned to using heroin.

REFERENCES: Opioid-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

TOPICS: OTHER:

adhering to external standards Opioid-Related Disorders TYPE: Conceptual

125. Describe typical practices and dangers associated with inhalant use disorder.

Sample Answer: Inhalants include substance found in volatile solvents—making them ANSWER:

available to breathe into the lungs directly. Common inhalants used abusively include spray paint, hair spray, paint thinner, gasoline, amyl nitrate, nitrous oxide, nail polish remover, felt-tipped markers, airplane glue, contact cement, dry-cleaning fluid, and spot remover. Inhalant use is highest during early adolescence, especially in those in correctional or psychiatric institutions. Inhalants are rapidly absorbed into the bloodstream through the lungs when inhaled from containers or on a cloth held up to the mouth and nose. The high associated with inhalants resembles that of alcohol intoxication and usually includes dizziness, slurred speech, lack of coordination, euphoria, and lethargy. Users build up a tolerance to the drugs, and withdrawal—which involves sleep disturbance, tremors, irritability, and nausea—can last from two to five days. Dangers associated with inhalant use disorder include an increase in aggressive and antisocial behavior and damage to the users body. Long-term use of inhalants can damage the bone marrow, kidneys, liver, lungs, the nervous system, and the brain. A startle can cause the user to have a cardiac event that can lead to death (called “sudden sniffing death”).

REFERENCES: Other Drugs of Abuse LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Inhalants OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 126. Describe similarities between gambling disorder and substance-related disorders. How is gambling disorder treated, and how effective are the treatments?

Sample Answer: ANSWER:

The DSM-5 criteria for gambling disorder include the same pattern of urges we observe in the other substance-related disorders. Other parallels with substance dependence include “tolerance,” with the need to gamble increasing amounts of money over time and the “withdrawal symptoms” such as restlessness and irritability when attempting to stop.

Moreover, it is associated with social and occupational impairment. For example, among pathological gamblers, 14% have lost at least one job, 19% have declared bankruptcy, 32% have been arrested, and 21% have been incarcerated (Gerstein et al., 1999).

Treatment of gambling problems is difficult. Treatment is often similar to substance dependence treatment, and there is a parallel Gambler’s Anonymous that incorporates the same 12-step program in Alcoholics Anonymous. However, the evidence of effectiveness for Gambler’s Anonymous suggests that 70% to 90% drop out of these programs and that the desire to quit must be present before intervention (Ashley & Boehlke, 2012). Cognitivebehavioral interventions are also being studied, with one study including a variety of components—setting financial limits, planning alternative activities, preventing relapse, and imaginal desensitization. This preliminary research provides a more optimistic view of potential outcomes (Dowling, Smith, & Thomas, 2007).

REFERENCES: Gambling Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Gambling Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 127. Discuss the various component treatments for substance use disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 38

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: Often, biological treatments are more successful when combined with psychotherapy. For example, when using aversion therapy, the subject may utilize covert sensitization. The subject associates substance use with something very unpleasant. The goal would be to counteract the positive associations with the substance.

A component that seems a valuable part of therapy is contingency management, where the clinician and client decide on the reinforcers that will reward reaching certain goals.

Another approach is the community reinforcement approach, in which several facets of the drug problem are addressed to help identify and correct a person’s behavior that might contribute to abuse. For example, certain relationships are recognized as influencing drug use, so they are to be avoided, etc.

Motivational interviewing suggests that reminding a client about what he or she cherishes most in order to improve the client’s belief that any changes made will have positive outcomes.

Cognitive-behavior therapy addresses multiple aspects of the disorder and the problem of relapse. Relapse prevention treatment models help clients remove ambivalent feelings toward stopping their drug use and confronting the negative consequences of its use.

REFERENCES: Treatment of Substance-Related Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Biological and Psychosocial Treatments OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 39

1. According to the definition of personality disorder, only individuals who show ________ patterns of maladaptive behavior should be diagnosed with a personality disorder. a. suicidal b. the most severe c. persistent d. highly variable ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 2. All of the following are necessary conditions for the diagnosis of a personality disorder EXCEPT a. patient feelings of distress. b. pervasive pattern of behavior. c. maladaptive functioning. d. chronicity.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 3. The gender difference in the diagnosis of histrionic personality disorder has been criticized for a. reflecting society’s inherent bias. b. not reflecting enough of the differences between men and women. c. being psychologists’ plot to undermine their female colleagues. d. All of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 4. Lu feels like he is being tracked by the FBI because he might be a telepathy experiment “set loose.” He has thoughts about receiving instructions from others from the same experiment. What disorder would he most likely have? a. Schizotypal personality disorder b. Schizoid personality disorder c. Paranoid personality disorder Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

d. Schizophrenia ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 5. Unlike schizophrenia or an eating disorder, personality disorders can be viewed as disorders of a. biology rather than learning. b. learning rather than disease. c. degree rather than kind. d. functioning rather than disease.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 6. Clinicians who view personality disorders as extremes of normal personality rather than as ________ have criticized the way the DSM classifies personality disorders. a. medical conditions b. biologically based traits c. separate categories of disorders d. impaired functioning ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 7. Some have proposed that the personality disorders be replaced or supplemented by a dimensional model in which individuals would be rated on a series of personality dimensions as well as a categorical diagnosis. It is believed that this would have advantages over a purely categorical system. Which of the following would be such an advantage? a. It would retain more information about each individual. b. It would be more flexible. c. It would avoid arbitrary decisions involved in assignment to a diagnostic category. d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 8. Which of the following rhetorical questions summarizes the “dimensions/categories” debate? a. Do personality disorders exist? b. Should personality disorders be in five clusters or seven clusters? c. Are personality disorders just an extreme variant of normal personality, or are they distinctly different disorders? d. How can a person be a disordered if the person is not distressed?

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 9. What is one advantage of the categorical system over the dimensional system when it comes to classifying and diagnosing personality disorders? a. Convenience b. Accuracy c. Communicability d. It is better as a prognostic tool ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 10. DSM-5 divides personality disorders into ____ distinct clusters. a. one b. two c. three d. four ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 11. DSM-5 personality disorders are grouped into three clusters. Which of the following most accurately Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

represents the three clusters? a. Odd or eccentric; dangerous or inconsistent; shy, uncommunicative, or withdrawn b. Shy, uncommunicative, or withdrawn; anxious or fearful; dangerous or inconsistent c. Shy or withdrawn; dramatic, emotional, or erratic; bizarre or thought-disordered d. Odd or eccentric; dramatic, emotional, or erratic; anxious or fearful ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 12. In the world, the prevalence of personality disorders is estimated to be approximately________%. a. 0.5 b. 2 c. 6 d. 11 ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 13. The characteristic features of personality disorders tend to develop with a. rapid onset in late adolescence. b. gradual onset in adulthood. c. rapid onset in adulthood. d. onset in childhood that is difficult to pinpoint.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 14. Who pointed out that the criteria for the gender bias disorder may themselves be biased, or that the assessment measures and the way they are used may be biased? a. Van Valkenburg b. Spitzer c. Lilienfeld d. Akiskal ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 15. Research suggests that the gender differences observed in the prevalence of many personality disorders may be due to a. genetic differences. b. gender-specific learned behavior patterns. c. gender bias on the part of the diagnosing clinician. d. cultural scripts that dictate the type of disordered behavior appropriate for each gender.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 16. A woman demonstrating a high degree of Western “stereotypical female” traits might well be diagnosed with histrionic personality disorder. Which of the following would probably occur if a man demonstrated very stereotypical masculine traits? a. He would be diagnosed with antisocial personality disorder. b. He would be diagnosed with histrionic personality disorder. c. He would be diagnosed with narcissistic personality disorder. d. He probably would not be diagnosed with any personality disorder.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 17. Which type of people are sensitive to criticism and have an excessive need for autonomy? a. Schizotypal personality disorder b. Schizoid personality disorder c. Paranoid personality disorder d. Schizophrenia ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 18. Gender differences observed in the prevalence of many personality disorders may be due to Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

a. tolerance of behavior in a culture. b. differences in help-seeking behavior. c. gender bias on the part of the diagnosing clinician. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 19. Max is always sure that others are trying to harm him. His perception that the world is a threatening place impacts most of his life. Most likely, Max would be diagnosed with the personality disorder called a. histrionic. b. avoidant. c. paranoid. d. antisocial.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 20. An individual requesting treatment at a mental health clinic keeps talking about how gangsters are “out to get him.” Before diagnosing paranoid personality disorder, we must determine whether a. his fears are justified. b. his family life is stable. c. he has ever attempted suicide. d. he avoids socialization.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 21. The circumstances of entering a new culture for refugees and for people with hearing impairments may make these individuals particularly susceptible to a. histrionic personality disorder. b. paranoid personality disorder. c. schizotypal personality disorder. d. schizoid personality disorder.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 22. You are waiting to board a plane when you hear that the flight has been delayed due to a passing thunderstorm. The man sitting next to you says, “Passing thunderstorm, sure! That’s Jim again, he’s been doing everything to make me miss this meeting because he’s trying to get me fired!” Of the following, this statement would be most consistent with ________ personality disorder. a. avoidant b. histrionic c. borderline d. paranoid ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 23. The social deficiencies of people with __________________ are similar to those of people with paranoid personality disorder. a. bipolar disorder b. schizoid personality disorder c. autism spectrum disorder d. schizophrenia ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 24. The data regarding treatment outcome for individuals with paranoid personality disorder a. indicate that clients do not remain in therapy long enough for treatment success. b. suggest that treatment can only be successful if the patient remains in therapy for a minimum of one year. c. indicate that cognitive therapy is effective in most cases. d. demonstrate that strict behavioral approaches are effective.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

OTHER:

adhering to external standards TYPE: Factual

25. A person with paranoid personality disorder may a. mistrust other people. b. get into arguments with people. c. be quiet and withdrawn. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 26. Theo is quite a loner. He walks to class by himself, does not talk to anyone, and appears indifferent to other people. It is clear that Theo neither desires nor enjoys closeness with others. He does not act in any obviously unusual ways, nor does he appear to possess strange beliefs about the world. Of the following personality disorders, Theo appears to be a. avoidant. b. antisocial. c. schizotypal. d. schizoid.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 27. An individual who goes through life as a loner with no motivation to interact with others but with relatively normal behavior and beliefs is likely to be diagnosed with ________ personality disorder. a. histrionic b. narcissistic c. schizoid d. paranoid ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 28. One prevalent outcome for individuals with schizoid personality disorder is Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

a. homelessness. b. drug abuse. c. eating disorders. d. anxiety.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 29. According to the DSM-5, cluster A groups which of the following personality disorders? a. Borderline, compulsive, psychotic b. Paranoid, schizoid, schizotypal c. Avoidant, dependent, obsessive-compulsive d. Antisocial, histrionic, narcissistic ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 30. Patients diagnosed with schizoid personality disorder a. often request treatment and generally make progress quickly. b. often request treatment but generally make little progress. c. rarely request treatment except in response to a crisis. d. rarely request treatment but generally make progress quickly while in therapy.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 31. Individuals who are socially isolated, behave in ways that seem unusual, tend to be suspicious, and have odd beliefs are generally diagnosed with ________ personality disorder. a. schizotypal b. schizoid c. paranoid d. multiple ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 32. Individuals who have “ideas of reference” but who sense that these beliefs are probably unrealistic are generally diagnosed with ________ personality disorder. a. schizotypal b. paranoid c. antisocial d. histrionic ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 33. According to the textbook, a possible cause of schizotypal personality disorder is a. genetic. b. environmental. c. brain abnormalities. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 34. Hideki has been diagnosed with schizotypal personality disorder and has begun psychotherapy. Since he is willing to undergo a combined treatment approach, the result a. is excellent since most patients seeking treatment eventually are symptom free. b. may be a reduction in symptoms or postponement of schizophrenia. c. is excellent only if he is willing to take medication. d. is poor since most patients go on to develop schizophrenia.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

35. People with which of the following disorder perform actions that most of us would find unacceptable, and they tend to be irresponsible, impulsive, and deceitful? a. Antisocial personality disorder b. Schizoid personality disorder c. Autism spectrum disorder d. Schizophrenia ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 36. According to the textbook, the most likely cause of schizotypal personality disorder is a. poor parenting. b. social modeling. c. biological. d. isolation during childhood.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 37. As many of the individuals with schizotypal personality disorder who request clinical help also meet the criteria for a. obsessive-compulsive disorder. b. substance disorder. c. anorexia. d. major depressive disorder.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster A Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 38. Marie has a history of being arrested for arson and shows no remorse for her destructive actions; Marion has a perfect legal record, but often manipulates her friends to get what she wants and doesn’t feel guilt when she hurts their feelings. Marie most likely has_______, while Marion most likely has___________. a. schizoid personality disorder; antisocial personality disorder b. antisocial personality disorder; schizoid personality disorder c. psychopathy; antisocial personality disorder d. antisocial personality disorder; psychopathy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 39. Steve steals money from his friends and family, lies to get what he wants, and often hurts others with no sign of guilt or remorse. Steve would most likely be diagnosed with ________ personality disorder. a. paranoid b. histrionic c. antisocial d. narcissistic ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 40. The most accurate statement regarding antisocial personality disorder and psychopathy is that they a. are similar in almost every way except that psychopaths are criminals. b. are completely different populations. c. overlap in some features but not all. d. are just different names for the same features.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 41. With which of the following personality disorders is the term psychopath closely associated? a. Schizotypal b. Schizoid c. Paranoid d. Antisocial ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

42. One difference between a psychopath and a person with antisocial personality disorder is that ________ are used in diagnosing the psychopath, but ________ are used to diagnose antisocial personality disorder. a. personality traits; observable behaviors b. observable behaviors; personality traits c. clinical judgments; objective test scores d. medical criteria; psychological assessments ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 43. An adult diagnosed with antisocial personality disorder is most likely to have met the criteria for ________ as a child. a. autism b. conduct disorder c. a learning disability d. attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 44. Rob is a 13-year-old boy who has been repeatedly arrested for theft and assault. In addition to shoplifting and other theft, he has been caught stealing money from his parents’ wallets and his young sister’s piggy bank.

Rob shows no guilt or remorse for the many ways that he hurts others. Rob’s current diagnosis is most likely a. antisocial personality disorder. b. attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. c. conduct disorder. d. narcissistic personality disorder.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 45. The research examining the cause of antisocial personality disorder suggests that a. the primary cause is genetics. b. genetics and environment interact to cause the disorder. c. the primary cause is poor parenting.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

d. there is no evidence of either a genetic or environmental cause.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 46. An additional subtype new to DSM-5 is called ________________. a. dialectical behavior therapy b. grandiosity c. callous-unemotional presentation d. eccentric cluster ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 47. Which of the following are the two major theories that have been proposed to explain antisocial personality disorder? a. Underarousal and fearlessness b. Underarousal and shamelessness c. Overarousal and fearlessness d. Overarousal and shamelessness ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 48. Which of the following prevention strategies looks promising for children who are at risk for later antisocial personality disorder? a. A training program for parents of toddlers (ages 1.5 to 2.5 years) b. A program for families with a high degree of family dysfunction c. A program for families where at least one parent has a history of antisocial personality disorder d. All of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

NOTES:

NEW

49. According to the underarousal hypothesis, individuals with antisocial personality disorder may engage in their characteristic behaviors as a way to a. deal with their fears. b. provide a level of stimulation that most of us receive from more typical behaviors. c. provide a sense of relief from the feelings of depression that they experience when they are not highly aroused. d. reduce the generally high level of arousal that they feel.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 50. The concept of the fearlessness hypothesis of antisocial personality disorder is that individuals with this disorder a. learn to avoid punishment. b. have an underactive cortex. c. underreact to the threat of punishment. d. have brain damage that inhibits their ability to understand the implications of their actions.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 51. One prominent theory of antisocial personality disorder suggests that the behaviors are caused by an imbalance between the brain’s a. behavioral inhibition system and fight-or-flight system. b. fight-or-flight system and reward system. c. cortical stimulation system and behavioral inhibition system. d. behavioral inhibition system and reward system.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 52. If you had absolutely no concept or fear of the consequences of your actions (for yourself or others) and were overly motivated by pleasing yourself, you might behave like a person with ________ personality Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

disorder. a. antisocial b. narcissistic c. histrionic d. schizotypal ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 53. According to Gray, which of the following is NOT a major brain system that influences learning and emotional behavior? a. Behavioral inhibition system b. Reward system c. Limbic system d. Fight-or-flight system ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 54. One of the contributing factors in the developmental history of individuals with antisocial personality disorder appears to be that their parents were more likely to have utilized a. firm discipline. b. inconsistent discipline. c. an overly protective parenting style. d. physical discipline.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 55. The criminal behavior of those diagnosed with antisocial personality disorder tends to a. continue to increase throughout the lifespan. b. increase dramatically at about age 30. c. decline significantly around age 40. d. remain stable throughout the lifespan.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 56. One of the major problems with treating people with personality disorders is a. they rarely identify themselves as needing treatment. b. research suggests that the disorders are almost entirely based on biology and therefore difficult to treat interpersonally. c. personality disorders are so rare that there is very little research on their treatment. d. they are extremely unpredictable and difficult to manage in therapy sessions.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 57. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding the treatment of antisocial personality disorder and related antisocial behaviors? a. Patients are generally willing participants in their therapy. b. Most patients refer themselves for treatment because they recognize that they have a problem. c. There has been greater success in reducing antisocial behavior in children than in adults. d. Therapy is successful in about half of the cases treated.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 58. According to the DSM-5, the features of antisocial personality disorder include a. instances of physical cruelty to animals. b. an attitude of entitlement toward fulfilling expectations. c. a demonstrated impulsivity or failure to plan ahead. d. episodes of inappropriate, intense anger.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

59. Lenny is 25 years old and has had multiple arrests for assaults, theft, and drug use. He has hurt strangers, friends, and family and has never shown any remorse or regret. Following his last arrest, Lenny met with a social worker who told him about antisocial personality disorder; he is now convinced that that is “what’s wrong” with him. Lenny recently went to a local community mental health center and asked to be treated by a psychotherapist. The problem with this story is that a. individuals with antisocial personality disorder do not generally seek treatment. b. Lenny has misdiagnosed himself, since his behaviors are more typical of conduct disorder. c. the drug use does not fit the pattern of antisocial personality disorder. d. the description does not fit any known personality disorder.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 60. Which of the following statements is true about borderline personality disorder? a. It is observed in every culture and seen in about 5% of the population. b. Emotional dysfunction is one of the best predictors of suicide in this group. c. Long-term outcomes are discouraging, with many relapsing within five years. d. A high number, almost 12%, succeed at suicide.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 61. The personality disorder characterized by extreme instability in behavior and emotion, impulsivity, depression, and self-injurious behaviors is ________ personality disorder. a. narcissistic b. borderline c. dependent d. histrionic ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 62. Nicole has difficulty maintaining relationships because she goes back and forth from being a best friend to hating people in her life. Her romantic relationships are always characterized by incredible loving passion Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

alternating with episodes of horrible fighting, and sometimes she becomes violent. At times, Nicole becomes so upset that she cuts herself and reports that this makes her feel better emotionally. Nicole suffers from ________ personality disorder. a. dependent b. histrionic c. borderline d. narcissistic ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 63. All of the following common disorders tend to be comorbid with borderline personality disorder EXCEPT a. depression. b. substance abuse. c. bulimia. d. obsessive-compulsive disorder.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 64. The approximate percentage of individuals diagnosed with borderline personality disorder who also have a substance related disorder is almost ____%. a. 15 b. 45 c. 65 d. 85 ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 65. One of the influences that has been associated with the development of borderline personality disorder is a. a history of child abuse or neglect. b. a developmental delay for major milestones (i.e., walking, talking). c. parental alcoholism. d. deficits in neurotransmitter circuits involving dopamine.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 66. One study found that the association between __________ and ____________ was weaker among adolescents who participated in high school sports. a. schizoid personality disorder; bipolar disorder b. paranoid personality disorder; childhood conduct disorder c. bipolar disorder; adult antisocial behavior d. childhood conduct disorder; adult antisocial behavior ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 67. Childhood trauma as a cause of borderline personality disorder may be too simplistic an explanation because a. there are too many neurological deficits that are noted in borderline personality disorder patients. b. individuals with borderline personality disorder tend to respond to SSRI medications. c. most individuals diagnosed with borderline personality disorder are female. d. a significant percentage of individuals diagnosed with borderline personality disorder do not have a history of childhood trauma.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 68. Which of the following is the most likely model to explain the cause of borderline personality disorder? a. Biological b. Early trauma resulting in posttraumatic stress disorder symptoms that are not recognized or dealt with during childhood c. Stressful life events d. Biological predisposition interacting with life events such as childhood trauma and later life stressors ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

OTHER:

TYPE: Conceptual

69. Research regarding psychological treatment for borderline personality disorder suggests that ________ appears to be helpful in improving mood and reducing suicidal and self-injurious behaviors. a. dialectical behavior therapy b. cognitive therapy c. operant conditioning d. nothing ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 70. The psychological treatment that has been found to have significant effectiveness in helping patients with borderline personality disorder centers on a. regressing patients to the time in their lives when they experienced trauma. b. removing the reinforcing attention that they have received for their disordered behavior in the past. c. enrolling them in a 12-step program such as Alcoholics Anonymous. d. learning to cope with life stressors in a more effective manner.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 71. Individuals who overreact to everything and are overly dramatic and vain are most likely to be diagnosed with ________ personality disorder. a. borderline b. histrionic c. narcissistic d. dependent ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 72. Amy quickly becomes the center of attention when she enters a room. She is a tall and attractive young woman who generally wears something striking. Amy is known as a flirt and acts in a seductive manner around men. When Amy speaks, she uses very exaggerated terms, even when describing relatively ordinary situations.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

Amy’s diagnosis is most likely ________ personality disorder. a. histrionic b. narcissistic c. borderline d. dependent ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 73. When Axel arrives late for class, he walks in with a grand entrance and apologizes to the professor and the students in class. He proceeds to tell them he had every intention of being at class on time, but the traffic was terrible and many accidents occurred, which delayed him. Axel describes this in much exaggerated detail before he takes his seat. This commonly happens every time he is late. Axel could be diagnosed with which personality disorder? a. Histrionic b. Narcissistic c. Borderline d. Borderline ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 74. What are the symptoms of people with BPD? a. They will steal things from friends and families. b. They are often intense, going from anger to deep depression in a short time. c. They tend to be suspicious and have odd beliefs. d. They seem aloof, cold, and indifferent to other people.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 75. One of the likely problems a therapist may encounter while trying to help a patient with histrionic personality disorder is the patient’s a. unwillingness to admit there is a problem. b. use of threatening language. c. lack of intellectual ability necessary to succeed in therapy.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

d. manipulative use of crying, charm, or seductive behavior.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 76. Narcissistic personality disorder is characterized by a. preoccupation with other people. b. obsession with keeping things neat and orderly. c. thinking of oneself as deserving of special treatment. d. pathological dishonesty.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 77. People with narcissistic personality disorder display all of the following characteristics EXCEPT a. exploitation of others. b. happiness because they receive the adulation of others. c. demands for special attention. d. feelings of grandiosity.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 78. Which of the following statements is true about narcissistic personality disorder? a. This disorder is on the decline in Western societies. b. Reports of treatment success are limited. c. Recently there has been a great deal of research on this disorder. d. All of these are correct ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

OTHER: NOTES:

TYPE: Factual NEW

79. Vince is extremely impressed with himself. Although he has only achieved a moderate amount of success, he thinks of himself as being uniquely special and deserving of the best of everything. Vince fantasizes frequently about great wealth and fame and does not really pay much attention to other people except to note how they react to him. Vince would most likely be diagnosed with ________ personality disorder. a. antisocial b. histrionic c. narcissistic d. dependent ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 80. Which of the following may be predisposed to exhibit a predominantly histrionic pattern? a. Females b. Males c. Transsexuals d. Bisexuals ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 81. Which of the following statements is true? a. Recent research is refining the search for genes that cause antisocial personality disorder. b. Recent research on brain damage indicates that brain damage is found in psychopaths. c. Recent research on neuropsychological tests indicates that psychopaths score equally as well as nonpsychopaths. d. None of these are true ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 82. Which of the following statements accurately describes treatment for narcissistic personality disorder? a. Narcissistic personally disorder treatment is often combined with treatment for severe depressive Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

episodes. b. The treatment is often focused on the patient’s grandiosity and hypersensitivity. c. Cognitive therapy aimed at replacing the patient’s hedonistic fantasies with day-to-day pleasurable experiences that are truly attainable are a focus of the treatment. d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 83. All of the following are mentioned in your text as appropriate treatment strategies for narcissistic personality disorder EXCEPT a. cognitive therapy to replace grandiose fantasies with more realistic goals. b. coping strategies to help accept criticism. c. exploration of early life trauma that led to the disorder. d. being helped to focus on the feelings of others.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 84. The reason that individuals with avoidant personality disorder avoid most relationships is that they a. are extremely sensitive to the opinions of others and fear rejection. b. generally dislike other people and prefer to be alone. c. are so stimulated by the fantasy life in their own minds that they have little need for the company of others. d. experience bizarre thoughts and beliefs that distance them from others.

ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 85. Without understanding the thought process motivating the patient’s behavior, it would probably be impossible to determine whether a patient had ________ personality disorder or ________ personality disorder. a. narcissistic; antisocial b. dependent; narcissistic c. borderline; histrionic d. schizoid; avoidant ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 86. Individuals who keep to themselves because they are anxious and fearful of rejection are likely to be diagnosed with ________ personality disorder. a. avoidant b. schizoid c. schizotypal d. antisocial ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 87. When asked about their childhood, individuals diagnosed with avoidant personality disorder tend to remember their parents as a. warm and loving. b. substance abusing. c. rejecting. d. depressed.

ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 88. Of the following, the most accurate statement with regard to the treatment of avoidant personality disorder is that a. no well-controlled studies of treatment outcomes have been conducted. b. there are well-controlled studies, though none show any treatment success. c. individuals with this disorder are seldom sufficiently motivated to succeed in treatment. d. behavioral intervention programs for anxiety and social skills have had some success.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 89. In Jill’s psychotherapy sessions, the therapist has been using systematic desensitization to gradually make her more comfortable with social situations. Similar to the treatments used for individuals with social phobia, Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

the therapist has given Jill homework assignments that require her to practice talking to strangers, join informal groups, and speak in front of small groups. Most likely, she is being treated for ________ personality disorder. a. avoidant b. dependent c. antisocial d. histrionic ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 90. The personality disorder characterized by unreasonable fear of abandonment, fear of being rejected, avoidance of disagreement, inability to make decisions for oneself, and clinging behavior is ________ personality disorder. a. dependent b. avoidant c. schizoid d. histrionic ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 91. Harold lives with his mother with whom he is very close and agrees with everything she says. When he started seeing a young woman and the relationship became serious, his mother convinced him that his girlfriend was not good enough for him, so Harold stopped the relationship. He has two close friends who have been his friend since they met in kindergarten. Whenever they do something, it is always one of his friends who decides what they do. Harold just follows along. Harold likely suffers from _______________ personality disorder. a. dependent b. avoidant c. schizoid d. histrionic ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 92. Mary has been married for 20 years and describes how her husband has been verbally abusive toward her for most of that time. She indicates that her husband has had multiple affairs with other women but she can’t leave him because she “loves and needs him.” When challenged by the interviewer regarding the wisdom of Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

staying with such a man, Mary agrees with the interviewer, although she later confides that she always agrees with everyone to avoid conflict and disapproval. Mary should be diagnosed with ________ personality disorder. a. avoidant b. histrionic c. dependent d. borderline ANSWER: c REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 93. In terms of feelings of inadequacy, sensitivity to criticism, and need for reassurance, individuals with ________ personality disorder and ________ personality disorder are quite similar. a. dependent; avoidant b. dependent; schizoid c. schizoid; avoidant d. histrionic; antisocial ANSWER: a REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 94. Individuals who have excessive feelings of social inadequacy, sensitivity to criticism, and a need for reassurance are likely to develop either ________ personality disorder or ________ personality disorder. a. narcissistic; antisocial b. dependent; narcissistic c. avoidant; dependent d. antisocial; histrionic ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 95. According to your text, treatment of dependent personality disorder is a. generally successful with a cognitive-behavioral approach. b. well researched, though no effective treatments have been established. c. successful when based on systematic desensitization and social skills training. d. problematic because the patient’s submissiveness often negates one of the major goals of the therapy.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 96. When individuals with dependent personality disorder are in therapy, they are a. seemingly “ideal” patients. b. resistant to the therapeutic process. c. too unstable to do the intellectual work that therapy requires. d. demanding and impulsive.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 97. All of the following statements are TRUE according to Dependent Personality Disorder EXCEPT a. people with dependent personality disorder rely on others to make ordinary decisions. b. in certain cultures, dependence and submission may not be viewed as a desired interpersonal state. c. genetic influences are important in the development personality disorder. d. people with development personality disorder respond by clinging to relationships.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 98. Helen has been in therapy with Dr. Block for dependent personality disorder for the past three years. When she first came to therapy, she was in an abusive marriage and complained that her adult children treated her poorly and that people in her life “walked all over her.” Helen has attended therapy religiously, been a “model” patient, and generally done everything that Dr. Block has suggested. At this time in her life, she is divorced, more assertive with her children, and generally feeling better about herself. Her current therapy sessions are often centered on everyday decisions for which she anxiously seeks Dr. Block’s advice. The most appropriate next therapy step is a. immediate termination. b. working to reduce Helen’s reliance on Dr. Block. c. a behavioral plan to increase Helen’s socialization. d. exploration of the issues that made Helen seek therapy initially.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

OTHER:

TYPE: Applied

99. According to the DSM-5, the features of dependent personality disorder include a. difficulty expressing disagreement. b. an attitude of entitlement toward fulfilling expectations. c. being easily influenced by others or circumstances. d. episodes of inappropriate, intense anger.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 100. The personality disorder that is characterized by an insistence that things have to be done “the right way” is ________ personality disorder. a. antisocial b. avoidant c. paranoid d. obsessive-compulsive ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 101. A recent theory suggests that the psychological profiles of many serial killers point to the role of which psychological disorder? a. Schizophrenia b. Antisocial personality disorder c. Delusional disorder d. Obsessive-compulsive personality disorder ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 102. Of the following, the most accurate statement regarding the cause of obsessive-compulsive personality disorder is that it appears to a. have a moderate genetic contribution to the disorder. b. be found in those individuals with a strong predisposition toward structure in their lives.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

c. require parental reinforcement of conformity and neatness. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 103. Henry is viewed by many as a workaholic and not very social. He is at his desk every morning at 7:30 and takes few breaks (although these breaks are always at the same time every day). Henry is known to be a perfectionist. The problem is that he does not seem to get much accomplished, since he spends so much time making sure that everything is perfect before moving on to the next task. Henry appears to suffer from ________ personality disorder. a. avoidant b. obsessive-compulsive c. schizoid d. antisocial ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 104. One of the major differences between individuals with obsessive-compulsive personality disorder and obsessive-compulsive disorder is that patients with the personality disorder generally a. have more obsessive thoughts. b. show more compulsive and ritualistic behaviors. c. do not have obsessive thoughts and compulsive behaviors. d. has more insight into their problems ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 105. One unusual finding discussed in your text is that ________ personality disorder may have played a role in the behavior of several serial killers. a. narcissistic b. antisocial c. obsessive-compulsive d. schizotypal Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 106. Of the following, the most accurate statement regarding the research for treatment of obsessive-compulsive personality disorder is that a. well-controlled research suggests the use of a highly structured behavioral program can be effective with motivated patients. b. well-controlled research suggests the use of cognitive-behavioral treatment. c. the great deal of research that has been conducted indicates there are currently no effective treatments. d. cognitive-behavioral therapy that helps the individual relax or use cognitive reappraisal techniques to reframe compulsive thoughts appears to be an effective treatment.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 107. In the categorical versus dimensional classification debate, supporters of the dimensional view of personality disorders believe this system is superior because a. there is too much overlap among the symptoms of the different disorders. b. the clusters help to categorize but are not based on scientific evidence. c. there is high comorbidity among the personality disorders. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 108. What is the difference between personality disorders and other psychological disorders (e.g., mood disorders)? Why is there more disagreement in the mental health profession regarding the categorization of personality disorders?

Sample Answer: Personality disorders are defined as “enduring patterns of perceiving, ANSWER: relating to, and thinking about the environment and oneself that are exhibited in a wide range of social and personal contexts,” and are inflexible and maladaptive. They also cause significant functional impairment or subjective distress. They are unlike mood disorders in that are more ingrained and inflexible, and these disorders are typically not easy to modify.

There is a great deal of controversy about defining the personality disorders because they are often extreme versions of personality characteristics that are present in people in general. Some have argued that the personality disorders should be considered as Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

continuums, rather than categories to which people either belong or don’t. However, there is still debate about the characteristics of the disorders, and even which ones should be included in the DSM.

REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Categorical and Dimensions Models OTHER: TYPE: Analysis 109. Describe the three clusters of DSM-5 personality disorders and provide an explanation of each personality disorder that belongs to each cluster. What adjectives are generally used to describe each cluster?

Sample Answer: Cluster A personality disorders include paranoid, schizoid, and ANSWER: schizotypal personality disorders. People with paranoid personality disorder are excessively mistrustful and suspicious of others, without any justification. People with schizoid personality disorder show a pattern of detachment from social relationships and a limited range of emotions in interpersonal situations. People with schizotypal personality disorder behave in ways that would seem unusual to many of us, and they tend to be suspicious and to have odd beliefs. Cluster B personality disorders include antisocial, borderline, histrionic, and narcissistic personality disorders. People with antisocial personality disorder are characterized as having a history of failing to comply with social norms. They also tend to be irresponsible, impulsive, and deceitful. People with borderline personality disorder lead tumultuous lives. Their moods and relationships are unstable, and usually they have a poor self-image. These people often feel empty and are at great risk of dying by their own hands. Individuals with histrionic personality disorder tend to be overly dramatic and often seem almost to be acting; they are inclined to express their emotions in an exaggerated fashion, for example, hugging someone they have just met or crying uncontrollably during a sad movie. They also tend to be vain, self-centered, and uncomfortable when they are not in the limelight. People with narcissistic personality disorder have an unreasonable sense of self-importance and are so preoccupied with themselves that they lack sensitivity and compassion for other people. Cluster C personality disorders include avoidant, dependent, and obsessive-compulsive personality disorders. People with avoidant personality disorder are extremely sensitive to the opinions of others and therefore avoid most relationships. Their extremely low self-esteem, coupled with a fear of rejection, causes them to be limited in their friendships and dependent on those they feel comfortable with. People with dependent personality disorder rely on others to make ordinary decisions as well as important ones, which results in an unreasonable fear of abandonment. People who have obsessive-compulsive personality disorder are characterized by a fixation on things being done “the right way.”

Although many might envy their persistence and dedication, this preoccupation with details prevents them from completing much of anything. Cluster A personality disorders are generally described as odd or eccentric. Cluster B personality disorders are generally described as people who are dramatic, emotional, or erratic. Cluster C disorders are generally described as people who are anxious and fearful.

REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Personality Disorder Clusters OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 110. Discuss the gender differences found in personality disorders. Give specific examples of disorders where gender differences occur. Do the disparities indicate differences between men and women in certain basic experiences that are Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

genetic, sociocultural, or both, or do they represent biases on the part of the clinicians who make the diagnoses?

Sample Answer: Borderline personality disorder is diagnosed more often in females, who ANSWER: make up about 75% of the identified cases. Historically, histrionic and dependent personality disorders were identified by clinicians more often in women, but according to more recent studies of their prevalence in the general population, equal numbers of males and females may have histrionic and dependent personality disorders. In a classic study, researchers sent fictitious case histories to clinical psychologists for diagnosis. One case described a person with antisocial personality disorder, which is characterized by irresponsible and reckless behavior and usually diagnosed in males; the other case described a person with histrionic personality disorder, which is characterized by excessive emotionality and attention seeking and more often diagnosed in females. The subject was identified as male in some versions of each case and as female in others, although everything else was identical. When the antisocial personality disorder case was labeled male, most psychologists gave the correct diagnosis. However, when the same case of antisocial personality disorder was labeled female, most psychologists diagnosed it as histrionic personality disorder rather than antisocial personality disorder. In the case of histrionic personality disorder, being labeled a woman increased the likelihood of that diagnosis. The researchers concluded that the psychologists incorrectly diagnosed more women as having histrionic personality disorder. Histrionic personality disorder, like several of the other personality disorders, is biased against females. Many of the features of histrionic personality disorder, such as overdramatization, vanity, seductiveness, and overconcern with physical appearance, are characteristic of the Western “stereotypical female.” This disorder may simply be the embodiment of extremely “feminine” traits.

REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Gender Differences OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 111. Describe the basic features of antisocial personality disorder. Why is psychotherapy with this population so likely to fail?

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: Antisocial personality disorder involves irresponsible, impulsive, deceitful behavior that violates social and legal norms. Antisocial individuals lack conscience and empathy, and feel justified in taking what they want, whether it suits other people or not. These behaviors start early in life as conduct disorder, which is considered a precursor to antisocial personality disorder. Often the individuals involved are glib and superficially charming but have a grandiose sense of self-worth, are very good at manipulating others, and lack remorse for their actions. Some researchers believe that the fearlessness, thrill seeking, and insensitivity to punishment shown by people with antisocial personality disorder are related to low levels of cortical arousal, although social factors such as familial divorce or substance abuse may also encourage antisocial behavior.

Since people with antisocial personality disorder do not feel bad about what they have done, they rarely seek treatment unless forced to for family or legal reasons. Consequently, they are not motivated to change, often fail to cooperate with treatment, and may even try to manipulate the therapist in order to thwart therapeutic change.

REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Antisocial Personality Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

112. Compare and contrast the categorization and the criteria for diagnosis of childhood-onset type and adolescent-onset type conduct disorders.

ANSWER:

Childhood-onset and adolescent-onset types of conduct disorder compare in their categorization. They are both subcategories of Cluster A type disorders and they are both types of conduct disorders that violate society’s norms. Additionally, they both have an additional category called “with a callous-unemotional presentation” to separate this type of presentation from presentations that show remorse about their behavior. They contrast in their criteria for diagnoses because childhood-onset type must show at least one criterion characteristic of conduct disorder prior to age 10, while adolescent-onset type must show the absence of any criteria characteristic of conduct disorder prior to age 10.

REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Antisocial Personality Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 113. Describe the characteristics and causes of borderline personality disorder, and discuss possible treatment approaches and their efficacy.

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: Borderline personality disorder is characterized by erratic moods, unstable relationships, poor self-image, and fear of abandonment. Borderline individuals often engage in suicidal and/or self-mutilating behaviors, and have difficulty maintaining healthy relationships. Borderline personality disorder is more prevalent in families with the disorder and is more common in women. There is also a strong link to early sexual abuse among borderline individuals, but it is not clear whether there is a gene-environment interaction accounting for some of this data. People with borderline personality disorders are typically distressed about their lives and are more likely to seek treatment even than people with anxiety and mood disorders. They often respond positively to medications, including SSRIs, other antidepressants, and lithium. Dialectical behavior therapy, which involves helping people cope with the stressors that trigger suicidal behavior, may also be effective. Therapy is conducted weekly and helps patients learn to identify and regulate emotions. It also contains elements of treatments used to help people with posttraumatic stress disorder. Eventually, clients learn to trust their own response rather than depending on the validation of others. Up to 88% of borderline patients who undergo therapy experience remission at 10 years, which is an extremely positive outlook among the personality disorders.

REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Borderline Personality Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 114. Part I: Chose a high profile, celebrity figure and make a case for how their behavior is characteristic of narcissistic personality disorder. Part II: Next, make a case for how their behavior is not characteristic of narcissistic personality disorder. Provide examples of behaviors to support both positions.

Sample Answer: High profile, celebrity “Figure X” will have characteristics consistent ANSWER: with a pervasive pattern of grandiosity (in fantasy or behavior), need for admiration, and lack of empathy, beginning by early adulthood and present in a variety of contexts, as indicated by FIVE (or more) of the following characteristics: 1. A grandiose sense of self-importance 2. Preoccupations with fantasies of unlimited success 3. Believes that he or she is “special” Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

4. Requests excessive admiration 5. Has a sense of entitlement 6. Is interpersonally exploitative 7. Lacks empathy 8. Is often envious 9. Shows arrogance In the answer for Part II of the question, the figure will show examples of behaviors inconsistent with the diagnostic criteria for narcissistic personality disorder.

REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Narcissistic Personality Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 115. Describe the similarities and differences between individuals with obsessive-compulsive personality disorder and individuals diagnosed with the anxiety disorder called obsessive-compulsive disorder.

Sample Answer: People with obsessive-compulsive personality disorder are characterized ANSWER: by a fixation on things being done right, or their way. They become preoccupied with details, which can interfere with their ability to complete tasks. This disorder is distantly related to obsessive-compulsive disorder (an anxiety disorder) since some of the characteristics overlap; however, the personality disorder tends to be pervasive but less extreme than the anxiety disorder.

REFERENCES: Cluster C Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Obsessive Compulsive Personality Disorder OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 116. Explain what differentiates individuals with schizotypal personality disorder from schizophrenia. What are the similarities observed for individuals diagnosed with schizotypal personality disorder and schizophrenia?

Sample Answer: People given a diagnosis of schizotypal personality disorder have ANSWER: psychotic-like (but not psychotic as in schizophrenia) symptoms (such as believing everything relates to them personally), social deficits, and sometimes cognitive impairments or paranoia. These individuals are often considered odd or bizarre because of how they relate to other people, how they think and behave, and even how they dress.

They have ideas of reference, which means they think insignificant events relate directly to them. Individuals with schizotypal personality disorder also have odd beliefs or engage in “magical thinking,” believing, for example, that they are clairvoyant or telepathic. In addition, they report unusual perceptual experiences, including such illusions as feeling the presence of another person when they are alone. Notice the subtle but important difference between feeling as if someone else is in the room and the more extreme perceptual distortion in people with schizophrenia who might report there is someone else in the room when there isn’t. Unlike people who simply have unusual interests or beliefs, those with schizotypal personality disorder tend to be suspicious and have paranoid thoughts, express little emotion, and may dress or behave in unusual ways. They share many of the same nonpsychotic symptoms of people with schizophrenia, but lack any delusions or hallucinations.

REFERENCES: Cluster B Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Schizotypal Personality Disorder Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

OTHER:

TYPE: Conceptual

117. There is a great controversy regarding the classification issue of the personality disorders. Explain what are seen as problems with the current classification system used in the DSM? Sample Answer: There is a great deal of overlap of the disorders. Some people are ANSWER: diagnosed with several personality disorders as a result. These classifications are nothing more than a convenient way for clinicians to remember the disorders and are not based on any scientific evidence.

To address the concerns, some have suggested introducing dimensions by rating on a continuum of disturbances of “self” (i.e., how you view yourself and your ability to be selfdirected) and interpersonal (i.e., your ability to empathize and be intimate with others) functioning.

REFERENCES: An Overview of Personality Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically TOPICS: Categorical and Dimensions Models OTHER: TYPE: Analysis

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

1. Which of the following characterize the disorder known as schizophrenia? a. Delusions and hallucinations b. Inappropriate emotions c. Disorganized speech and behavior d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Perspectives on Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 2. Which of the following is accurate in regard to the long-term outlook for patients with schizophrenia? a. About 50% of people diagnosed with the disorder eventually recover. b. Recovery is possible only if the person stays on medication. c. Recovery is possible only if the patient receives psychotherapy. d. Complete recovery from schizophrenia is rare.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 3. According to statistical data the prevalence of schizophrenia is about ____%. a. 0.01 b. 1 c. 5 d. 10 ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 4. In the 1800s, physicians studying the disorder we now call schizophrenia used the term ________ because they observed that the onset of symptoms often occurred before adulthood. a. adolescent insanity b. folie à deux c. catatonia previa d. dementia praecox ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research OTHER: TYPE: Factual 5. Which of the following is the definition of catatonia? a. Silly and immature behavior b. Early madness c. Immobility or agitated excitement d. Delusions of grandeur or persecution ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Perspectives on Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 6. Which of the following is the part of Kraepelin’s definition of paranoia? a. Silly and immature behavior b. Early madness c. Alternating immobility and agitated excitement d. Delusions of grandeur or persecution ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Perspectives on Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 7. Which of the following is the definition for hebephrenia? a. Silly and immature behavior b. Early madness c. Alternating immobility and agitated excitement d. Delusions of grandeur or persecution ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Perspectives on Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

8. Which of the following is the definition of dementia praecox? a. Silly and immature behavior b. Premature loss of mind c. Alternating immobility and agitated excitement d. Delusions of grandeur or persecution ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Perspectives on Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research OTHER: TYPE: Factual 9. In the late 1800s, the German psychiatrist Emil Kraepelin made all of the following contributions to our knowledge of schizophrenia EXCEPT a. distinguished dementia praecox (schizophrenia) from manic-depressive illness. b. noted that hallucinations, delusions, and negativism were symptoms of dementia praecox (schizophrenia). c. combined several symptoms of insanity (catatonia, paranoia, hebephrenia) that had usually been viewed as reflecting separate and distinct disorders. d. conceptualized a treatment for patients with schizophrenia that is still being used today.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research OTHER: TYPE: Factual 10. The term schizophrenia was introduced in about 1908 by a Swiss psychiatrist named a. Emil Kraepelin. b. Sigmund Freud. c. Eugen Bleuler. d. Phillipe Pinel.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Perspectives on Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research OTHER: TYPE: Factual 11. Eugen Bleuler’s concept of schizophrenia as an “associative splitting” of the basic functions of personality led to the incorrect use of the term to mean Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

a. a fugue state. b. multiple personality. c. cognitive slippage. d. folie à deux.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 12. If an individual is diagnosed as psychotic, it usually means that the person has a. hallucinations. b. delusions. c. both of these are correct d. neither of these are correct ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 13. In the textbook case of Arthur, he said that he had a “secret plan to save all the starving children in the world.” After Arthur showed other bizarre behavior and said he was going to climb the fence of a government building, his parents tried to have him admitted to a psychiatric hospital. They were not able to do that because a. he was not considered a danger to himself or others. b. he was given medication, instead, to calm him down. c. the hospital staff didn’t believe his parents. d. his behavior was due to a substance abuse problem.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 14. Of the following groups of people, which is most likely to commit violent crimes? a. Individuals with schizophrenia b. Individuals with traits such as anger and antisocial personality c. Healthy individuals d. They are all equally likely to be violent ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 15. How were the majority of characters with schizophrenia in English language movies between 1990 and 2010 portrayed? a. Depressed and lonely b. Codependent and depressed c. Violent, murderous, and suicidal d. Needy, loving, and helpless ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 16. Which of the following is the persecutory type of psychotic delusion? a. A familiar person is actually a double. b. You are a famous or important person. c. People are out to get you. d. A body part has changed in some impossible way.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 17. Which of the following psychotic delusions defines Capgras syndrome? a. A familiar person is actually a double. b. You are a famous or important person. c. People are out to get you. d. A body part has changed in some impossible way.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 18. Antoinette believes that her brother is not really her brother and that he has, in fact, been replaced by a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

double. This is known as _______________ syndrome. a. Capgras b. Cotard c. Barlow d. Durand ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 19. Which of the following describes a delusion of grandeur? a. A familiar person is actually a double. b. You are a famous or important person. c. People are out to get you. d. A body part has changed in some impossible way.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 20. Which of the following defines Cotard syndrome? a. A familiar person is actually a double. b. You are a famous or important person. c. People are out to get you. d. One is actually dead.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 21. The most common type of hallucination experienced by psychotic individuals is a. visual. b. auditory. c. tactile. d. olfactory.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 22. People who experience hallucinations appear to have intrusive thoughts, but they believe they are coming from somewhere or someone else. They then engage in a. denial that they are having these thoughts. b. meta-worry that leads to increased anxiety and depression symptoms. c. behaviors that distract them from these thoughts. d. efforts to seek help through counseling.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 23. Research using brain imaging techniques has localized auditory hallucinations in the part of the brain called a. Wernicke’s area. b. Broca’s area. c. the occipital lobe. d. the limbic system.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 24. Results of research showing that auditory hallucinations are localized in the expressive speech area of the brain suggest that a. these hallucinations are produced by the auditory nerve in the ear as well as the speech area of the brain. b. people who are hallucinating think the voices of other people are actually their own. c. a person who is hallucinating is actually listening to his or her own thoughts. d. these hallucinations are related to the disorganized speech that occurs in schizophrenia.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

25. The negative symptom of schizophrenia called avolition is defined as a. inability to initiate and persist in activities. b. inability to experience pleasure. c. lack of emotional response, blank facial expression. d. lack of speech content and/or slowed speech response.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 26. The negative symptom of schizophrenia called alogia is defined as a. inability to initiate and persist in activities. b. inability to experience pleasure. c. lack of emotional response, blank facial expression. d. lack of speech content and/or slowed speech response.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 27. Mort has displayed a number of schizophrenic symptoms. An obvious one was his lack of speech content and slowed speech response. This symptom is called a. anhedonia. b. avolition. c. clanging. d. alogia.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 28. The negative symptom of schizophrenia called anhedonia is defined as a. inability to initiate and persist in activities. b. inability to experience pleasure. c. lack of emotional response, blank facial expression. d. lack of speech content and/or slowed speech response.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 29. The negative symptom of schizophrenia that entails a lack of interest in social interactions is called a. social ineptitude. b. asociality. c. agoraphobia. d. antisocial disorder.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 30. Which of the following negative symptoms of schizophrenia defines “flat affect”? a. Inability to initiate and persist in activities b. Inability to experience pleasure c. Lack of emotional response, and a blank facial expression d. Lack of speech content and/or slowed speech response ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 31. A research study involving adults with schizophrenia looked at their facial expressions in home movies taken when they were children. The researchers were trying to determine if the development of schizophrenia could be predicted by facial expressions showing limited emotional reactions. This research study focused on the negative symptom called a. alogia. b. affective flattening. c. associative splitting. d. emotional effect syndrome.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

OTHER:

TYPE: Factual

32. According to research, a person with schizophrenia who exhibits flat affect a. is incapable of experiencing emotion. b. can display emotion at certain times. c. is capable of experiencing emotion. d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 33. Mark was diagnosed with schizophrenia many years ago. Most recently, he has been exhibiting some bizarre behaviors. For example, he has been standing for hours in unusual postures. Mark’s motor dysfunction is called a. cognitive slippage. b. inappropriate affect. c. catatonic immobility. d. hebephrenia.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 34. Which of the following is an environmental influence that seems to contribute to the development of schizophrenia? a. Exposure to environmental infection b. Pregnancy complications c. Birth delivery complications d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 35. Marta, a hospitalized patient with schizophrenia, shows an unusual form of catatonia. If someone moves one Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

of her arms or legs into a different position, it just stays that way. Marta’s bizarre behavior is called a. postural dysfunction. b. waxy flexibility. c. aerobic immobility. d. schizophrenic movement disorder.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 36. Which of the following symptoms, though common in schizophrenia, is NOT required for a formal diagnosis of the disorder? a. Lack of insight b. Disorganized speech c. Hallucinations d. Delusions ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 37. The deficit view of delusions theory posits that delusions a. are caused by a deficit of emotion. b. are caused by a deficit of social support. c. result from brain dysfunction. d. result from personality deficits.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 38. The motivational view of delusions theory posits that delusions a. are attempts to deal with anxiety. b. are attempts to deal with social isolation. c. motivate erratic behavior. d. motivate the misinterpretation of symptoms.

ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 39. Between ___% and ____% of people with schizophrenia experience positive symptoms. a. 55; 65 b. 65; 75 c. 50; 70 d. 80; 100.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 40. DSM-5 includes a dimensional assessment that rates the severity of the individual’s symptoms on a a. 0 to 4 scale. b. 0 to 10 scale. c. 1 to 100 scale. d. –10 to +10 scale.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 41. Callie has been diagnosed with schizoaffective disorder. This means that in addition to schizophrenia symptoms, she also has symptoms of a. an anxiety disorder. b. a mood disorder. c. a split personality. d. obsessive-compulsive disorder.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 42. In which of the following disorders is found in two different areas of the DSM-5?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

a. Schizotypal personality disorder b. Schizoaffective disorder c. Schizophreniform disorder d. Brief psychotic disorder ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 43. At various times, individuals have been arrested for stalking celebrities who they believed were in love with them. This condition is called a(n) ________ delusion. a. jealous b. erotomanic c. somatic d. persecutory ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 44. A woman diagnosed with schizophrenia announces that she has a plan to end poverty and homelessness in the world and that the Pope has given her secret instructions on how this can be accomplished. Her thinking is indicative of a delusion of a. persecution. b. thought insertion. c. grandeur. d. reference.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 45. James is a security guard at the mall who seems lost in his own world, and seems somewhat eccentric to others. Suddenly, he believes his dead mother is nearby. He experiences this delusion off and on for a week.

After a week passes, he no longer believes his dead mother is nearby. James probably would be diagnosed with a. schizoaffective disorder. b. schizotypal personality disorder. c. schizoid personality disorder.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

d. brief psychotic disorder.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 46. DSM-5 is proposing a potentially new psychotic disorder for further study called a. schizoaffective disorder. b. schizotypal personality disorder. c. attenuated psychosis syndrome. d. brief psychotic disorder.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 47. Which of the following defines the jealous type of delusional disorder? a. Believing that one is loved by an important person or celebrity b. Falsely believing that one’s sexual partner is unfaithful c. Believing in one’s inflated worth, identity, or special relationship d. Believing one is being malevolently treated in some way ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 48. Which of the following defines the erotomanic type of delusional disorder? a. Believing that one is loved by an important person or celebrity b. Falsely believing that one’s sexual partner is unfaithful c. Believing in one’s inflated worth, identity, or special relationship d. Believing one is being malevolently treated in some way ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

OTHER:

empirically TYPE: Factual

49. Which of the following defines the persecutory type of delusional disorder? a. Believing that one is loved by an important person or celebrity b. Falsely believing that one’s sexual partner is unfaithful c. Believing in one’s inflated worth, identity, or special relationship d. Believing one is being malevolently treated in some way ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 50. Which of the following defines the grandiose type of delusional disorder? a. Believing that one is loved by an important person or celebrity b. Falsely believing that one’s sexual partner is unfaithful c. Believing in one’s inflated worth, identity, or special relationship d. Believing one is being malevolently treated in some way ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 51. The case of Arthur (described in your textbook), who suddenly experienced the delusion that he could save all the starving children in the world with a “secret plan,” but whose symptoms lasted only a few days, was diagnosed with a. schizotypal personality disorder. b. folie à deux (shared psychotic disorder). c. brief psychotic disorder. d. cocaine abuse.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 52. Consuela believes that she is the wicked stepmother and her daughter Carmella believes she is Cinderella. It appears that the two are suffering from a. schizoaffective disorder.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

b. shizotypal disorder. c. schizophreniform disorder. d. folie à deux.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 53. Attenuated psychosis syndrome is described as a. starting to develop hallucinations or delusions and seeking help from mental health professionals. b. paying great attention to developing hallucinations or delusions. c. ignoring developing hallucinations or delusions. d. None of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 54. The DSM-5 criteria for brief psychotic disorder indicate that the duration of the disturbance must be less than a. one day. b. one week. c. one month. d. six months.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 55. Schizophrenia is associated with “negative symptoms” that include all of the following EXCEPT a. an inability to initiate and persist in activities. b. flat affect. c. poverty of speech (alogia). d. hallucinations and delusions.

ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 56. Which of the following defines the somatic type of delusional disorder? a. Believing that one is loved by an important person or celebrity b. Falsely believing that one’s sexual partner is unfaithful c. Believing one is afflicted by a physical defect or general medical condition d. Believing one is being malevolently treated in some way ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 57. Schizophrenia is associated with “positive symptoms” that include a. hallucinations and delusions. b. good mood. c. avolition. d. catatonia.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 58. In working with schizophrenic patients, mental health professionals typically distinguish between ________ symptoms (an excess or distortion of normal behavior) and ________ symptoms (deficits in normal behavior). a. positive; negative b. negative; positive c. manic; depressive d. dysmorphic; dysfunctional ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 59. Which of the following is NOT accurate regarding statistical data on schizophrenia?

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

a. The lifetime prevalence rate is 1%. b. Life expectancy is less than average due to suicides and accidents. c. Men with schizophrenia have a better prognosis than women with schizophrenia. d. More women than men develop schizophrenia later in life.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 60. In the United States, proportionately _______ African Americans receive the diagnosis of schizophrenia than ___________. a. more; Latinos b. less; Caucasians c. more; Caucasians d. less; Latinos ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 61. Up to ___________% of people who later develop schizophrenia go through a prodromal stage. a. 65 b. 75 c. 85 d. 95 ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 62. The Genain quadruplets Nora, Iris, Myra, and Hester showed us that a. the course, symptoms, and prognosis of schizophrenia can vary even among quadruplets raised in the same household. b. the course, symptoms, and prognosis of schizophrenia can be determined by birth weight. c. schizophrenia is almost entirely genetic in its etiology. d. having the same family environment largely ensures the same outcome in schizophrenia.

ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 63. Research studies focusing on genetic factors in schizophrenia have found that a. an individual with a schizophrenic identical twin has the highest risk factor (almost 50%) of developing schizophrenia. b. in family studies of schizophrenia, the genetic influence can be separated from the environmental impact. c. if one person in a family has a particular subtype of schizophrenia, for example, paranoid, the other family members inherit a predisposition for that subtype only. d. the more severe a parent’s schizophrenic disorder, the less likely the children are to develop it.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 64. The famous case of the Genain sisters, identical quadruplets all diagnosed with schizophrenia, points out that siblings raised in the same household may experience their environment very differently, a concept called a(n) a. variable home structure. b. unshared environment. c. environmental phenomenon. d. unique perceptive interpretation.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research OTHER: TYPE: Applied 65. An ongoing research study in Finland is focusing on children of mothers with schizophrenia who were adopted into other families. To date, researchers have determined that ____% of these children have developed schizophrenia or other psychotic disorders. a. 1 b. 5 c. 10 d. 25 ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 66. Given the research on schizophrenia involving the offspring of twins, all of the following are accurate statements EXCEPT that a. the child of a schizophrenic identical twin has the same risk (17%) of having the disorder as the child of the non-schizophrenic identical twin. b. the child of a non-schizophrenic fraternal twin has about a 2% risk of having the disorder. c. a mentally healthy individual with a schizophrenic parent cannot pass on a genetic predisposition for the disorder to his or her offspring. d. an individual can be free from schizophrenia but still be a “carrier.”

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 67. In which of the following situations would the risk of developing schizophrenia be the lowest for a child? a. A child’s schizophrenic parent has a non-schizophrenic identical twin. b. A child’s non-schizophrenic parent has a schizophrenic identical twin. c. A child’s schizophrenic parent has a non-schizophrenic fraternal twin. d. A child’s non-schizophrenic parent has a schizophrenic fraternal twin.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 68. Endophenotyping refers to looking for a. a gene or genes that cause the symptoms or behaviors of schizophrenia. b. basic processes that contribute to symptoms of the disorder. c. basic processes that contribute to behaviors of schizophrenia. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

NOTES:

NEW

69. Based on the various genetic linkage and association studies, one possible “marker” for schizophrenia involves a. eye-tracking. b. dopamine sites. c. unusual facial features. d. blood type.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 70. When looking for abnormalities in the brain as clues to the influences of schizophrenia in correlational research, it is important to keep certain questions in mind. For example, if a person with schizophrenia were found to have an excess of dopamine, a researcher would need to ask all of the following questions EXCEPT: a. Does too much dopamine cause schizophrenia? b. Does having schizophrenia cause an excess of dopamine? c. Is there some factor that causes both schizophrenia and an excess of dopamine? d. Why is the dopamine system active in the schizophrenic brain?

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 71. Which of the following statements reflects “circumstantial evidence” for the dopamine theory of schizophrenia? a. Antipsychotic drugs (neuroleptics) act as dopamine agonists, increasing the amount of dopamine in the brain. b. Antipsychotic drugs (neuroleptics) can produce symptoms similar to those of Parkinson’s disease (a disorder due to insufficient dopamine). c. The drug L-dopa, a dopamine agonist, is used to treat schizophrenic symptoms in patients with Parkinson’s disease. d. Amphetamines, which activate dopamine, can lessen psychotic symptoms in people with schizophrenia.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

OTHER:

conclusions from psychological sources accurately TYPE: Conceptual

72. Which of the following is true regarding the ways that drugs affect neurotransmitters? a. A drug that is an agonist occupies the receptor sites, blocking the neurotransmitter. b. A drug that is an antagonist helps increase the release of the neurotransmitter. c. Both a and b d. Neither a nor b ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 73. Which of the following occurs when drugs are administered to patients with schizophrenia? a. Drugs that increase dopamine (agonists) cause an increase in schizophrenic behavior. b. Drugs that decrease dopamine (antagonists) decrease schizophrenic symptoms. c. Both a and b d. Neither a nor b ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 74. Which medication helps reduce the symptoms of schizophrenia but is a weak dopamine antagonist? a. Chlorpromazine b. Thorazine c. Olanzapine d. Neither a nor b ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 75. Manuella would respond coolly when her daughter embraced her, but when the child tried to pull away Manuella would say, “Don’t you love me anymore?” This is an example of a. a schizophrenogenic mother. b. double-bind communication. c. expressed emotion.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 76. Which of the following statements contradicts the dopamine theory of schizophrenia? a. Many people with schizophrenia are not helped by dopamine antagonists. b. Clozapine, one of the weakest dopamine antagonists, reduces schizophrenic symptoms in those patients who were not helped by stronger dopamine antagonists. c. Both of these statements contradict the dopamine theory of schizophrenia. d. Neither of these statements contradicts the dopamine theory of schizophrenia.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 77. Recent and highly sophisticated research focusing on neurochemical abnormalities as the cause of schizophrenia involves all of the following EXCEPT a. deficiency in the stimulation of prefrontal dopamine D1 receptors. b. excessive stimulation of striatal dopamine D2 receptors. c. alterations in prefrontal activity involving glutamate transmissions. d. changes in temporal lobe function associated with serotonin receptor activity.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 78. Scientists can observe how the newer antipsychotic medications work in the living brain of a patient with schizophrenia by using brain imaging techniques such as a. the CT scan. b. MRI. c. an X-ray. d. SPECT. ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 79. What is the evidence for structural damage in the brains of patients with schizophrenia? a. All patients with schizophrenia have smaller ventricles in their brains. b. In some patients with schizophrenia, there is an excess amount of “gray matter” in the cerebral cortex. c. The majority of patients with schizophrenia have enlarged ventricles in their brains. d. Many patients with schizophrenia have increased activity in the frontal lobes of the brain.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 80. Schizophrenia appears to be more frequently diagnosed in minorities in a number of countries. An explanation for this is a. people from devalued ethnic minority groups may be victims of bias and stereotyping. b. it may be the result of misdiagnosis. c. the levels of stress associated with stigma and isolation. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 81. Recent research into the causes of schizophrenia, including studies of patients with schizophrenia who had been exposed prenatally to influenza epidemics, suggests that there might be a ________ cause of schizophrenia. a. viral b. bacterial c. both a and b d. neither a nor b ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

82. Which of the following statements is true? a. A cold, dominant, and rejecting mother causes schizophrenia. b. A communication style that produces conflicting messages cause schizophrenia. c. High expressed emotion in a family is a good predictor of relapse among patients with chronic schizophrenia. d. None of these are correct ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3. - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 83. Though no longer used, the word schizophrenogenic was first proposed in the 1940s to describe a. an abusive and alcoholic father whose child became schizophrenic. b. an emotionally distant mother whose child became schizophrenic. c. divorced parents who had several psychotic children. d. a family in which relatives on both sides were psychotic.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 84. In terms of a particular emotional communication style known as expressed emotion, researchers have shown that patients with schizophrenia were more likely to relapse if a. they had long periods of contact with their families. b. they had families who were disapproving and intrusive. c. both a and b d. neither a nor b ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 85. Regarding cultural differences in expressed emotion, which is thought to be positively correlated with schizophrenia, research has found that ________ families have the highest percentage of expressed emotion. a. Indian b. Mexican Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

c. British d. Anglo-American ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 86. The familial communication style called expressed emotion, sometimes used to predict relapse rates in patients with schizophrenia, includes all of the following EXCEPT a. overinvolvement. b. criticism. c. emotional distance. d. hostility.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a (3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 87. A treatment used in the 1930s for schizophrenia but now used primarily to treat severe depression is a. electroconvulsive therapy (ECT). b. prefrontal lobotomy. c. insulin coma therapy. d. psychosurgery.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 88. Which of the following statements is true? a. Recent research demonstrated that many people are helped by antipsychotic drugs. b. Recent research indicates that many people no longer experience unpleasant side effects. c. Recent research found that second-generation antipsychotic meds were no more effective than the older drugs. d. Recent research found that second-generation antipsychotic meds were better tolerated than the older drugs.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 89. In the 1950s, several drugs provided the first hope that schizophrenia is treatable. They were called a. anticonvulsants. b. antipsychotics. c. antibiotics. d. neuroleptics.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 90. During the 1990s, a new type of antipsychotic medication became available to treat patients with schizophrenia who were not helped by conventional antipsychotic medications or who had developed unpleasant side effects. These new antipsychotic medications include all of the following EXCEPT a. Thorazine (chlorpromazine). b. Clozaril (clozapine). c. Risperdal (risperidone). d. Zyprexa (olanzapine).

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 91. Which of the following is NOT one of the typical minor side effects of antipsychotic medications? a. Grogginess b. Blurred vision c. Headaches d. Dryness of the mouth ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 92. Extrapyramidal symptoms, serious side effects of antipsychotic medications that occur in some patients with Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

schizophrenia, are similar to the symptoms of a. Alzheimer’s disease. b. Parkinson’s disease. c. multiple sclerosis. d. leukemia.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 93. Tardive dyskinesia, a severe side effect of antipsychotic medications, includes all of the following involuntary movements EXCEPT a. chewing. b. puffing of the cheeks. c. tongue protrusion. d. grinding of the teeth.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 94. Patients with schizophrenia who take antipsychotic medications sometimes develop severe side effects such as akinesia, a Parkinsonian symptom that includes all of the following EXCEPT a. hand tremors. b. finger tremors. c. slowed movements. d. monotonous speech.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 95. Mr. S is experiencing anhedonia, alogia, and episodes of catatonic immobility. What type of symptoms of schizophrenia is he struggling with? a. Positive b. Negative c. disorganized d. combined Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 96. All of the following factors seem to be related to patients’ noncompliance with medication EXCEPT a. negative patient–doctor relationship. b. cost of medication. c. comorbidity. d. negative side effects.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 97. Which of the following statements is true? a. Some people respond well to the newer antipsychotic drugs. b. The newer antipsychotic drugs show promise for helping patients who were previously unresponsive to medications. c. Recent research found that second-generation antipsychotic meds were no more effective than the older drugs. d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 98. One of the ways of improving patient compliance with regard to taking antipsychotic medication involves the use of a. injections. b. skin patches. c. pills. d. liquids.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 99. Ms. C is hearing voices from Satan, who gives her instructions for committing sins, and she is convinced that others know about her special relationship with him. What type of symptoms of schizophrenia is she struggling with? a. Positive b. Negative c. Disorganized d. Combined ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 100. In the 1970s, researchers set up a treatment system called a token economy in a mental health center. This type of “milieu” treatment for patients with schizophrenia focused on a. language and speech. b. socialization and self-care skills. c. educational studies. d. spiritual and religious development.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 101. A token economy is an incentive system in which hospitalized patients with schizophrenia a. earn “tokens” for appropriate behavior. b. lose “tokens” for disruptive behavior. c. both of these d. neither of these ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 102. The 1970s experiment in which behavioral (or social learning) principles were applied to a traditional Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

inpatient environment in the form of a token economy resulted in a. more patients able to be discharged. b. fewer patients able to be discharged. c. more patients recovering from schizophrenia. d. fewer patients recovering from schizophrenia.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 103. In the latter half of the 20th century, the routine institutionalization of patients with schizophrenia was significantly reduced because of a. the effectiveness of antipsychotic medications. b. court rulings limiting involuntary hospitalization. c. both a and b d. neither a nor b ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 104. Since the latter half of the 20th century, the policy of deinstitutionalization (time-limited hospital stays for psychotic patients) has resulted in a. more patients remaining hospitalized. b. former patients becoming productive members of the community. c. many former patients becoming homeless. d. greater patient compliance regarding medication.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research OTHER: TYPE: Factual 105. The number of homeless people with mental disorders is estimated to be between a. 0 and 100,000. b. 100,000 and 200,000. c. 200,000 and 300,000. d. 300,000 and 400,000.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research OTHER: TYPE: Factual 106. Some patients with schizophrenia are helped to function better in the community via independent living skills programs that teach them all of the following EXCEPT a. medication management. b. how to identify signs that warn of a relapse. c. how to maintain eye contact when interacting with others. d. how to help others who are mentally ill.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 107. Mr. P is laughing uncontrollably after hearing the news of his sister’s death, and his laughter is punctuated by rapid and off-topic speech. What type of symptoms of schizophrenia is he struggling with? a. Positive b. Negative c. Disorganized d. Combined ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 108. Social skills training programs for patients with schizophrenia have been a. very successful. b. not at all successful. c. somewhat successful while the program is in effect. d. only successful when the patient is on medication.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

OTHER:

TYPE: Conceptual

109. Recently, treatment for people with schizophrenia has expanded to include self-help and self-advocacy groups. These psychosocial clubs a. provide a person-centered approach. b. focus on getting positive experiences through employment opportunities. c. provide friendship and empowerment. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 110. Which of the following is NOT recommended as a helpful addition to biological treatment for schizophrenia? a. Social skills training b. Family intervention c. High levels of expressed emotion d. Programs in vocational rehabilitation ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 111. The assertive community treatment (ACT) program grew out of work by researches in a. Madison, WI b. Washington, DC c. Savannah, GA d. New York, NY ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 112. Psychosocial “clubs” or “clubhouses” for patients with schizophrenia have been formed as a part of some rehabilitation programs. Research indicates that participation in these clubs may help prevent relapses.

However, it is difficult to interpret the improvement in these patients because Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

a. some patients are on medication and some aren’t. b. only the most psychotic patients participate. c. patients who participate may be significantly different from those who don’t. d. a significant number of patients drop out before completing the program.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 113. One explanation for the differences between the Genain sisters in their experience of schizophrenia is a. the deterioration of the uteral environment. b. de novo mutations in the fertilized egg or germ cells. c. birth order. d. being raised in different households.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research OTHER: TYPE: Applied 114. The Chinese rely on more on ______________________ medicine to treat schizophrenia. a. agonistic b. antagonistic c. alternative d. advanced forms of experimental ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 115. Discuss the characteristics of attenuated psychosis syndrome and explain why it is a “proposed” disorder.

Sample Answer: Some individuals who start to develop psychotic symptoms such as ANSWER:

hallucinations or delusions are often sufficiently distressed to seek help from mental health professionals. They can be at high risk for developing schizophrenia and may be at an early stage of the disorder (called prodromal). Although they may not meet the full criteria for schizophrenia, they may be good candidates for early intervention in an effort to prevent symptoms from worsening. To focus attention on these individuals, DSM-5 proposes that APS be studied further. Further study can lead to the development of a body

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

of evidence to support the entrance of APS into the DSM.

REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Historical Subtypes OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 116. Explain why the common misconception that schizophrenia means split personality is not correct.

Sample Answer: Schizophrenia, which comes from the combination of the Greek words ANSWER:

for “split” (skhizein) and “mind” (phren), reflected beliefs that underlying all the unusual behaviors shown by people with this disorder is an associative splitting of the basic functions of personality. This concept emphasized the “breaking of associative threads,” or the destruction of the forces that connect one function to the next. Unfortunately, the concept of “split mind” inspired the common but incorrect use of the term schizophrenia to mean split or multiple personality.

REFERENCES: Perspectives on Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Early Figures in Diagnosing Schizophrenia OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 117. Describe some of the “positive” and “negative” symptoms of schizophrenia. Explain what is meant by these terms and how they relate to prognosis and outcome.

Sample Answer: The positive symptoms of schizophrenia involve the active manifestations ANSWER: of abnormal behavior including delusions and hallucinations, inappropriate affect, and formal thought disorders. Negative symptoms usually indicate the absence or insufficiency of normal behavior such as disorganized speech, avolition, and affective flattening. A diagnosis of schizophrenia requires that two or more positive, negative, and/or disorganized symptoms be present for at least one month.

People with schizophrenia have a poorer prognosis than those with most of the other disorders—including a high risk of suicide—although a significant number of individuals can experience long periods of recovery. Treatment typically involves antipsychotic drugs that are usually administered with a variety of psychosocial treatments, with the goal of reducing relapse and improving skills in deficits and compliance in taking the medications.

The effectiveness of treatment is limited, because schizophrenia is typically a chronic disorder.

REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Positive Symptoms OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 118. Compare some major ways that the historical subtypes of schizophrenia can present (paranoid, catatonic, disorganized, undifferentiated, residual) in terms of symptoms, treatment, and prognosis.

Sample Answer: Paranoid-type schizophrenia is characterized by delusions and ANSWER: hallucinations that have a theme, typically of grandeur or persecution. They usually do not show disorganized speech or flat affect, and have a better prognosis than people with other Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

forms of schizophrenia.

People with catatonic-type schizophrenia show unusual motor responses, including remaining in fixed positions and engaging in excessive activity, as well as odd facial and physical mannerisms. They may also mimic speech.

Disorganized schizophrenia is marked by disruption in speech and behavior, inappropriate or flat affect, and self-absorption. If delusions or hallucinations occur, they are unorganized and fragmented. This subtype is often chronic and less likely to go into remission.

Undifferentiated-type schizophrenia includes people who have the major symptoms of schizophrenia but do not meet the criteria for the other types.

Residual-type schizophrenia refers to people who have had at least one episode of schizophrenia but who no longer manifest major symptoms of the disease.

REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Historical Subtypes OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 119. Compare schizophrenia and the “other psychotic disorders” (schizophreniform, schizoaffective disorder, delusional disorder, folie à deux, brief psychotic disorder) in terms of symptoms, duration, and outcome.

Sample Answer: Some people may experience the symptoms of schizophrenia for a very ANSWER: short duration (less than one month). This is brief psychotic disorder. People with schizoaffective disorder display the symptoms of both schizophrenia and the mood disorders. The prognosis is similar to the prognosis for people with schizophrenia—that is, individuals tend not to get better on their own and are likely to continue experiencing major life difficulties for many years.

Delusional disorder is a persistent belief that is contrary to reality. It can take several forms. The erotomanic type is the irrational belief that one is loved by another person, usually of higher status or famous. The grandiose type involves believing in one’s inflated worth, power, knowledge, identity, or special relationship to a deity or famous person. The persecutory type involves believing oneself is being malevolently treated in some way. And the somatic type involves the person feeling afflicted by a physical defect or general medical condition.

Shared psychotic disorder is the condition in which an individual develops delusions as the result of a close relationship with a delusional individual. The content and nature of the delusion originate with the partner and can range from the relatively bizarre, such as believing enemies are sending harmful gamma rays through your house, to the fairly ordinary, such as believing you are about to receive a major promotion despite evidence to the contrary.

REFERENCES: Clinical Description, Symptoms, and Subtypes LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Historical Subtypes OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 120. Discuss treatment of the mentally ill. Include “shock therapies,” psychosurgical procedures, and antipsychotic medications.

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: What do you do for someone who has delusions, hears his dead uncle’s voice, or can’t communicate complete thoughts? The search for help has taken many paths, sometimes down some disturbing roads; for example, in the 1500s, primitive surgery was conducted to remove the “stone of madness,” which was thought to cause disturbed behavior. As barbaric as this practice may seem today, it is not different from the

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

prefrontal lobotomies performed on people with schizophrenia as late as the 1950s. This procedure severed the frontal lobes from the lower portion of the brain, which sometimes calmed the patient but also caused cognitive and emotional deficits.

Psychosurgery, including prefrontal lobotomies, was introduced in the late 1930s, and electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) was advanced as a treatment for schizophrenia at the same time. As with earlier drastic treatments, initial enthusiasm for ECT faded because it was found not to be beneficial for most people with schizophrenia—although it is still used with a limited number of people today, sometimes in combination with antipsychotic medications.

A breakthrough in the treatment of schizophrenia came during the 1950s with the introduction of several drugs that relieved symptoms in many people. Called neuroleptics (meaning “taking hold of the nerves”), these medications provided the first real hope that help was available for people with schizophrenia. When they are effective, neuroleptics help people think more clearly and reduce hallucinations and delusions. They work by affecting the positive symptoms (delusions, hallucinations, and agitation) and to a lesser extent the negative and disorganized ones, such as social deficits. In general, each drug is effective with some people and not with others. Clinicians and patients often must go through a trial-and-error process to find the medication that works best, and some individuals do not benefit significantly from any of them. The earliest neuroleptic drugs, called conventional or first-generation antipsychotics (such as Haldol and Thorazine), are effective for approximately 60% of people who try them. However, many people are not helped by antipsychotics or experience unpleasant side effects. Fortunately, some people respond well to newer medications—sometimes called atypical or second-generation antipsychotics; the most common are risperidone and olanzapine. These newer drugs hold promise for helping patients who were previously unresponsive to medications.

REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Biological Treatments OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 121. Compare the conventional antipsychotic medications with the newer drugs in terms of their biochemical dynamics, side effects, and treatment effectiveness.

Sample Answer: The conventional antipsychotic medications developed in the 1950s are ANSWER: dopamine antagonists and are effective in about 60% of patients. The second-generation or atypical antipsychotics may help patients who were previously unresponsive to medications and have fewer side effects. Unfortunately, many patients stop using both classes of medication because of their negative side effects.

REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Biological Treatments OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 122. Discuss some of the causative factors of schizophrenia, including genetic influences, neurotransmitter imbalances, prenatal viral exposure, and psychological stressors.

Sample Answer: Evidence from family, twin, and adoption studies suggests that genes ANSWER: may make people vulnerable to schizophrenia, although there does not appear to be a single gene responsible, but rather a combination of multiple genes. Basically, the more genes you share with someone who has the disorder, the higher your risk of developing it.

Neurobiological evidence suggests that dopamine is implicated in schizophrenia because Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

antipsychotic drugs that treat the disease are dopamine antagonists, amphetamines can mimic psychotic symptoms, and antipsychotic drugs can produce motor symptoms similar to Parkinson’s disease. However, the relationship is complicated and involves both abnormal receptor function and alterations in prefrontal activity involving glutamate transmission. Fetal exposure to viral infection, pregnancy complications, and delivery complications have all been implicated in the schizophrenia. Stress has been implicated as trigger for schizophrenia in people who are already vulnerable to the disease. Chaotic family environments and expressed emotions in which people are very critical of the schizophrenic can exacerbate symptoms.

REFERENCES: Prevalence and Causes of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Genetic Influences OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 123. Explore the concept of psychosocial interventions for schizophrenia. Discuss the goals and effectiveness of these treatment programs.

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: Today, few believe that psychological factors cause people to have schizophrenia or that traditional psychotherapeutic approaches will cure them. Nevertheless, you will see that psychological methods have an important role. Despite the great promise of drug treatment, the problems with ineffectiveness, inconsistent use, and relapse suggest that by themselves, drugs may not be effective with many people. As with a number of the disorders discussed in this text, recent work in the area of psychosocial intervention has suggested the value of an approach that uses both kinds of treatment.

An environment was designed for inpatients that encouraged appropriate socialization, participation in group sessions, and self-care such as bed making while discouraging violent outbursts. An elaborate token economy was set up, in which residents could earn access to meals and small luxuries by behaving appropriately. A patient could, for example, buy cigarettes with the tokens he earned for keeping his room neat. On the other hand, a patient would be fined (lose tokens) for being disruptive or otherwise acting inappropriately. This incentive system was combined with a full schedule of daily activities.

Patients who went through their program did better than others on social, self-care, and vocational skills, and more of them could be discharged from the hospital. Problems with social skills can be the most visible impairment displayed by people with schizophrenia and can prevent them from getting and keeping jobs and making friends. Clinicians attempt to reteach social skills such as basic conversation, assertiveness, and relationship building to people with schizophrenia. The most extensively studied program is the assertive community treatment (ACT) program. ACT involves using a multidisciplinary team of professionals to provide broad-ranging treatment across all domains, including mediation management, psychosocial treatment, and vocational training and support.

REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Psychosocial Interventions OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 124. Discuss the issue of patient compliance with antipsychotic drug regimens. Describe the problems caused by noncompliance and how this situation has been addressed in treatment settings.

Sample Answer: Despite the optimism generated by the effectiveness of antipsychotics, ANSWER: they work only when they are taken properly, and many people with schizophrenia do not Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 38

routinely take their medication. A number of factors seem to be related to patients’ noncompliance with a medication regimen, including negative doctor–patient relationships, cost of the medication, and poor social support. Not surprisingly, negative side effects are a major factor in patient refusal. Antipsychotics can produce a number of unwanted physical symptoms, such as grogginess, blurred vision, and dryness of the mouth. Because the drugs affect neurotransmitter systems, more serious side effects, called extrapyramidal symptoms, can also result. These symptoms include the motor difficulties similar to those experienced by people with Parkinson’s disease, sometimes called Parkinsonian symptoms. Akinesia is one of the most common; it includes an expressionless face, slow motor activity, and monotonous speech. Another extrapyramidal symptom is tardive dyskinesia, which involves involuntary movements of the tongue, face, mouth, or jaw and can include protrusions of the tongue, puffing of the cheeks, puckering of the mouth, and chewing movements. Tardive dyskinesia seems to result from long-term use of high doses of antipsychotic medication and is often irreversible. A significant number of people who could benefit from antipsychotic medications find them unacceptable as a treatment, which may explain the relatively high rates of refusal and noncompliance.

REFERENCES: Treatment of Schizophrenia LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.b - Recognize major historical events, theoretical perspectives, and figures in psychology and their link to trends in contemporary research TOPICS: Biological Interventions OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 39

1. Although not classified as developmental disorders, many psychological disorders can be considered developmental because they a. appear early in life and change over the lifespan. b. have a genetic component. c. lack biological causes and are influenced by learning. d. are unique to children.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Overview of Developmental Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 2. The major reason that developmental disorders are considered to be so serious in terms of their capacity to disrupt later functioning is a. the fact that medications used in children can have long-term effects. b. the impact that they have on family functioning. c. that the purely biological nature of developmental disorders leads to subsequent developmental failures. d. that failure to develop at one level is thought to inhibit later stages of development.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Overview of Developmental Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 3. Johnny is a two-year-old boy who has no motivation to interact with other people. His absence of interest in people may also lead to severe deficits in his ability to a. eat and drink. b. think. c. communicate. d. walk.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Overview of Developmental Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 4. The main reason that it is so important to identify children with developmental disorders as early as possible is that a. medications are most effective when administered at an early stage of the disorder. b. skill deficits can be identified and addressed before they impact later development.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

c. family functioning often declines as the developmental disorder progresses. d. children are more receptive to therapy when they are young.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Overview of Developmental Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 5. One of the most common reasons that children are referred for mental health services in the United States is a. ADHD. b. autism. c. pervasive developmental disorder. d. stuttering.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 6. In order to be diagnosed with ADHD, ________ must be present. a. hyperactive behavior that alternates with periods of distraction b. either a pattern of inattention or a pattern of hyperactivity and impulsivity c. both patterns of inattention and hyperactivity/impulsivity d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 7. The inattention symptom of ADHD is characterized by a. careless mistakes. b. fidgeting. c. not waiting one’s turn to answer questions. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

OTHER:

TYPE: Factual

8. Which of the following have been found to be a predictor of later behavior problems in children with ADHD? a. A specific genetic mutation b. Low birth weight c. Hostile home environment d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 9. Girls with ADHA tend to display more behaviors referred to as a. rumination. b. internalizing. c. self-rejection. d. covert self-analysis.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 10. The ratio of boys to girls for ADHD is a. about equal, or 1:1. b. approximately 2 boys to every 1 girl. c. approximately 3 boys to every 1 girl. d. more than 10 boys to every 1 girl.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 11. Which best describes the way ADHD develops as children grow into adulthood? a. Children tend to outgrow ADHD. b. Children tend to outgrow ADHD. c. Symptoms remain relatively stable throughout the lifespan for most individuals. d. Manifestations of ADHD tend to change over time, but problems often persist.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 12. Neurotransmitters implicated in the cause of ADHD include all of the following EXCEPT a. dopamine. b. endorphin. c. norepinephrine. d. gamma-aminobutyric acid.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 13. Of the following, the most accurate statement with regard to the genetic influences of ADHD is that a. there are no known genetic influences. b. there appears to be a single gene influence. c. there appear to be multiple genetic influences. d. defects on the Y chromosome are the major influence.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 14. Over time, children with ADHA seem to be less ___________, although ___________ persists. a. energetic; inattention. b. inattentive; impulsivity c. impulsive; inattention d. energetic; impulsivity ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 15. In a longitudinal study that followed 200 boys with ADHD into adulthood, researchers found that Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

a. these men had more social problems compared to those who never had ADHD. b. these men had less education and vocational success compared to those who never had ADHD. c. these men had more substance use problems compared to those who never had ADHD. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 16. Alicia is pregnant and continues to ____________ throughout her pregnancy. She is ______ likely to have a child diagnosed with ADHD. a. smoke cigarettes; less b. consume high amounts of sugar; more c. smoke cigarettes; more d. consume low amounts of sugar; less ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 17. The medications that are generally used to treat ADHD have proven particularly helpful to most patients in a. temporarily reducing hyperactivity and impulsivity and/or improving concentration. b. reducing hyperactivity and impulsivity and/or improving concentration, with gains maintained even after the medication is discontinued. c. temporarily and drastically changing academic performance and socialization. d. altering the biological “root” of the problem in terms of neurochemistry, leading to gains maintained after the medication is discontinued.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 18. The medications that are generally used to treat ADHD often result in unpleasant side effects that include all of the following EXCEPT a. drowsiness. b. irritability. c. nausea. d. insomnia.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 19. The medications—such as Ritalin and Concerta—generally used to treat ADHD are classified as a. minor sedatives. b. depressants. c. stimulants. d. antidepressants.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 20. All of the following medications are used to treat ADHD EXCEPT a. Ritalin. b. Strattera. c. Adderall. d. Clozapine.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 21. It is estimated that ________% of children in the United States are being treated for ADHD with stimulant medications. a. 2.5 b. 3.5 c. 4.5 d. 5.5 ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

22. The drug Strattera (atomoxetine) appears effective for some children with ADHD and, according to recent research, does not cause the same ________ as stimulant medication when used in larger doses. a. intolerance b. withdrawal symptoms c. “high” d. academic disturbance ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 23. Nonmedication treatments for ADHD usually involve a. interpersonal and family therapy. b. behavioral programs and parent-delivered behavioral interventions. c. brief, inpatient treatment at a specialty hospital. d. cognitive-behavioral therapy and diet control.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 24. Ron is a nine-year-old boy recently diagnosed with ADHD. His parents have chosen a combined approach to treatment, which will most likely involve a. new experimental medications and behavior therapy. b. no medication, but a combination of behavioral therapy and parent training. c. medication such as Ritalin and behavior therapy. d. medication such as Ritalin and psychoanalysis.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 25. Recent research has demonstrated all of the below regarding ADHD’s causes EXCEPT a. it is considered to be highly influenced by genetics with a relatively small role played by environmental influences. b. it is related to interactions among multiple genes. c. it appears to be related to the neurotransmitter dopamine. d. it is primarily due to physical brain damage.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 26. Behavioral treatments for ADHD include all of the following strategies EXCEPT a. social skills training. b. reinforcement programs involving rewards for good behavior. c. education programs for teaching families how to respond constructively to child’s behaviors. d. education program for teaching children with ADHD how their behaviors are harmful.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 27. Recent research has shown that a. ADHD naturally resolves itself over the lifespan. b. ADHD is caused by a single gene called DAT 1. c. the brain of children with ADHD is 3%–4% percent smaller than children without ADHD. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 28. ADHD is estimated to occur in about ____% of school-age children worldwide. a. 2 b. 4 c. 5 d. 7 ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

OTHER:

TYPE: Factual

29. The study of how your genetic makeup influences your response to certain drugs is known as a. gene-drug splicing. b. genopsychology. c. psychopharmacogenetics. d. chemopsychology.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 30. A specific learning disorder is defined as a. performance in reading, writing, or math substantially below the level predicted by the individual’s age, IQ, and education. b. an IQ score below 70. c. a substandard IQ score in comparison to the individual’s family and educational background. d. the existence of a neurological deficit that interferes with the individual’s ability to assimilate new information.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Specific Learning Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 31. Regarding gender differences in childhood ADHD, studies suggest that a. it is a different disorder when it occurs in boys from when it occurs in girls. b. it manifests in the same way in boys and girls, but is much more common in boys. c. it manifests somewhat differently in boys and girls. d. it only occurs in boys, as most girls’ ADHD symptoms are not clinically significant.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 32. Why would it be incorrect to say that individuals diagnosed with learning disorders are not intelligent? a. It would confuse learning disorders with intellectual disability. b. The concept of learning disorder has absolutely nothing to do with intelligence. c. Learning disorders can be diagnosed in people of below-average, average, or above-average Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

intelligence. d. Learning disorders are only diagnosed in people of high intelligence.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Specific Learning Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 33. Which learning disorder affects approximately 7% of the population? a. Written expression b. Oral communication c. Mathematics d. Reading ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Specific Learning Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 34. All of the following are problems observed to result from learning disorders EXCEPT a. low employment. b. school dropout. c. drug abuse. d. suicidal thoughts and attempted suicide.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Specific Learning Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 35. Ken is a 12-year-old boy of average intelligence, as indicated by his IQ scores. He loves school and works hard on his homework. Ken earns an A in every subject except math, where he has been achieving grades in the C+ range. Which of the following statements is correct? a. Ken does not appear to have a learning disorder, because his achievement is consistent with expectations based on his intelligence. b. Ken appears to have a math disorder because his math grade is so far below his other grades. c. Ken appears to have a math disorder because there is a discrepancy between his intelligence and his achievement in many subjects d. Ken does not appear to have a learning disorder, because he has shown that he can achieve when he wants to.

ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Specific Learning Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 36. Samantha is a sixth-grade girl who has great difficulty in school. She pays attention and works hard but appears to have trouble remembering facts and concepts that she has read. Before we can determine whether Samantha has a learning disability, it is most important to know her a. family history. b. social skills. c. math skills. d. IQ. ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Specific Learning Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 37. Which of the following individuals is most likely to be diagnosed with ADHD? a. Bo, a 10-year-old boy b. Leah, an eight-year-old girl c. Jamal, a 26-year-old man d. Roana, a 50-year-old woman ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 38. Treatment for learning disorders generally involves a. stimulant medication. b. educational remediation. c. family therapy. d. cognitive-behavioral therapy.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Specific Learning Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

39. Alvin is a 10-year-old boy diagnosed with a mathematics disorder. His treatment plan will most likely involve a. teaching him different strategies to compensate for areas where he has difficulty. b. stimulant medication. c. developing an educational plan that exempts him from mathematics requirements. d. placing him in a school for learning-disordered children.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Specific Learning Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied 40. One approach that has received considerable research support in assisting children with their problems related to learning is a. drug treatment. b. behavior modification. c. direct instruction. d. enriched instruction ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Specific Learning Disorder REFERENCES: Pervasive Developmental Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 41. All of the following were previously types of pervasive developmental disorders, and now fall under the umbrella of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) EXCEPT a. autistic disorder. b. Rett’s disorder. c. Asperger’s disorder. d. learning disorder.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism Spectrum Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 42. One of the two major characteristics of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is impairment in social communication and interaction. The other one involves a. restricted, repetitive patterns of behavior. b. below-average intelligence given the individual’s age and education. c. below-average academic achievement given the individual’s intelligence.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

d. significant perceptual deficits.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Autism Spectrum Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 43. One of the most characteristic patterns for children with autism is that they are generally a. disinterested in social situations. b. very intelligent. c. extremely talkative. d. hyperactive.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism Spectrum Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 44. Robin is a three-year-old girl who appears disinterested in people. She generally interacts with her mom only when she needs something. In some ways, Robin seems to be interested in her mother only as a tool to help her get what she wants. Robin would probably be diagnosed with a. autistic disorder. b. Rett’s disorder. c. Asperger’s disorder. d. a learning disorder.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Autism Spectrum Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 45. Four-year-old Susan has just been diagnosed with autism. Research suggests that her chances of never developing speech proficiency sufficient to communicate her needs are about ____%. a. 10 b. 25 c. 33 d. 75 ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Autism Spectrum Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

OTHER:

empirically TYPE: Applied

46. The restricted pattern of behavior generally observed in autism involves a. repetitive movements, such as spinning in circles. b. an intense preference for keeping things the same. c. inappropriate communication patterns. d. a lack of recognition of significant others.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 47. All of the following are typical behaviors for children with autism EXCEPT a. spinning a wheel on a toy truck and staring at it for hours. b. throwing a loud tantrum when prevented from carrying out a ritual. c. becoming wildly upset when one toy was removed from the shelf. d. performing complex math calculations that appear well beyond their abilities.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 48. Cross-cultural research has indicated that autism is a. universal across cultures and countries. b. predominantly found in the United States. c. predominantly found in Western cultures and countries. d. more common in wealthy countries.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 49. Most individuals with autism develop symptoms of the disorder a. at birth. b. by age one. c. by age three.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

d. by teen years.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 50. In terms of the level of support that will be necessary for a child with autism, which factor is used as a predictor to determine the prognosis? a. Age of onset b. Severity of initial symptoms c. Rate of symptom progression d. IQ ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 51. Monte is a three-year-old boy recently diagnosed with autism. He appears completely unresponsive to his parents and shows no indication of any language development. Monte seems disinterested in communication of any kind and has significant rituals such as lining up his toys and realigning them every few minutes. He becomes hysterical if anyone interrupts his ritualistic activity. On an IQ assessment designed for very young children, Monte’s score was extremely low. His prognosis is poor primarily because of a. his lack of language acquisition and low IQ. b. his low IQ and early age of onset. c. the early age of onset and lack of language acquisition. d. his ritualistic behavior and disinterest in his parents.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 52. Which of the following is currently being researched as a possible cause of autism? a. The neuronal structure of the hippocampus b. The levels of the neuropeptide oxytocin c. The mercury used as a preservative in childhood vaccines d. All of these are correct ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 53. Researchers, studying the brain of individuals with autism, suggest that one area of the brain that may be involved with the disorder is the a. brain stem. b. hypothalamus. c. amygdala. d. reticular formation.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 54. The authors of the textbook report an interview with a patient named Robert Edwards. Robert’s lucid description of his internal experiences reflects a. his delusional behavior. b. his limited cognitive abilities. c. abnormal sensory experiences. d. his highly logical and factual thinking.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied NOTES: NEW 55. The ability to perform “computer-like” mathematical calculations and other incredible skills that are sometimes associated with individuals with autism (such as seen in the character in the movie Rain Man) are a. not typical of the disorder. b. a defining symptom of the disorder. c. fairly common but not present in every autistic individual. d. a complete myth and not possible for any autistic individual.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

OTHER:

empirically TYPE: Factual

56. What is the most current state of evidence to link childhood vaccines and autism spectrum disorder (ASD)? a. There is no evidence to suggest that vaccines cause autism. b. Thimerosal (a childhood vaccine) is not related to autism, but a higher overall number of vaccines received by a child increases risk for developing autism. c. Vaccines do not cause autism, but they do speed up the development of symptoms. d. Certain vaccines have been found to directly induce autism.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 57. An appropriate treatment goal for a child with autism is a. resolution of all autistic symptoms by age 18. b. immediate cessation of ritualistic behaviors. c. development of normal social skills by age 18. d. reduction in tantrums and eventual development of some self-care activities.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 58. Modern treatment programs for autism generally involve a. ego development. b. cognitive behavioral therapy. c. anxiety reduction. d. basic skills training.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 59. Treatment for autism is most similar to the treatment for a. intellectual disability. b. learning disorders. c. personality disorders.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

d. attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 60. Which treatment approach has been most clearly documented as benefitting children with problems with communication and socialization? a. Pharmacological treatment b. Behavioral approaches c. School education d. Family systems therapy ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 61. What is the convincing evidence that autism involves some form of brain damage? a. Nearly half of individuals with autism have some level of intellectual disability. b. Most children with autism suffered from some form of brain trauma at birth. c. Autism runs in families. d. Autism develops fairly quickly and at a young age.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 62. Approximately what percentage of individuals with ASD have intellectual disabilities? a. 12 b. 38 c. 57 d. 72 ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

OTHER:

empirically TYPE: Factual

63. One major distinction between Asperger’s disorder and autism is that a. Asperger’s disorder is associated with longer language delays and lower IQ. b. autism is associated with social impairment, and Asperger’s disorder is not. c. autism develops in early childhood, and Asperger’s develops during adolescence. d. Asperger’s disorder is not associated with severe language delays.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 64. Currently, scientists’ main focus in developing biological treatments for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is geared toward a. finding pharmacological treatments for specific behaviors or symptoms. b. finding pharmacological treatments for the core neurobiological deficits in autism. c. developing gene therapy. d. refining neurosurgical techniques previously used for seizure patients.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 65. Some success has been noted in the development of communication skills in autistic children through the use of a. modeling appropriate communication. b. behavioral procedures involving shaping and discrimination training. c. intensive therapy where the patient is placed in many social situations. d. stimulant medications.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 66. The results of behavioral treatment targeting the socialization deficits of individuals with autism have shown a. no improvement. b. some improvement in social skills, which seemed to improve intellectual and educational Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

functioning. c. significant improvement in social skills and improved intellectual and educational functioning. d. substantial improvement in both the quantity and quality of social skills.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 67. Children diagnosed with ADHD tend to be a. children diagnosed with ADHD tend to be b. no more or less popular than other children. c. unpopular with other children. d. uninterested in socialization.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 68. Bringing the instruction for children with ASD away from a desk with one child and one teacher to regular settings at home, in school, and in the community is known as applying a. naturalistic teaching strategies. b. pivotal response training. c. incidental teaching. d. milieu teaching.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 69. Individuals with ASD sometimes repeat the speech of others in a pattern called a. back speech. b. repeat listening. c. echolalia. d. mocking speech.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 70. Research suggests that intervention for autism may be most effective for significant change in core symptoms if it begun a. when children are very young. b. during adolescence. c. at puberty. d. in adulthood.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 71. According to research, the intellectual and educational improvements of the children with autism made appeared to be a. transient. b. fairly permanent. c. little different from the control group, thus clinically insignificant. d. little different from the control group, but still statistically significant.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 72. Suneal is an eight-year-old boy with autism whose parents have just been informed that their son will be placed in a regular classroom and provided with whatever special support he needs. Suneal’s parents should a. insist on a special education classroom, since research suggests this is best for children with autism. b. consider changing schools, because it is obvious that Jake’s school knows nothing about the needs of autistic children with autism. c. be relieved that Jake’s autism must be very mild, since the school would not place a child with significant autistic deficits in a regular classroom. d. be pleased, since teaching strategies to help ASD students learn are being used in regular classrooms.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Applied Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

73. Medication treatment for autism has been found to be a. mildly effective. b. generally ineffective. c. generally effective. d. highly effective initially, though the benefits of medication decrease over time.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 74. Generally speaking, the treatment for a child with autism should involve a. behavioral therapy, school-based education, and a focus on developing as much independence as possible. b. behavioral therapy, home schooling, and a focus on developing as much independence as possible. c. cognitive therapy, school-based education, and a focus on developing as much independence as possible. d. a focus on provisions for long-term custodial care and behavioral therapy .

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 75. Teaching an individual with ASD to make a request by pointing to a picture of a cup when making a request for a drink, or using a computer tablet to play complete sentences when a button is pushed are examples of a. rote behavior training. b. augmentative communication strategies. c. stimulus-response training. d. reactive-stimulus strategies.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 76. Intellectual disability is defined as a. significantly below-average intellectual ability. b. significantly below-average intellectual ability and adaptive functioning. c. significant deficits in self-care abilities and social interaction. d. a low IQ score.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Intellectual Disability (Intellectual Developmental Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 77. Which is true regarding the prognosis for children with ASD? a. IQ is not predictive of later functioning. b. Higher IQ is generally associated with better functioning later in life. c. Higher IQ is generally associated with lower functioning later in life. d. Higher IQ predicts better vocational functioning, but not better social functioning.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Autism spectrum disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 78. The diagnostic criteria for intellectual disability include an assessment of adaptive functioning, because an IQ score is a. not a measure of intelligence. b. an insufficient measure of impairment. c. a sufficient measure of impairment. d. always highly inaccurate.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Intellectual Disability (Intellectual Developmental Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 79. Which is the most accurate statement regarding the causes of intellectual disability? a. It is caused by genetics. b. It has four known causes. c. It is caused by either substances or trauma. d. It has hundreds of known causes.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Intellectual Disability (Intellectual Developmental Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

80. The approximate cutoff IQ score of 70–75 for defining intellectual disability is based on a. a statistical concept. b. qualitative difference in individuals with IQ scores below 70. c. neurobiological deficits that are only reflected in IQ scores below 70. d. a fairly arbitrary line drawn between intellectual disability and normal intellect ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Intellectual Disability (Intellectual Developmental Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 81. Causes for intellectual disability include a. prenatal influences. b. postnatal influences. c. perinatal influences. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Intellectual Disability (Intellectual Developmental Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 82. Down syndrome is caused by a. an extra 21st chromosome. b. a missing 21st chromosome. c. lack of oxygen at birth. d. unknown influences.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Intellectual Disability (Intellectual Developmental Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 83. Fragile X syndrome a. is caused by too many X chromosomes on a gene. b. is similar to Lesch-Nyhan syndrome. c. primarily affects males. d. all of these are correct.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

REFERENCES: Intellectual Disability (Intellectual Developmental Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 84. The form of treatment that has been found to be most successful for individuals with intellectual disability is a. interpersonal therapy. b. behavioral approach to skills training. c. medication. d. the cognitive approach to self-care activities.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Intellectual Disability (Intellectual Developmental Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 85. Biological treatments of intellectual disability are currently a. not a viable option. b. gaining popularity. c. under investigation by the NIH. d. effective but with significant side effects.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Intellectual Disability (Intellectual Developmental Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 86. Research regarding early intervention programs such as Head Start indicates that such programs a. are ineffective. b. may help improve the functioning of intellectually disabled children. c. may help prevent “at risk” children from developing intellectual disability. d. help parents manage the behavior of their intellectually disabled children.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Prevention of Neurodevelopmental Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 87. Delirium, major neurocognitive disorder, and amnestic disorder typically develop a. from complications of birth.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

b. as part of the normal aging process. c. in late adulthood. d. as temporary conditions.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Overview of Neurocognitive Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 88. Delirium is estimated to be present in approximately __________% of older adults. a. 5 b. 10 c. 15 d. 20 ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Delirium LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 89. The major neurocognitive disorder is a. exclusively the result of brain trauma. b. a gradual deterioration of brain functioning that affects memory, judgment, language, and other advanced cognitive processes. c. the result of a disconnection between language and thought. d. exclusively based on genetic causes.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 90. Neurocognitive disorders typically cause impairment in all of the following primary abilities EXCEPT a. memory. b. judgment. c. dreaming. d. language.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 91. Impaired consciousness and cognition during the course of several hours or days is characteristic of a. delirium. b. major neurocognitive disorder. c. Alzheimer’s. d. amnestic disorder.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Delirium LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 92. Mr. Smith (age 72) is brought to the hospital emergency room. Mr. Smith’s son explains that his father woke up this morning and was “not himself.” Mr. Smith appears confused, agitated, and a bit frightened. He does not know his own name and cannot recognize his son. Mr. Smith’s son reports that his father had been completely fine with no symptoms prior to that morning. Mr. Smith appears to be suffering from a. dementia. b. Alzheimer’s. c. delirium. d. amnestic disorder.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 93. All of the following are possible causes of major neurocognitive disorder EXCEPT a. Alzheimer’s disease. b. chemical substances (including medications). c. depression. d. food additives and preservatives.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 94. Which of the following statements about major neurocognitive disorder is FALSE? Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

a. Globally, one new case of major neurocognitive disorder is identified every seven seconds. b. Worldwide, the cost of major neurocognitive disorder is about $302 billion per year. c. About half of the cases are Alzheimer’s disease. d. The rate of new cases increases dramatically after age 75.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 95. The cognitive reserve hypothesis suggests that a. skills acquired through formal education help compensate for the early symptoms of major neurocognitive disorder. b. the more synapses a person develops throughout life, the more neuronal death is required before the person becomes impaired. c. individuals with Alzheimer’s disease major neurocognitive disorder never had reserve neurons. d. Alzheimer’s disease major neurocognitive disorder is caused by a lack of formal education.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 96. Which of the following statements is true with regard to the rate of Alzheimer’s disease dementia for different demographic groups? a. Males and all non-Caucasian racial groups appear to have lower rates of the disorder. b. No differences are found in the rate of Alzheimer’s disease dementia by gender, but some racial differences have been noted. c. Roughly, the same rate of Alzheimer’s disease dementia is found among ethnic groups, but women appear to have a slightly higher rate of the disorder than men. d. No differences in the rate of the disorder by race or gender have been noted.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 97. The symptoms of delirium tend to develop a. very slowly, over the course of several years. b. very quickly, over the course of a few hours to a few days. c. moderately slowly, over the course of several months.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

d. moderately slowly, over the course of several months.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Delirium LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 98. The symptoms of delirium tend to subside a. very slowly, over the course of several years. b. relatively quickly, over the course of a few days or weeks. c. moderately slowly, over the course of several months. d. very slowly, if they ever subside at all.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Delirium LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 99. All of the following are common causes of delirium EXCEPT a. medical conditions. b. medication side effects. c. head trauma. d. dietary factors.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Delirium LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 100. Delirium brought on by withdrawal from alcohol or other drugs is generally treated a. with rest and reassurance. b. with antipsychotic medication. c. with antidepressant medication. d. by restraining the patient until the withdrawal symptoms are over.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Delirium LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

101. Typical psychosocial intervention for a patient with delirium includes a. restraining the patient to prevent self-harm. b. placing the person in a new environment. c. reassurance and surrounding with familiar belongings. d. excluding the patient from any medical decision to avoid increased anxiety.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Delirium LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 102. What is MOST successful in assisting people who are experiencing delirium? a. Psychosocial approach b. An interdisciplinary approach. c. Antipsychotic medications d. Rest and reassurance ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Delirium LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 103. All of the following are types of major neurocognitive disorder EXCEPT a. vascular disease. b. substance-induced disorder. c. conjunctive disorder. d. Lewy body disease.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 104. At the age of 50, Debra has begun to receive quite a bit of teasing from her family about being “absentminded.” The truth is that Debra has been hiding the fact that each week she seems to remember less and less. For the last month, she has been getting lost while driving home from work and has been relying on a hand-drawn map. She has started having trouble recognizing the faces of people at work and frequently forgets why she started to do something. Debra appears to be developing a. delirium.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

b. amnestic disorder. c. dementia mild or major neurocognitive disorder. d. medically induced major neurocognitive disorder.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 105. One of the early signs of major neurocognitive disorder is a. the loss of memory of recent events. b. the loss of memory of events from long ago. c. an inability to produce language. d. an inability to understand language.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 106. People with major neurocognitive disorder generally suffer from agnosia, which is defined as the inability to a. use language. b. understand language. c. recognize and name objects. d. remember events and places.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically 107. Why are the symptoms of vascular neurocognitive disorder so different in each patient? a. It is not known why patients with vascular neurocognitive disorder have different symptoms. b. The symptoms relate to the area of the brain damaged. c. The symptoms depend upon the person’s other medical conditions. d. Patients tend to be elderly and easily confused.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

OTHER:

conclusions from psychological sources accurately TYPE: Conceptual

108. Sixty-year-old Fred has the typical early symptoms of major neurocognitive disorder. The fact that he has abnormalities in walking, and weakness in his limbs, suggests that his major neurocognitive disorder is a. the Alzheimer’s disease. b. influenced by a medication. c. due to multiple influences. d. the vascular type.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 109. Which of the following statements is true about vascular neurocognitive disorder? a. The prevalence rate is 25% for those over age 80. b. The risk for women is slightly higher than men. c. The outcome is similar to that of Alzheimer’s disease. d. The onset is about the same as for Alzheimer’s disease.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.b - Correctly identify antecedents and consequences of behavior and mental processes OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 110. In contrast to patients with Alzheimer’s disease dementia, patients with vascular neurocognitive disorder are more likely to have symptoms such as a. abnormalities in walking or muscle weakness during early stages. b. abnormalities in walking or muscle weakness during late stages. c. memory impairment during the early stages. d. memory impairment during the late stages.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 111. Which of the following statements is true regarding the different types of major neurocognitive disorder? a. All forms of major neurocognitive disorder have the same onset, symptoms, and course.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

b. Vascular major neurocognitive disorder has a more rapid onset, and patients suffer a much more rapid demise than with the other forms of major neurocognitive disorder. c. Vascular major neurocognitive disorder has a more rapid onset and results in fewer deficits than Alzheimer’s disease major neurocognitive disorder. d. Vascular major neurocognitive disorder has a more rapid onset than Alzheimer’s disease major neurocognitive disorder, although the course and outcome are similar.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 112. One hypothesis to explain the observed differences in the rate of Alzheimer’s disease dementia for individuals of varying educational level is that a. the abilities acquired through formal education help compensate for some of the deficits of the disorder. b. the type of mental activity associated with formal education places an additional burden on the brain that makes symptoms worse once a person has the disorder. c. knowledge acquired through formal education helps one avoid exposure to environmental stimuli that might influence the disorder. d. the type of work that most college graduates pursue is less likely to expose the individual to the stressors associated with the disorder.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 113. The outcome for patients with neurocognitive disorder due to Alzheimer’s disease is usually a. death. b. slow recovery. c. stabilization at some level of greatly reduced cognitive ability. d. dependent on individual response to treatment.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 114. Which of the following is used for a definitive diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease dementia? a. Psychological testing Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33

b. Mental status exam c. Autopsy d. Reported observations of the patient by family members ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 115. Research has indicated that _______________ (the substance in the amyloid plaques found in the brains of persons with Alzheimer’s disease) increases the accuracy of a diagnosis. a. phagocyte b. neurofibulary fluid c. beta amyloid d. none of these are correct ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 116. In the advanced stages of Alzheimer’s disease, a phenomenon called “sundowner syndrome” occurs, in which cognitive disturbances tend to a. improve as the day goes on. b. become worse toward evening. c. come and go during the course of the day. d. peak around mid-day.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 117. Which of the following is not a class of neurocognitive disorder? a. Alzheimer’s disease b. Frontotemporal degeneration c. Downs syndrome d. Traumatic brain injury ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 34

REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 118. What is the approximate average survival time of a patient diagnosed with Alzheimer’s disease major neurocognitive disorder? a. 4 years b. 8 years c. 15 years d. 20 years ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 119. Symptoms of Alzheimer’s disease neurocognitive disorder typically appear between the ages of a. 40 and 50. b. 50 and 60. c. 60 and 70. d. 70 and 80.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 120. According to the most recent research, which of the following statements is true concerning ethnic background and the development of Alzheimer’s disease of dementia? a. Japanese, Nigerian, and Amish have lower rate of prevalence of the disorder. b. Alzheimer’s disease is found in roughly the same numbers across all ethnic groups. c. Educated European ethnic groups have a lower rate of getting the disease. d. Native Americans have a slightly higher rate of the disorder.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 35

121. Which of the following individuals has the greatest risk of developing Alzheimer’s disease dementia? a. Paul, who is wealthy and well educated b. Rena, who completed college, though she has an average IQ c. Jason, who is extremely bright but never finished college d. Carrie, who is poorly educated ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 122. Treatment of extensive brain damage involves all of the following EXCEPT a. surgery to repair the functioning of the damaged areas. b. trying to prevent certain conditions, such as substance abuse or strokes, that may bring on neurocognitive disorder. c. trying to delay the onset of symptoms to provide better quality of life. d. attempting to help these individuals and their caregivers comp with the advancing deterioration.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 123. The word vascular refers to a. blood pressure. b. blood vessels. c. open cavities in the brain. d. none of these are correct ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 124. All of the following are causes of major neurocognitive disorder EXCEPT a. HIV. b. brain tumor. c. vitamin C deficiency. d. hypothyroidism.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 36

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 125. Major neurocognitive disorder caused by HIV appears to be due to a. the HIV infection itself. b. the side effects of medications used to treat HIV. c. opportunistic infections that occur in HIV patients. d. chemical imbalances in the brain.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 126. Down syndrome predisposes the individual to developing a. dementia pugilistica. b. Parkinson’s disease. c. Alzheimer’s disease. d. vascular major neurocognitive disorder.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Intellectual Disability (Intellectual Developmental Disorder) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 127. Which of the following environmental stressors appears to be a significant factor in the later development of major neurocognitive disorder (including the Alzheimer’s disease)? a. Smoking b. Low blood pressure c. Head trauma d. Exposure to high levels of aluminum ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 37

128. The best way to think about the psychological and social influences involved in major neurocognitive disorder is that they a. help determine the onset and course. b. are direct causes. c. have no influence. d. have not been studied.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 129. With the best treatment available today, major neurocognitive disorder is generally a. reversible. b. controllable but not curable. c. curable. d. not very responsive to treatment.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 130. Of the following, which is NOT one of the potential consequences associated with caregiving for patients with major neurocognitive disorder? a. Burnout b. Depression c. Contagion d. Elder abuse ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 131. Patients with Alzheimer’s disease major neurocognitive disorder benefit from medications that work by a. preventing the breakdown of acetylcholine. b. enhancing the level of dopamine. c. preventing the reuptake of serotonin. d. unknown processes.

ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 38

DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 132. What is the typical response to medication that can be expected for an Alzheimer’s patient? a. Significant improvement that is fairly durable b. Significant and rapid improvements in most areas but temporary in some c. Temporary improvement in abilities d. Relief of physical but not cognitive symptoms ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 133. What is the primary goal of most psychosocial treatments for major neurocognitive disorder? a. Relieve depression b. Help the patient compensate for lost abilities c. Treat the anxiety associated with knowing that the disorder is progressive d. Enhance family functioning ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Factual 134. During the late stages of major neurocognitive disorder, the ________ probably experiences the greatest need for psychosocial treatment. a. caregiver b. patient c. family d. healthcare provider ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 135. The differing patterns of impairment associated with Alzheimer’s disease dementia and HIV-caused major Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 39

neurocognitive disorder are primarily attributable to a. the different areas of the brain affected. b. the immune response to the virus in HIV patients. c. psychosocial differences in the lives of the typical patients with each disorder. d. unexplained causes.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 136. If Maryan’s major neurocognitive disorder is caused by a process that has damaged her brain’s dopamine pathways, it can be assumed that this condition is related to a. head trauma. b. Parkinson’s disease. c. Huntington’s disease. d. Alzheimer’s disease major neurocognitive disorder.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Applied 137. Which is an accurate statement regarding the development of major neurocognitive disorder in patients with either Parkinson’s disease or Huntington’s disease? a. All patients develop major neurocognitive disorder. b. Only female patients develop major neurocognitive disorder. c. Only some patients develop major neurocognitive disorder. d. Only patients with cortical damage develop major neurocognitive disorder.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 138. Compared to most disorders, Huntington’s disease is very unusual because it is a. the result of one gene. b. influenced by many genes. c. not caused by genetic factors d. associated with subcortical impairment.

ANSWER: a Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 40

DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 139. A new variant of ________ may be linked to bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), or “mad cow disease.” a. Huntington’s disease b. Pick’s disease c. Alzheimer’s disease d. Creutzfeldt-Jacob disease ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 140. The symptoms of major neurocognitive disorder associated with substance dependence are most similar to the symptoms observed in a. vascular major neurocognitive disorder. b. Alzheimer’s disease c. Huntington’s disease. d. HIV-induced major neurocognitive disorder.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 141. When symptoms of major neurocognitive disorder occur with substance dependence, they are generally associated with a. the toxic effects of the substances. b. a temporary impairment in brain functioning. c. permanent brain damage. d. poor diet and self-care behaviors.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 41

142. A disturbance in the production or processing of language is known as a. anoxia. b. apraxia. c. agnosia. d. aphasia.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 143. Which disorder is associated with the formation of neurofibrillary tangles and neuritic plaque in the brain? a. Huntington’s disease b. Pick’s disease c. Alzheimer’s disease d. Creutzfeldt-Jacob disease ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 144. The neurofibrillary tangles associated with Alzheimer’s disease are best described as a. tangled, strand-like filaments in the cortex. b. tangled, strand-like filaments throughout the nervous system. c. gummy protein deposits in the cortex. d. gummy protein deposits throughout the nervous system.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 145. The amyloid plaques that accumulate in the brain of Alzheimer’s disease patients are best described as a. tangled, strand-like filaments. b. gummy protein deposits. c. plaques of dead nerve cells. d. mineral deposits.

ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 42

DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 146. The neurofibrillary tangles and amyloid plaques associated with Alzheimer’s disease are observed only a. on MRI or CT brain scans. b. on functional brain scans. c. during an autopsy. d. during an EEG examination.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 147. Research into the causes of Alzheimer’s disease disorder indicates the influence of a. multiple genes. b. a single gene. c. environmental toxins. d. high levels of aluminum.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 148. One theory about the development of Alzheimer’s disease suggests that the formation of solid waxy proteins in the brain causes the disorder in a process similar to a. cholesterol buildup in blood vessels causing cardiovascular disease. b. vascular spasms causing migraines. c. head trauma causing neuronal death. d. formation of scar tissue following an injury.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 149. The condition formerly called dementia pugilistica is diagnosed primarily in Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 43

a. baseball players. b. boxers. c. bowlers. d. basketball players.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 150. The major neurocognitive disorder experienced by HIV patients primarily affects areas of the brain in the a. cortex. b. hindbrain. c. subcortex. d. brain stem.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Neurocognitive disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.2.a(3) - Read and summarize general ideas and conclusions from psychological sources accurately OTHER: TYPE: Factual 151. Describe the symptoms of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder and discuss the controversy surrounding this diagnosis.

ANSWER: Sample Answer: ADHD is characterized by a pattern of inattention that can significantly disrupt academic

performance and relationships. In addition to inattention, people with ADHD may exhibit hyperactivity and impulsivity. The disorder is more common among boys than girls. Some argue that too many normal children are given the diagnosis in order to compensate for poor academic achievement or unrealistic explanations on the parts of parents and teachers, but recent studies showing that ADHD rates are comparable across cultures seems to indicate that it is indeed a valid disorder.

152. Describe the benefits and disadvantages of medication treatment versus nonmedication treatments for ADHD. Make sure to include discussion of the medications and therapy procedures used in the treatment of this disorder.

Sample Answer: Treatment for ADHD has proceeded on two fronts: biological and ANSWER: psychosocial interventions. Typically, the goal of biological treatments is to reduce the children’s impulsivity and hyperactivity and to improve attentional skills. Psychosocial treatments generally focus on broader issues such as improving academic performance, decreasing disruptive behavior, and improving social skills. It appears that stimulant medications reinforce the brain’s ability to focus attention during problem-solving tasks.

Although the use of stimulant medications remains controversial, especially for children, most clinicians recommend them temporarily, in combination with psychosocial interventions, to help improve children’s social and academic skills. The concerns over the use of stimulant medications now include their potential for abuse. Drugs such as Ritalin are sometimes abused for their ability to create elation and reduce fatigue. The widespread misperception that use of these prescription medications is harmless is also of great concern. This is particularly worrisome for children with ADHD because they are at increased risk for later substance abuse. A newer drug—atomoxetine (Strattera)—also Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 44

appears effective for some children with ADHD, but it is a selective norepinephrinereuptake inhibitor and therefore does not produce the same “highs” when used in larger doses.

Some portion of children with ADHD do not respond to medications, and most children who do respond show improvement in ability to focus their attention but do not show gains in the important areas of academics and social skills. In addition, the medications often result in unpleasant side effects, such as insomnia, drowsiness, or irritability. Because of these findings, researchers have applied various behavioral interventions to help these children at home and in school. In general, the programs set such goals as increasing the amount of time the child remains seated, the number of math papers completed, or appropriate play with peers. Reinforcement programs reward the child for improvements and, at times, punish misbehavior with loss of rewards. Other programs incorporate parent training to teach families how to respond constructively to their child’s behaviors and how to structure the child’s day to help prevent difficulties. Social skills training for these children, which includes teaching them how to interact appropriately with their peers, also seems to be an important treatment component.

DIFFICULTY: Conceptual REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Treatment of ADHD 153. Describe the typical social difficulties that a child with ADHD might experience.

Sample Answer: Inattention, hyperactivity, and impulsivity often cause other problems that ANSWER: appear secondary to ADHD. Academic performance tends to suffer, especially as the child progresses in school. Children with ADHD are likely to be unpopular and rejected by their peers (Nijmeijer et al., 2008). One study found that young girls with ADHD in general were likely to be rejected by peers but that this likelihood was more pronounced in those with hyperactivity, impulsivity, and inattention when compared to girls who had only the inattentive type.

DIFFICULTY: Conceptual REFERENCES: Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Clinical Description 154. Describe a typical treatment plan for a newly diagnosed four-year-old boy with autism.

Sample Answer: One generalization that can be made about autism, as well as the other ANSWER:

pervasive developmental disorders, is that no completely effective treatment exists.

Attempts to eliminate the social problems experienced by these individuals have not been successful to date. Rather, like the approach to individuals with intellectual disability, most efforts at treating people with pervasive developmental disorders focus on enhancing their communication and daily living skills and on reducing problem behaviors, such as tantrums and self-injury.

The treatment of choice for people with pervasive developmental disorder—including autism and Asperger’s disorder—combines various approaches to the many facets of this disorder. For children, most therapy consists of school education with special psychological supports for problems with communication and socialization. Behavioral approaches have been most clearly documented as benefiting children in this area.

Augmentative communication strategies include using pictures and computer tablets to facilitate improvements in communication. Pharmacological treatments can help some of them temporarily

DIFFICULTY:

Conceptual

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 45

REFERENCES: Autism Spectrum Disorder LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder 155. Discuss the DSM-5 criteria for intellectual disability and the controversy regarding descriptions of the different levels of this disorder.

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: There are three criteria for the diagnosis of intellectual disability. The first is significantly subaverage intellectual functioning based on IQ test scores. The second is concurrent deficits or impairments in adaptive functioning, including difficulty in at least two areas such as communication, self-care, home living, social and interpersonal skills, use of community resources, self-direction, academic skills, work, leisure, health, or safety. The third is based on the age of onset, meaning that the disorder must be evident before age 18.

Since the criteria for academic and social function vary based on cultural expectations, intellectual disability, more than other disorders, is defined by the society in which the individual lives. This can make it difficult to label and compare people across cultures, and the classification of intellectual disability is made harder by the fact that people with intellectual disability differ significantly in their degree of disability, even within levels.

DIFFICULTY: Conceptual REFERENCES: Intellectual Disability (Intellectual Developmental Disorders) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Clinical Description 156. Describe a typical treatment plan for a 10-year-old, mildly intellectually disabled girl. What are appropriate treatment goals? What treatment methods have been found to be successful to meet these goals?

Sample Answer: Biological treatment of intellectual disability is currently not a viable ANSWER: option. Generally, the treatment of individuals with intellectual disability parallels that of people with pervasive developmental disorders, attempting to teach them the skills they need to become more productive and independent. For individuals with mild intellectual disability, intervention is similar to that for people with learning disorders. Specific learning deficits are identified and addressed to help the student improve such skills as reading and writing. At the same time, these individuals often need additional support to live in the community. For people with more severe disabilities, the general goals are the same; however, the level of assistance they need is often more extensive. The expectation for all people with intellectual disability is that they will in some way participate in community life, attend school and later hold a job, and have the opportunity for meaningful social relationships. Advances in electronic and educational technologies have made this goal realistic even for people with profound intellectual disability.

Communication training is important for people with intellectual disability. Making their needs and wants known is essential for personal satisfaction and for participation in most social activities. The goals of communication training differ, depending on the existing skills. For people with mild levels of intellectual disability, the goals may be relatively minor (e.g., improving articulation) or more extensive (e.g., organizing a conversation).

In addition to ensuring that people with intellectual disability are taught specific skills, caretakers focus on the important task of supporting them in their communities. “Supported employment” involves helping an individual find and participate satisfactorily in a competitive job.

DIFFICULTY: Conceptual REFERENCES: Intellectual Disability (Intellectual Developmental Disorders) LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 46

TOPICS:

adhering to external standards Treatment of Intellectual Disability

157. Describe the symptoms of major neurocognitive disorder and delirium. What do the symptoms of each of these disorders have in common? What features are unique to each disorder?

Sample Answer: The disorder known as delirium is characterized by impaired ANSWER: consciousness and cognition during the course of several hours or days. Delirium is one of the earliest recognized mental disorders. People with delirium appear confused, disoriented, and out of touch with their surroundings. They cannot focus and sustain their attention on even the simplest tasks. There are marked impairments in memory and language.

Major neurocognitive disorder is the cognitive disorder characterized by a gradual deterioration of brain functioning that affects judgment, memory, language, and other advanced cognitive processes.

Although delirium and major neurocognitive disorder can occur together, major neurocognitive disorder has a gradual progression as opposed to delirium’s acute onset; people with major neurocognitive disorder are not disoriented or confused in the early stages, unlike people with delirium.

DIFFICULTY: Conceptual REFERENCES: Delirium LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Clinical Description 158. Describe the typical causes of delirium and how it is treated.

Sample Answer: Delirium is characterized by impaired consciousness and cognition during ANSWER: the course of hours or days. People with delirium appear confused, disoriented, and out of touch. Their memory, language, and attention are impaired. Delirium increases with age and is often related to medical conditions such as cancer, HIV, drug use, poisons, and head injuries. Antipsychotic drugs can decreases symptoms, and psychosocial interventions can help patients and their families cope with emotional and mental changes caused by the disease.

DIFFICULTY: Conceptual REFERENCES: Delirium LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Causes 159. Make a case for mandatory helmet laws for all motorcycle riders and a ban for contact sports in schools based on your knowledge of neurocognitive disorder due to traumatic brain injury.

Sample Answer: The symptoms associated with neurocognitive disorder due to traumatic ANSWER: brain injury include executive dysfunction, problems with learning, and problems with memory. Those who are at greatest risk for TBI are teens and young adults, especially accompanied by alcohol abuse or lower socioeconomic class. Traffic accidents, assaults, and falls are common causes of TBI and result in lasting, if not permanent, brain injury.

Due to the large number of cases involving traffic accidents and assaults, it is clear that a law making wearing a helmet mandatory for motorcycle riders and a law banning full contact sports in high school would reduce the number of teen and young adult TBIs.

DIFFICULTY: REFERENCES:

Conceptual Major and Mild Neurocognitive Disorders

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 47

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Other Medical Conditions That Cause Neurocognitive Disorder 160. Explain the relationship that has been observed between formal education and the development of Alzheimer’s disease. What theoretical and neurological explanations have been offered for this observation?

Sample Answer: People with higher education levels seem to function more effectively ANSWER: than other patients with the same level of brain dysfunction. Theoretically, they have more complex neuronal pathways and so have greater cognitive resources at their disposal.

Greater impairment among uneducated people might indicate a much earlier onset, suggesting that Alzheimer’s disease causes intellectual dysfunction that in turn hampers educational efforts. Or, there could be something about intellectual achievement that prevents or delays the onset of symptoms of the disorder. Later research seems to confirm the latter explanation. It appears that educational level may predict a delay in the observation of symptoms. Unfortunately, people who attain a higher level of education also decline more rapidly once the symptoms start to occur suggesting that education does not prevent Alzheimer’s disease but just provides a buffer period of better functioning.

Educational attainment may somehow create a mental “reserve,” a learned set of skills that help someone cope longer with the cognitive deterioration that marks the beginning of major neurocognitive disorder.

DIFFICULTY: Conceptual REFERENCES: Major and Mild Neurocognitive Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Neurocognitive Disorder Due to Alzheimer’s Disease 161. Describe the classes of neurocognitive disorder based on etiology and explain why they are difficult to classify.

Sample Answer: The classes of neurocognitive disorder include Alzheimer’s disease, ANSWER:

vascular injury, frontotemporal degeneration, traumatic brain injury, Lewy body disease, Parkinson’s disease, HIV infection, substance use, Huntington’s disease, prion disease, and another medical condition. The challenge faced when trying to classify by etiology is that neurocognitive disorder can have hundreds of causes.

DIFFICULTY: Conceptual REFERENCES: Major and Mild Neurocognitive Disorders LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.b - Accurately self-assess performance quality by adhering to external standards TOPICS: Other Medical Conditions That Cause Neurocognitive Disorder

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 48

1. In the textbook case of Arthur, who was diagnosed with brief psychotic disorder after talking about his secret plans both to save the world’s starving children and to break into a foreign embassy, his parents had no power to have him involuntarily admitted to a psychiatric hospital because he was a. diagnosed incorrectly. b. not considered dangerous to himself or others. c. no longer covered by their health insurance. d. an adult.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Perspectives on Mental Health LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Applied 2. Which of the following is/are specified in civil commitment laws? a. When a person can be legally declared to have a mental illness b. When a person can be placed in a mental hospital for treatment c. Both a and b d. Neither a nor b ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 3. When facing questions about ethics and legal concepts, what must mental health professionals consider? a. Patient rights b. Societal rights and responsibilities c. Diagnosis and treatment d. All of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 4. Which of the following is(are) the primary issue(s) in mental health law today? a. The rights of mentally ill individuals b. The rights of society to be protected c. Both a and b d. Neither a nor b ANSWER: c Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 1

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 5. Which of the following statements does NOT correctly describe the circumstances of mentally ill people prior to the late 19th century? a. The community often took on the care of the mentally ill. b. Family members often cared for a mentally ill person at home. c. Mentally ill people received specialized care in psychiatric hospitals. d. Often, mentally ill people were left to care for themselves.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 6. In the late 19th century, the enactment of civil commitment laws resulted in a. only a few cases of involuntary commitment to mental hospitals. b. people being committed who were not mentally ill. c. wives committing their husbands to mental hospitals at a higher rate than the reverse. d. an increase in public knowledge of accurate diagnosis of mental illness.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 7. State laws permit involuntary commitment when all of the following conditions have been met EXCEPT a. that a person has a mental illness and is in need of treatment. b. that a person is dangerous to herself or himself or others and is in need of treatment. c. that a person is unable to care for himself or herself. d. that a person asks to be admitted to a mental hospital.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 8. Authorities can use police power to hold criminal offenders if they are a threat to society. However, if the Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 2

power called parens patriae is used to take someone into custody, it means that a. a person has already committed a crime. b. a person is not acting in his or her own best interest. c. the safety of the community is in jeopardy. d. individual rights are more important than societal rights.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 9. When parens patriae is used to take a mentally ill individual into custody, it means that the state is acting as a a. criminal enforcer. b. surrogate parent. c. legal advisor. d. social worker.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 10. The formal process of civil commitment usually begins with a petition directed to a(n) a. attorney. b. psychiatrist. c. judge. d. prosecutor.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 11. When a person is the subject of civil commitment proceedings, the rights and protections provided by law include all of the following EXCEPT a. notification that civil commitment proceedings are taking place. b. required presence during the proceedings. c. representation by an attorney. d. selection of a judge who will determine the outcome of the case.

ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 3

DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 12. The term mental illness is considered a legal concept and is defined a. differently from state to state. b. exactly the same in every state. c. by the U.S. government. d. by the hospital where the patient is being committed.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 13. According to the mental health law, what determines what happens if a family member or a police officer certifies that a mentally disturbed person presents a clear and immediate danger? a. It is different from state to state. b. It is exactly the same in every state. c. It is determined by the U.S. government. d. It is determined by the hospital where the patient is being committed.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 14. Connecticut’s definition of mental illness as a legal concept specifically excludes all of the following EXCEPT a. intellectually disordered. b. alcohol dependency. c. drug dependency. d. none of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 4

15. Receiving a DSM-5 diagnosis means that the person a. is considered dangerous. b. has a condition that fits the legal definition of mental illness. c. must be either civilly or criminally committed. d. none of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 16. With regard to the mentally ill, popular opinion holds that a. the mentally ill are more dangerous than those who are not mentally ill. b. the mentally ill are less dangerous than those who are not mentally ill. c. normal people and mentally ill people are equally dangerous. d. normal people are more dangerous than the mentally ill.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 17. The popular opinion that the mentally ill are more dangerous than those who are not mentally ill is probably the result of a. data from medical records. b. public knowledge of DSM-5 diagnostic criteria. c. media reports. d. statistics on homicide and other violent crimes.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 18. What is a critical determinant of the civil commitment process? a. Substance abuse b. Dangerousness c. Mental health history d. None of these are correct ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 5

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 19. Which of the following is a FALSE statement regarding prediction of dangerousness? a. Mental health professionals can predict with high certainty if a particular person will become violent. b. Generally speaking, people with a previous history of violence are more likely to be dangerous than individuals without a past history of violence. c. Generally speaking, substance abusers are more likely to be violent than those individuals without a history of drug or alcohol dependence. d. Mental health professionals can identify groups of people who are at greater risk than the general population for being violent..

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 20. In 1976, Kenneth Donaldson, who was not considered dangerous, successfully sued the director of the hospital in which he had been confined for 15 years and where he had received a. SSRI medication. b. ECT. c. no treatment. d. abusive treatment.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 21. According to the 1975 case of O’Connor v. Donaldson, a nondangerous mentally ill individual a. must be given medication to control the possibility of dangerous tendencies developing. b. cannot be confined in an institution if capable of functioning safely on the outside. c. must be confined in an institution in case a violent episode occurs. d. can be released from an institution only if relatives agree to provide care.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 6

OTHER:

interventions in applied settings TYPE: Factual

22. Provisions of the Supreme Court decision in Addington v. Texas (1979) included all of the following EXCEPT a. more than just the promise of improving one’s quality of life is required for involuntary commitment. b. if nondangerous people can survive in the community with the help of others, they should not be detained against their will. c. needing treatment or having a grave disability is sufficient to commit someone with a mental illness. d. the government has limited ability to commit individuals unless they are dangerous.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 23. In the 1970s and 1980s, tightened restrictions on involuntary commitment resulted in a. the criminal justice system becoming responsible for mentally ill people. b. fewer mentally ill patients living in the community. c. family members having increased access to treatment services for their loved ones. d. mentally ill patients receiving much-needed mental health services.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 24. Approximately what percentage of homeless people have severe mental problems such as a diagnosis of bipolar disorder or schizophrenia? a. 5 b. 15 c. 30 d. 60 ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3 - Engage in innovative and integrative thinking and problem-solving OTHER: TYPE: Factual 25. What ethnic group with mental illness is most likely to be homeless? a. Asian Americans Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 7

b. Native Americans c. African Americans d. Hispanic Americans ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.3 - Articulate how psychological principles can be used to explain social issues, address pressing societal needs, and inform public policy OTHER: TYPE: Factual NOTES: NEW 26. During the 1970s and 1980s, the trend toward deinstitutionalization resulted in a. an increased number of patients in psychiatric institutions. b. a decreased number of patients in psychiatric institutions. c. better treatment of institutionalized mentally ill patients. d. decreased numbers of homeless mentally ill people.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 27. A major problem with deinstitutionalization was a. people with mental illness were moved from mental hospitals to jails. b. traninstituionalization occurred. c. people with mental illness were moved from mental hospitals to nursing homes. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual NOTES: NEW 28. During the 1980s, homelessness was blamed on strict civil commitment criteria and deinstitutionalization, two policies that included all of the following EXCEPT a. limits on conditions for involuntary commitment. b. limits placed on how long a mentally ill patient could stay in a hospital. c. the closing of large psychiatric hospitals. d. increased numbers of mental health professionals working in psychiatric hospitals.

ANSWER: d Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 8

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 29. The “criminalization” of the mentally ill in the 1960s and 1970s refers to a. Passing of legislation that made it illegal to be mentally ill without actively seeking care b. A sharp rise in the number of illegal activities committed by the mentally ill c. Mentally ill individuals not receiving needed care due to restrictions on involuntary commitment, eventually committing crimes because of their behavior d. All of these are correct.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 30. Which of the goals of deinstitutionalization have been accomplished? a. The closing of large psychiatric hospitals b. The creation of a network of community mental health centers c. Both a and b d. Neither a nor b ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 31. The term transinstitutionalization refers to the movement of people with severe mental illness out of psychiatric hospitals and into any or all of the following EXCEPT a. jails and prisons. b. nursing homes. c. group residences. d. community health centers.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 9

32. Which of the following statements accurately describes the outcome of the policy known as deinstitutionalization? a. Previously hospitalized patients ultimately received adequate care in most communities. b. Mental health-care systems were reformed and funding was reallocated to community mental health centers. c. Both a and b. d. Neither a nor b.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 33. Beginning in the mid-1970s, authorities were unable to confine nondangerous mentally ill patients, a policy that emphasized a. individual freedom. b. society’s rights. c. both individual freedom and society’s rights d. neither individual freedom nor society’s rights ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 34. The conflicting interests over civil commitment were illustrated by the 1988 case of Joyce Brown, a homeless woman diagnosed with paranoid schizophrenia, who was a. medicated against her will. b. hospitalized involuntarily. c. dangerous. d. suicidal.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 35. The Supreme Court ruling Addington v. Texas substantially limited the government’s ability to commit individuals unless they were a. dangerous. b. found mentally ill.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 10

c. both of these d. neither of these ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 36. In recent years, the increasing trend has been to _________ people with severe mental illness rather than to ______________. a. incarcerate; provide treatment. b. provide treatment; incarcerate. c. diagnose; stigmatize. d. raise funds for; keep them in long-term care.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 37. In the late 1970s and early 1980s, legal reforms enacted by some states to make civil commitment easier resulted in a. a decrease in the number of hospitalized mental patients. b. more voluntary than involuntary admissions. c. more patients admitted under parens patriae powers. d. shorter hospital stays for mentally ill patients.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 38. In response to the strict civil commitment laws of the 1970s and 1980s, some states enacted legal reforms that a. shortened hospital stays. b. reduced the number of admissions. c. changed the status under which patients were committed. d. eliminated the doctrine of parens patriae.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Civil Commitment Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 11

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 39. According to the authors of your textbook, the periodic changes in the laws regarding civil commitment are a sign of a a. society that has no idea of what to do with this issue. b. hospital system that is ineffective in treating uncooperative patients. c. healthy system responding to the limits of previous decisions. d. prior mistake that has now been successfully corrected.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 40. African American Medicaid recipients are _____ likely than Caucasian recipients to receive _________. a. more likely; effective antipsychotic medication. b. less likely; effective antipsychotic medication. c. just as likely; care under parens patriae powers. d. just as likely; a criminal punishment related to mental illness behaviors.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 41. The “sexual psychopath laws” that were passed in the mid-1900s provided for a. an indefinite period of hospitalization for sex offenders. b. an indefinite prison term for sex offenders. c. a loophole that allowed pedophiles and rapists to circumvent punishment d. both a and b ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 42. The “sexual psychopath laws” that were passed in the mid-1900s provided for a. an indefinite period of hospitalization for sex offenders. b. an indefinite prison term for sex offenders.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 12

c. a loophole that allowed pedophiles and rapists to circumvent punishment. d. both a and b ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 43. Which of the following is NOT a question that addresses the issues of civil (involuntary) commitment? a. Should a mentally ill person be involuntarily committed if he or she is not dangerous but is in need of treatment? b. Should a mentally ill person be civilly committed if he or she has been convicted of a crime? c. Should a mentally ill person be involuntarily committed at the request of family or relatives who believe it is in the person’s best interest? d. If a person is mentally ill, unable to care for oneself, and in need of help, should the law allow for involuntary commitment?

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 44. Andrew has been accused of committing a crime and is currently in a mental health facility. He will stay there until it is determined that he is fit to participate in legal proceedings against him. The commitment process by which Andrew is being held is called a. civil (involuntary) commitment. b. criminal commitment. c. parens patriae. d. mens rea.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 45. Andrea is being held in a psychiatric hospital after being found guilty of criminal behavior. She is in this facility instead of in jail because a. she has been found not guilty by reason of insanity. b. she has been found unable to participate in legal proceedings against her. c. either a or b d. neither a nor b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 13

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 46. The outcome of Miguel’s trial resulted in a finding of “not guilty by reason of insanity.” According to criminal law, Miguel now will be sent to a. prison. b. a psychiatric hospital. c. a community mental health center. d. an insane asylum.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 47. In the United States, people convicted of criminal behavior a. always receive a prison sentence. b. always are considered responsible for their behavior. c. sometimes are not considered responsible for their behavior. d. sometime have the right to legal representation.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 48. The insanity defense is originally based on a historic case in England involving a man named a. Durham. b. Addington. c. M’Naghten. d. Tory.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 14

49. Which of the following is NOT related to the M’Naghten ruling made by an English court more than 150 years ago? a. It concerns a person’s mental state at the time a crime is committed. b. It states that individuals are not responsible for criminal behavior if they do not know what they are doing. c. It states that individuals are not responsible for their behavior if they don’t know that what they are doing is wrong. d. It states that an individual should only be held responsible for their cognitive functioning and not their emotional functioning ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 50. In the case of Durham v. United States (1954), the criteria for responsibility for determining criminal behavior were broadened to include a. mental disease. b. mental defect. c. both a and b d. neither a nor b ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 51. Although the Durham ruling in 1954 allowed mental health professionals to present information about an accused person’s mental state, it became apparent that a. no mental health professional wanted to participate in court proceedings. b. mental health professionals could not reliably assess whether mental illness caused criminal behavior. c. judges were reluctant to include testimony from mental health professionals in their decisions. d. juries were reluctant to consider testimony from mental health professionals.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 52. Criteria for the insanity defense were developed by a group from the American Law Institute that included all of the following EXCEPT Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 15

a. attorneys. b. judges. c. psychologists. d. law scholars.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 53. Which of the following statements does NOT apply to the American Law Institute study of the insanity defense? a. Mentally ill people must be distinguished from those without mental disorders. b. The threat of punishment will usually deter a mentally ill person from committing a crime. c. Mentally ill people who commit crimes should be treated for their illness until improved and then released from confinement. d. Mentally ill people who cannot control their behavior must be shielded from legal consequences.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 54. If an individual accidentally injures another person, he or she cannot be convicted of a crime because there was no “criminal intent,” a theoretical concept known legally as a. mens rea. b. actus rea. c. sociopathy. d. NGRI. ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 55. Which of the following was NOT a provision of the American Law Institute recommendations regarding “diminished capacity”? a. A mentally ill criminal may not actually have criminal intent. b. A mental illness could impair the ability to understand that one’s behavior is criminal. c. Proof of either mens rea or actus rea is sufficient to convict someone of a crime. d. Mentally ill people who commit crimes may not be responsible for their behavior.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 16

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 56. According to the text, the legal concept of mens rea generally refers to a. a “guilty mind.” b. criminal intent. c. one’s mental state. d. all of these are correct ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 57. In the American legal system, the concept of diminished capacity is used to a. keep mentally ill people from being discharged from mental hospitals. b. assess the responsibility of people with mental illness. c. evaluate the effects of medical treatments for schizophrenia. d. determine the intelligence level of an individual accused of criminal behavior.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 58. In the early 1980s, public opinion turned against the use of the insanity defense when a. Ted Kaczynski was found not guilty by reason of insanity. b. Jeffry Dahmer was found not guilty by reason of insanity. c. John Hinkley was found not guilty by reason of insanity. d. None of these are correct ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 59. Overall, some estimate that there are more than ____________ times the number of people with severe Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 17

mental illness in jails than in hospitals. a. two b. three c. four d. five ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 60. The first major consideration on the clinical utility axis is external validity, which asks all of the following questions EXCEPT, a. “Will patients accept the intervention?” b. “Will patients comply with the requirements?” c. “Has research shown the treatment to be effective in different settings?” d. “Is the treatment relatively easy to administer?”

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 61. What was the public reaction to the 1981 jury verdict that found John Hinckley, the attempted assassin of President Reagan, not guilty by reason of insanity? a. Acceptance b. Outrage c. Support d. Disinterest ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 62. What reason did John Hinckley give for his attempted assassination of President Reagan in 1981? a. He had an obsession about becoming president and thought he could be elected if President Reagan were dead. b. He was obsessed with actress Jodie Foster and wanted to impress her. c. He was anxious about homelessness and poverty in the world and thought Reagan wasn’t doing enough to help poor people.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 18

d. He thought that President Reagan was about to kill him, so he acted in self-defense.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 63. Following the not guilty by reason of insanity verdict for John Hinckley in 1981, several states considered a. abolishing the insanity defense. b. using the insanity defense in every case. c. using the insanity defense only for male criminals. d. releasing all mentally ill patients who had successfully pleaded insanity.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 64. Cases in which the insanity defense has been used include those of all the following individuals EXCEPT a. Charles Manson. b. Jeffrey Dahmer. c. Lee Harvey Oswald. d. Ted Kaczynski.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 65. A TV reporter is interviewing students about the insanity plea. If these students are similar to about 90% of the population, they will agree with which of the following statements? a. “The insanity defense is not used in enough cases. Too many mentally ill people are in jail instead of in hospitals.” b. “Too many people escape responsibility for their crimes by pleading insanity.” c. “If someone successfully pleads NGRI, he or she will spend more time in jail than in a mental hospital.” d. “Mentally ill people are carrying too much legal burden from their conditions.”

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 19

OTHER:

empirically TYPE: Applied

66. As indicated by surveys of the general population, what percentage of felony cases to people perceive the insanity defense is used in? a. 27 b. 37 c. 47 d. 57 ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 67. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding public perception of the insanity defense? a. The public underestimates how often the insanity defense is used in criminal cases. b. The public overestimates how often the insanity defense is successfully used. c. The public overestimates the length of hospitalization of those who are found not guilty by reason of insanity (NGRI). d. The public underestimates how often people judged NGRI are set free.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 68. The insanity defense is used in what percent of felony cases? a. 1 b. 10 c. 57 d. 88 ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 69. John has committed a nonviolent crime and has been judged NGRI. According to statistical data, it is likely that he will be spending a. a long time in prison.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 20

b. a shorter time in a mental hospital than he would have spent in prison. c. a short time in prison. d. a longer time in a mental hospital than he would have spent in prison.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 70. The public perception that people with mental illness “beat the rap” as a result of being judged NGRI is a. incorrect. b. correct. c. true in murder cases only. d. true for males who commit crimes but not for females who commit crimes.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 71. Major changes in the criteria for the insanity defense were made after a. President Reagan-sponsored legislative changes. b. the Hinckley verdict in the early 1980s. c. both a and b d. neither a nor b ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 72. When Congress passed the Insanity Defense Reform Act of 1984, it made successful use of the insanity defense a. more difficult for all individuals. b. easier for any individual. c. more difficult for the mentally ill only. d. easier for the nonmentally ill.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 21

LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 73. In an attempt to replace the insanity plea, some states now use the “guilty but mentally ill” (GBMI) verdict, in which mentally ill criminals are usually a. treated for their mental illnesses. b. punished for committing crimes. c. both a and b d. neither a nor b ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 74. In contrast to the NGRI verdict, the GBMI verdict usually specifies all of the following EXCEPT that a. the accused be given a prison sentence just as if there were no mental illness present. b. the accused may be either hospitalized or imprisoned, as determined by legal authorities. c. the accused may be either hospitalized or imprisoned, as determined by medical authorities. d. if the person recovers from the mental illness before the sentence has passed, he or she can be confined to prison for the maximum length of the term.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 75. Several years ago, Mary was arrested for participating in a crime. Since then, she has been confined in a psychiatric hospital. Mary is periodically evaluated to see if she is still mentally ill. When it is determined that she is no longer mentally ill, Mary will be released. From your knowledge of mental health and the law, you would correctly state that the original verdict in Mary’s case was a. NGRI. b. GBMI. c. guilty. d. none of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 22

76. Several years ago, Mark was arrested for participating in a crime. Since then, he has been confined to a mental hospital, even though he was given a prison sentence. Mark is periodically evaluated to see if he is still mentally ill. If it is determined that he is no longer mentally ill, Mark will then be incarcerated to serve out his prison sentence. From your knowledge of mental health and the law, you would correctly state that Mark was originally found a. guilty. b. GBMI. c. NGRI. d. incompetent to stand trial.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 77. Idaho, Utah, and Montana have adopted a version of the GBMI verdict, in which the accused a. remains permanently in a psychiatric facility. b. is imprisoned but is assured of receiving mental health services. c. is imprisoned but is provided with mental health services only if they are available. d. can choose either hospitalization or imprisonment.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 78. In comparison to people judged NGRI, those who are judged GBMI a. are more likely to be imprisoned. b. receive shorter sentences. c. get mental health services more frequently than other mentally ill prisoners. d. spend more time in mental hospitals and less time in prisons.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 79. The term therapeutic jurisprudence refers to using what we know about behavior change to a. punish those who break the law. b. help people in trouble with the law. c. protect society from dangerous individuals.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 23

d. provide therapy to incarcerated individuals.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 80. “Problem-solving courts” may be more helpful both to individuals with mental health problems who break the law and to society because they a. are not based on an adversarial system. b. are based on an adversarial system. c. provide for treatment and not punishment. d. put the interests of the accused above the interests of society.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 81. According to the Supreme Court, people are assessed as being competent to stand trial if they can a. assist in their own defense. b. understand the charges against them. c. demonstrate familiarity with criminal law. d. both a and b ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 82. Which of the following is an accurate statement regarding mental health and the law? a. A person can be found incompetent to stand trial and still be convicted of the crime. b. A person can be found NGRI but competent to stand trial. c. A person who is found NGRI is never competent to stand trial until he or she has received adequate treatment. d. A person found incompetent to stand trial is placed in a mental hospital for an indefinite period of time.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 24

OTHER:

empirically TYPE: Factual

83. Before a person can be tried for a crime, a determination of competence must be made. For this reason, most individuals with obvious and severe impairments who commit crimes are a. found NGRI. b. found GBMI. c. never tried. d. medicated before trial.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 84. Since Roberto has been found incompetent to stand trial, he will be committed to a mental health facility.

After a reasonable period of time, the law requires any one of the following outcomes EXCEPT that a. he must be found competent. b. he must be set free. c. he must be medicated. d. he must be committed under civil law.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Applied 85. Whether a particular intervention is effective with different patients, in different settings, or with different therapists is referred to as a. generalizability. b. feasibility. c. external reliability. d. clinical replication.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 86. The 1970s case in which a student killed his ex-girlfriend, Tarasoff v. Regents of the University of California, involved the issue called Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 25

a. patients’ rights. b. duty to warn. c. competency. d. restrictive environment.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 87. If you are Lea’s therapist and she makes threats about wanting to hurt others, you ONLY have a duty to warn potential victims if Lea’s threats are ___________. a. specific threats against specific people. b. sexual in nature. c. in the immediate future. d. involve children.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 88. During civil commitment proceedings, juries rely on mental health professionals as expert witnesses to assess a person’s potential for future violence. Research suggests that mental health professionals can make reliable predictions about dangerousness over a. the short term (2 to 20 days). b. both the short and long term. c. the long term (>20 days). d. none of these are correct ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 89. According to the textbook, mental health professionals appear to have expertise in all of the following areas EXCEPT a. identifying malingering. b. assessing competence to stand trial. c. predicting long-term risk of violence. d. making reliable diagnoses according to DSM-5 criteria.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 26

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 90. Which of the following psychological tests has been used to accurately identify malingering in people claiming to have posttraumatic stress disorder? a. Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI) b. Wechsler Adult Scale of Intelligence (WAIS) c. Rorschach inkblot test d. Thematic Apperception Test (TAT) ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 91. Information about mental institutions indicates that up until the 1980s, patients had a. all legal rights. b. no personal rights. c. both a and b d. few rights.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Patients’ Rights and Clinical Practice Guidelines LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 92. Wyatt v. Stickney (1972), a class action lawsuit filed on behalf of mental patients, addressed all of the following EXCEPT a. adequate shower and toilet facilities. b. treatment goals. c. staff-patient ratios. d. methods of administering medication.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Patients’ Rights and Clinical Practice Guidelines LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 27

93. In 1986, Congress passed the Protection and Advocacy for Mentally Ill Individuals Act to provide agencies in each state that would a. act as legal advocates for the mentally ill. b. provide mentally ill individuals with more efficacious treatment. c. protect mentally ill individuals from all legal responsibility. d. both a and b ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Patients’ Rights and Clinical Practice Guidelines LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 94. The question of whether a person can be “forced” to become competent to stand trial involves the issue of a. medication. b. research participants’ rights. c. a patient’s right to treatment. d. legal representation.

ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Patients’ Rights and Clinical Practice Guidelines LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 95. In Riggins v. Nevada (1992), the Supreme Court ruled that a person cannot be forced to take antipsychotic medication because a. it would be unconstitutional. b. patient’s choice is more important than doctor’s orders. c. there is a potential for negative side effects. d. it would interfere with the patient’s competency to stand trial.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Difficult REFERENCES: Patients’ Rights and Clinical Practice Guidelines LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Factual 96. When conducting research on people with psychological disorders, the American Psychological Association has stipulated all of the following rights EXCEPT a. the right to privacy. b. the right to anonymity. c. the right to be protected from harm.

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 28

d. the right to be informed about the outcome of the study.

ANSWER: d DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Patients’ Rights and Clinical Practice Guidelines LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 97. When a person formally agrees to be a research participant after being apprised of all aspects of the study, it is known as a. limited liability. b. informed consent. c. applied understanding. d. participant consensus.

ANSWER: b DIFFICULTY: Easy REFERENCES: Patients’ Rights and Clinical Practice Guidelines LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 98. Research-based evidence in the form of recommendations on how to treat a particular psychological disorder are called a. treatment requirements. b. clinical standard treatments. c. clinical practice guidelines. d. standard treatment guidelines.

ANSWER: c DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Patients’ Rights and Clinical Practice Guidelines LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA1.3.a - Describe problems operationally to study them empirically OTHER: TYPE: Factual 99. The clinical efficacy axis of the clinical practice guidelines established by the American Psychological Association in 1995 was designed to answer the question, a. “What kind of research should be done to determine the type of clinician best suited for particular patients in terms of their diagnosis and chronicity?” b. “Is the treatment effective compared to an alternative treatment or to no treatment in a controlled clinical research setting?” c. “How long should a treatment be continued if there is no improvement in the patient’s condition or if the patient has serious side effects?” d. “What is the most efficient way of admitting patients to clinics or hospitals?”

ANSWER: b Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 29

DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Patients’ Rights and Clinical Practice Guidelines LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 100. Although the clinical efficacy axis is concerned with research settings, the clinical utility axis is concerned with a. effectiveness of the intervention in clinical practice, including feasibility and cost-effectiveness. b. the rate at which a particular practice is utilized in the mental healthcare system. c. both a and b d. neither a nor b ANSWER: a DIFFICULTY: Moderate REFERENCES: Patients’ Rights and Clinical Practice Guidelines LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 101. Trace the historical changes in civil commitment procedures, noting previous and current criteria.

Sample Answer: Historically, states have permitted commitment when several conditions ANSWER:

have been met: (1) The person has a “mental illness” and is in need of treatment, (2) the person is dangerous to himself or herself or others, or (3) the person is unable to care for himself, a situation considered a “grave disability.” How these conditions are interpreted has varied over the years and has always been controversial. It is important to see that the government justifies its right to act against the wishes of an individual—in this case, to commit someone to a mental health facility—under two types of authority: police power and parens patriae (“state or country as the parent”) power. Under police power, the government takes responsibility for protecting the public health, safety, and welfare and can create laws and regulations to ensure this protection. Criminal offenders are held in custody if they are a threat to society. The state applies parens patriae power when citizens are not likely to act in their own best interest, for example, to assume custody of children who have no living parents. Similarly, it is used to commit individuals with severe mental illness to mental health facilities when it is believed that they might be harmed because they are unable to secure the basic necessities of life, such as food and shelter (grave disability), or because they do not recognize their need for treatment. Under parens patriae power, the state acts as a surrogate parent, presumably in the best interests of a person who needs help.

REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings TOPICS: Criteria for Civil Commitment OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 102. Define the terms grave disability and parens patriae, giving examples of each.

Sample Answer: A grave disability occurs when the person is unable to care for himself or ANSWER:

herself. Parens patriae means “the state or country as the parent.” The state applies parens patriae power when citizens are not likely to act in their own best interest, for example, to

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 30

assume custody of children who have no living parents. Similarly, it is used to commit individuals with severe mental illness to mental health facilities when it is believed that they might be harmed because they are unable to secure the basic necessities of life, such as food and shelter (grave disability), or because they do not recognize their need for treatment (Simon & Shuman, 2008). Under parens patriae power, the state acts as a surrogate parent, presumably in the best interests of a person who needs help.

REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings TOPICS: Criteria for Civil Commitment OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 103. Define mental illness and explain how it is not synonymous with psychological disorder.

Sample Answer: The concept of mental illness figures prominently in civil commitment, ANSWER: and it is important to understand how it is defined. Mental illness is a legal concept, typically meaning severe emotional or thought disturbances that negatively affect an individual’s health and safety.

Mental illness is not synonymous with psychological disorder; in other words, receiving a diagnosis according to DSM-5 does not necessarily mean that a person’s condition fits the legal definition of mental illness. Although the DSM is quite specific about criteria that must be met for diagnosis, there is considerable ambiguity about what constitutes a “mental condition” or “adverse effects on his or her ability to function.” This allows flexibility in making decisions individually, but it also maintains the possibility of subjective impression and bias as influences on these decisions.

REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings TOPICS: Defining Mental Illness OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 104. Describe two definitions of mental illness as the state level.

Sample Answer: Each state has its own definition. For example, in New York, “‘Mental ANSWER:

illness’ means an affliction with a mental disease or mental condition which is manifested by a disorder or disturbance in behavior, feeling, thinking, or judgment to such an extent that the person afflicted requires care, treatment and rehabilitation” (New York Mental Hygiene Law, 1992). In contrast, in Connecticut, “‘Mentally ill person’ means a person who has a mental or emotional condition that has substantial adverse effects on his or her ability to function and who requires care and treatment, and specifically excludes a person who is an alcohol-dependent person or a drug-dependent person.” Many states exclude cognitive disability or substance-related disorders from the definition of mental illness.

REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings TOPICS: Defining Mental Illness OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 105. Discuss research studies on the relationship between mental illness and dangerousness. Describe symptoms that correlate with an increased risk of violence among the mentally ill.

Sample Answer: Deciding whether someone is dangerous to himself or herself or others is ANSWER: critical to the civil commitment process. The general population and media tend to assume Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 31

that the mentally ill are more dangerous than they are, which can increase the risk of involuntary commitment. However, research suggests that mental illness causes only a moderate increase in the risk of violence, with hallucinations, delusions, and comorbid personality disorders being key factors. Unfortunately, predicting future violence is inaccurate at best, and the mentally ill may be unfairly treated on the basis of false assumptions about how dangerous they are.

REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings TOPICS: Dangerousness OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 106. Explore the consequences of the policy known as “deinstitutionalization,” noting specifically the effect on homelessness. Compare the intended outcome of this policy with the actual outcome.

Sample Answer: Deinstitutionalization refers to the movement of people who are mentally ANSWER: ill from institutions into community health-care centers. The goal was to reduce the number of people living in large impersonal settings. However, in practice, most communities have failed to provide adequate local mental health-care facilities, with the result that many mentally ill patients have been placed in nursing homes, group residences, jails, and prisons, and a significant number are homeless.

REFERENCES: Civil Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings TOPICS: Procedural Changes Affecting Civil Commitment OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 107. Discuss the historical development of the insanity defense beginning with the 1843 M’Naghten Rule in England and noting the findings of the American Law Institute in the 1960s. In your discussion, define mens rea and the concept of “diminished capacity.”

Sample Answer: Daniel M’Naughten was a paranoid schizophrenic who believed that the ANSWER: English Tory party was persecuting him. Consequently, he attempted to kill the British prime minister, but instead killed his secretary. He was tried, but the court ruled that he was not responsible for his behavior because he didn’t know what he was doing or that it was wrong. This became the basis of the insanity plea. Over time, questions have been raised about the validity of focusing only on knowledge of right and wrong, so the American Law Institute recommended that people with mental illness who committed crimes should be treated for their disease, not punished. However, highly publicized cases of people who committed murder and claimed insanity in the news have caused some states to move to using a “guilty but mentally ill” distinction, meaning the person is first treated and then punished.

REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings TOPICS: The Insanity Defense OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 108. Discuss the concept of competency to stand trial and its implications for dealing with a person who is mentally ill and has committed a crime.

ANSWER:

Sample Answer: Competency refers to whether or not a person is able to understand the

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 32

charges and is able to assist in his or her own defense. The courts have ruled that people cannot be considered incompetent indefinitely and that after a reasonable amount of time, they must be found competent and tried or incompetent and set free. However, it has proved difficult to make this determination in many cases.

REFERENCES: Criminal Commitment LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings TOPICS: Competence to Stand Trial OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual 109. Describe the rights of research participants and give an example of a violation research participants rights.

Sample Answer: People who participate in psychological research have the following ANSWER: rights:

1. the right to be informed about the purpose of the research study, 2. the right to privacy, 3. the right to be treated with respect and dignity, 4. the right to be protected from physical and mental harm, 5. the right to choose to participate or to refuse to participate without prejudice or reprisals, 6. the right to anonymity in the reporting of results, and 7. the right to the safeguarding of their records. An example of a violation of a research participants rights would be forcing mental patients to participate in a research study on how public nudity causes humiliation without telling them the study’s purpose and publishing the study’s findings along with the names of the participants in a local newspaper.

REFERENCES: Patients’ Rights and Clinical Practice Guidelines LEARNING OBJECTIVES: ABNO.DURA.19.APA4.2.d - Propose and justify appropriate psychology-based interventions in applied settings TOPICS: The Rights of Research Participants OTHER: TYPE: Conceptual

Copyright Cengage Learning. Powered by Cognero.

Page 33